TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
Atlantic Cable System (ACSea)
PROCESS No
___________
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents ........................................................................................................... 2
1
INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................... 3
2
OBJECT .................................................................................................................. 3
3
RETURN DATE FOR PROPOSAL .......................................................................... 4
4
PROPOSAL VALIDITY ............................................................................................ 4
5
PROPOSAL SUBMISSION ..................................................................................... 4
6
PROPOSAL FORMAT ............................................................................................. 5
7
PROPOSAL'S CONTENT........................................................................................ 5
8
PRICE, BILLING AND PAYMENT ........................................................................... 7
9
PARTICIPATION ..................................................................................................... 8
10
DOCUMENTATION FOR QUALIFICATION ......................................................... 8
11
JURIDICAL QUALIFICATION .............................................................................. 9
12
TECHNICAL QUALIFICATION .......................................................................... 10
13
FINANCIAL QUALIFICATION ............................................................................ 10
14
AUDIT REGULARITY ........................................................................................ 11
15
CONSORTIUM .................................................................................................. 12
16
STATEMENT OF CAPACITY............................................................................. 13
17
BRAZILIAN CONTENT ...................................................................................... 14
18
COMUNICATION BETWEEN PROPONENT AND TELEBRAS ORCONSORTIUM14
19
PUBLICATION OF THE PROPOSAL EVALUATION RESULTS ........................ 15
20
CONTRACT ADJUDICATION ............................................................................ 16
21
CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLICITY................................................................ 16
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1
The company Comunicações Brasileiras SA (Telebras) locatedin the Commercial Sector
South, Block 09, TowerB, Room 401B - City Park Corporate Building, phone (61) 2027-1701 /
(61) 2027-1614/ (61) 2027-1654, Zipcode 70308-200 , Brasilia-DF, publishes this Request of
Proposal - RFP, with the purpose of collecting budgets of companies specialized in the supply
of services and goods for installation of a System of Submarine Cables and Branches,
hereinafter ACSea (Atlantic Cable System) as quantitative, functional and technical
specifications contained throughout this document;
1.2
The future acquisition will occur autonomously by Telebras or through Consortium,
considering the interest of other partners, national and international in providing this solution.
2
OBJECT
2.1
The Atlantic Cable System of Telebras (ACSea, Atlantic Cable System) will consist of five (5)
sub main cable (hereinafter defined by ACSea-US, ACSea-EUR and ACSea-AFR, ACSeaExN e ACSea-MSul) and five (05) branching units (hereinafter defined by BU-PPL, BU-FNO,
BU-ICN, BU-CIE. BU-CBV and BU-RJO); Table 2-1 shows the subsystems, as well as other
useful information:
Table 2-1: ACSea Cables and Subsystems
Designation
Cable
Origin
Destiny
BU 1
BU 2
Number
of Fiber
Pairs
Construction
Sequence
ACSea-US
Brazil- USA
Boca Raton Florida - USA
Fortaleza
- Ceará Brazil
Puerto
Plaia Dominican
Republic
Caienne
- French
Guiana
4 or 6
1
ACSea-EUR
Brazil - Portugal
Seixal Portugal
Fortaleza
- Ceará Brazil
El Goro Canary
Islands
2 or 4
4
ACSea-AFR
Brazil - Angola
Sangano Luanda Angola
Fortaleza
- Ceará Brazil
Fernando
de
Noronha Brazil`
2 or 4
2.1
ACSea-EXN
ExpressoNacional
Santos - São
Paulo - Brazil
Fortaleza
- Ceará Brazil
Rio de
Janeiro Brazil
4 or 6
2.2
ACSea Msul
Mercosul
Maldonado Uruguay/Las
Toninas
SantosSao Paulo
- Brazil
2 or 4
3
2.1.1
2.2
Each subsystem object will supply fiber pairs according to Table 2-1, where the design
capacity of the system of submarine sections, except for the update of the Wet Plant, must
have 100 (one hundred) wavelengths of 100 Gbps per fiber pair. The detail is given in this
document;`
Provision of two Integrated centers of Management ACSea, hereafter designated to ACSeaSouth Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
NOC, one to be installed in Brazil (Fortaleza) and one in the USA (Boca-Raton, Florida);
2.2.1
Will be physical spaces dedicated to the development of multifunctional work programs, by
skilled operators, using management systems (NMS) consists of computer applications,
databases, servers, gateways and other elements that enable the integrated management
of operational and maintenance activities of the ACSea platform. The two ACSea will
operate with redundancy and parallelism and constitute the first level of operation and
maintenance of ACSea;
2.3
The entire infrastructure, where applicable, unless otherwise specified in this document, shall
be provided by the Contractor, such as but not limited to: equipment, switches and edge
routers, accessories, servers, workstations, structured cabling, printers and furniture, land,
building shelters, containers, cables shelf, grounding grid, lightning rod; supply system power
AC and DC (commercial and uninterrupted-UPS), security systems, such as access control,
video surveillance system, test and measurement instruments, with adequate precision and
accuracy to the activities; quantitative spare parts in the appropriate SLA set forth herein.
Optionally will be provided SDH interconnection equipment, according to the specifications of
this instrument, prices quoted in a separate worksheet;
2.4
Provision of specialized services, such as but not limited to: installation of submarine cables,
branches, equipment, ACSea-NOC, Corrective and Preventive Maintenance of ACSea and
ACSea-NOC, Operational Training; Supply the Knowledge Database, with mechanisms of
Troubleshooting in 1st Level; Technology Transfer; Warranty of Factory Operation, Technical
Assistance, Customer Help Desk; Assisted Operation for at least six (6) months; Generation
Technical and Design; generation of a Management Plan, Quality and Safety; Contractor
Planning Activities for the integration of ACSea with their local network facilities in countries
where the cables and branches begin and end; Planning of the Contractor and Testing
interoperability of ACSea with local network installations (including backhaul for the
international gateway of the Contractor; Preparation of contingency Plans and Management
of the submarine cables; Reporting Technical journals.
3
RETURN DATE FOR PROPOSAL
3.1
The response to this RFP must meet the following items being prepared and submitted in
accordance with the requirements of this instruction:
3.2
In the manner described by paragraph 4.1 below - must be answered and sent to Telebras,
within 90 (ninety) days from the publication of this SP. This date will be considered the
"Return Date for Proposal ";
3.3
No proposal will be reviewed or accessed before the date specified in item 3.2;
3.4
Each proposal received will be considered complete and its contents will only be changed if
requested by Telebras, to clarify questions or during negotiations;
3.5
Any proposal received after the Return Date for Proposal will be disregarded.
4
PROPOSAL VALIDITY
4.1
A proposal submitted by a Tenderer will constitute a binding and irrevocable offer of the
tenderer, and will remain open for acceptance from Telebras for a period of three (3) months
from the Return Date for Proposal.
5
PROPOSAL SUBMISSION
5.1
An electronic copy of the proposal must be delivered to Telebras, as responsibility of the
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
following persons listed below:
Ruy Carneiro
[email protected]
José Angelo Amado
[email protected]
5.2
A paper copy must also be forwarded to each person identified in item 5.1, at the Telebras
address;
5.3
The costs of preparing the Proposal are full responsibility of the Tenderer. The Telebras or
consortium shall not be responsible for any costs or expenses incurred by the Proponent in
relation to the preparation and presentation of quotations or any material presented on this
RFP.
6
PROPOSAL FORMAT
6.1
The Proposal (sent to the recipients described above in item 4) must be submitted:
6.1.1
In Brazilian Portuguese language and English language ;
6.1.2
In CD / DVD (s) in a format readable by OpenOffice or MSOffice. This copy will be
managed. If there are discrepancies between the hardcopy and the managed copy, shall
prevail as follows: the smallest time of delivery, the best techniques and the lowest offer
prices. The proposal containing attached catalogs, containing more than one option, the
Tenderer should specify which options will be provided, otherwise, the Contractor
understand that the offers relate to the best options described in terms of quality and
capacity;
6.1.3
The Proposal must also be accessible from an FTP server with the necessary information
(for example, address, username and password) sent before the Return Date for Response
by e-mail to each person listed in item 5.
7
PROPOSAL'S CONTENT
7.1
The Proposal must include the following items:
7.1.1
A response point-to-point, in accordance with Annex IV, indicating compliance with each
item: Instructions to Tenderers, Terms and Conditions of Contract and Technical
Specifications;
7.1.2
The Schedule of permissions request, Environmental Impact Reports, Production, Supply,
Installation and Acceptance Tests. The Proposal should consider that the Proponentwill be
responsible for the entire deployment process, fromthe permissions request in all countries,
terminal construction, and all items necessary for the correct operation of submarine cables
and their respective transmission systems.
7.1.3
The Physical/Financial Schedule, according to the Technical Specification;
7.1.4
A list of all significant Subcontractors that the Tenderer intends to use, in case of a winner
tenderer offer;
7.1.5
A list of the origin (country and manufacturing company) of all equipment, materials and
significant software offered by the Tenderer;
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
7.1.6
A Plan of Work in accordance with clause 7.2;
7.1.7
A system description, providing the necessary information for determining ifthe solution
offered can cover the requirements contained in this RFP;
7.1.8
Detailed descriptions of all services and products to be used in the delivery of the system in
the form of work packages, as recommended by the PMO;
7.1.9
A demonstration of the ability to deliver this system (see item below):
7.1.10 The Answer Point-to-point must indicate agreement or disagreement. The answer "Yes"
state the full agreement with the item, the answer "No" to indicate disagreement with the
item (in case of technical specifications), where:
7.1.10.1 "Yes" - will mean that the Proponent agrees fully with the writing that is
responding;
7.1.10.2 "More explanations" - means that the Proponent agrees mostly with the original
writing, except that suggest other writing.
7.1.10.3 "No" - means that the Proponent rejects this request for Proposal writing. Where
the Proponent indicates non-compliance of the specification in relation to his
offer, explain his reasons and provide any details of any counterproposals, in
"Observations" column, attaching documents, if required;
7.1.10.4 Blank answers will be considered as negative.
7.1.11 It is entirely up to the Purchaserwhether or not accept the observations and considerations
stemming from Proponents;
7.2
7.2.1
The PlanofWorkShall:
Establish the date of award of the Contract, for September 1st, 2012 and conclusion of the
project linked to the issuance of the Final Term of Acceptance (without reservations) of the
System. Establish the date of Final Acceptance, after the occurrence of a period of Assisted
Operation of 6 (six) months, followed by a period of Warranty and Technical Support of the
System. The minimum guarantee of factory for functioning of the goods supplied shall be 2
(two) years for equipment, network elements, cables, software and ramifications. Technical
assistance will be 01 (one) year and may be extended for equal periods, up to 5 years.
7.3
Be in the form of a "Gantt Table" that lists the activities, their start dates, their end dates, and
durations;
7.4
Include the following activities / milestones:
7.4.1
The Project Review;
7.4.2
Permissions, authorizations and licenses.
7.4.3
Wet Plant Manufacturing;
7.4.4
Dry Plant Manufacturing;
7.4.5
Desktop Survey Activities (DTS) and Route Analysis;
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
7.4.6
Marine Operation Installation;
7.4.7
Dry Plant Installation;
7.4.8
Construction of the terminal stations
7.4.9
Commissioning and Acceptance of Segment;
7.4.10 Commissioning and Acceptance of the System.
7.4.11 Provide Training, Technical Documentation and the Project as built;
7.5
The Proposal must be submitted along with a cover letter with the following details:
7.5.1
The total Contract Price of the System;
7.5.2
An indication of the signatory's qualification and address information.
8
PRICE, BILLING AND PAYMENT
8.1
The proposal shall contain a Global Price spreadsheet, with a final price in U.S. Dollars (U.S.
$) and Real (BRL) (Total Contract Price) to the scope of work offered and a Unit Price
spreadsheet detailing the goods and services separately;
8.2
For goods and services produced outside the country, Price spreadsheets in Dollars CIF must
contain at least the following: serial number that designates the item proposal (Item); brief
description of the services/goods (description); supply unit (SU); Quantitative (QTY); Unit
Price; Other Costs; Subtotal; Total; Issuance Date; Validity of the Proposal; and Field with
name and signature of the Head;
8.3
For goods and services produced within the country, the Prices spreadsheets in Real CIF
must contain at least the following: serial number that designates the item proposal (Item);
brief description of the goods / services (description); supply unit (SU); Quantitative (QTY);
unit Price; Import Tax-II; Industrialized Products Tax (IPI); Tax on the Circulation of Goods and
Services – ICMS; Other Costs; Subtotal and Total;Issuance Date, Proposal Validity; and
Signature of Responsible;
8.4
Regardless of the country where the cables are installed, the prices relating to the imported
part will be specified in U.S. Dolar, CIF mode (freight and insurance paid by the Contractor);
8.5
Prices shall be filled, both for the part in Dolar as to the part in Real. In prices, where
applicable, should be included all taxes, foreign exchange, customs clearance fees, profits,
storage, insurance, transportation, everything else that composes the final full offered prices;
8.6
Customs clearance will be on behalf of the Contractor, who shall appoint agents for such an
act;
8.7
Should be specified in the proposal, the rate of exchange on the date of Delivery of the
Proposal;
8.8
The insurance of the goods shall be full responsibility of the Contractor, and last until the date
of final receipt of each component of solution;
8.9
The Final Statement of Acceptance of a cable will be issued only after the two terminations
are complete, operational and integrated with the backbones on each side;
8.10 The Final Statement of Acceptance of a branch will be issued after submission of the data
bandwidth required by the city object of care;
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
8.11 The Final Statement of Acceptance of the Network Management Centers will be issued after
the successfully assisted period of operation;
8.12 The Final Statement of Acceptance of the training will be issued after the transfer of
technology of the system be delivered to the Contractor;
8.13 The Final Statement of Acceptance of spare parts will occur after the factory warranty period
of operation termination, of the system delivered. If the Contractor elects to use the spare
parts, the object of delivery, shall sign the statement of responsibility , and must return them
in perfect physical and functional condition, to the Contractor within 30 days before the
completion of warranty;
8.14 The parcels of payment shall be billed according to the Physical/Financial Schedule, located
in the Technical Specification.
8.15 By providing documentation of the Contractor, the parties agree on the financial balance of
the Contract, in accordance with the methodology and with the use of the official economic
indicators, commonly used in Brazil.
9
PARTICIPATION
9.1
National or international legally constituted persons are allowed to participate in this CP. It is
allowed the participation of companies in the form of consortium. The foreign company which
submits a proposal in its own name or if appointed Consortiums leader should have legal
representation in Brazil, with express powers to receive service and respond administratively
or judicially;
9.2
Companies under bankruptcy, concordat, contract creditors, dissolution, liquidation, declared
inapt by the Public Administration, Companies that are under suspension of the right to bid
with Telebras, or companies from countries with which Brazil has political or commerce
restrictions are not allowed to participate on this competition business;
9.3
The Proponent selected in the contract will figure the only CONTRACTED and its proposal
shall cover the entire PURPOSE of this tender, offers that cover only part of the purpose will
be rejected;
9.4
The Proponent will be responsible for the entire attending of this Tend, ensuring the
integrated operation of the various component parts of ACsea, necessary for the contract
proposal conclusion, as may be agreed between it and the Contractor not being accepted
excuses, delays or any other problems caused by subcontractors;
9.5
It's up to the Contractor, the full and overall responsibility for the fulfillment of supplies and
subcontracted services;
9.6
Participation in this Tender implies full and irrevocable acceptance of the terms and
conditions of this Notice.
10
DOCUMENTATION FOR QUALIFICATION
10.1 The required qualification documents must be presented in a unique ad non handwritten way,
numbered sequentially and continuously in all its volumes, It shall be submitted in original,
official certified copy, or publication in the official press agency or single copies, provided they
are accompanied by the original conference for the Contractor's Bid Committee.
10.2 Foreign Documentation submitted for qualification shall be authenticated by the Brazilian
diplomatic representation in their country (consular) and translated into Portuguese by a
sworn translator.
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
10.3 Within the qualification documents ENVELOPE, documentation shall be grouped together
with the list of documents that make up each group, indicating the number of matching
pages, preferably as follows and in sequential order.
10.3.1 Juridical Qualification;
10.3.2 Technical Qualification;
10.3.3 Financial-Economic;
10.3.4 Audit regularity;
10.3.5 Documents concerning the Preemptive Rights, if applicable;
10.3.6 Documents relating to products manufactured in the country;
10.3.7 Proof of having legal representation in Brazil, in the case of a foreign company presenting a
proposal on its own behalf or Consortium leader.
10.3.8 Evidence of commitment to the constitution of a consortium, if applicable.
11
JURIDICAL QUALIFICATION
11.1 It is allowed to participate in this Tender interested companies that meet all requirements
stated in the Notice;
11.2 It is not allowed to participate in this Tender:
11.2.1 Companies that are with the right to bid and contract suspended with the Union, as well as
the TELEBRAS, pursuant to art. 7 of Law 10.520/2002;
11.2.2 Companies that appear on the National Register of Enterprises of ill repute or Suspended
(CEIS),
accessible
through
the
Transparency
Portal.
(http://www.portaltransparencia.gov.br);
11.2.3 Companies that are under bankruptcy regime;
11.2.4 Cooperative partners.
11.3 The false statement on compliance with qualification requirements and the proposal will
subject the Contractor to the penalties provided in this CP.
11.4 For proof of JURIDICAL QUALIFICATION, the proponent shall submit the following
documents:
11.4.1 Documentation of the Proponent that does not work in a foreign country:
11.4.1.1 Act of constitution, together with other documents that prove to be in good standing
in accordance with the laws of the country where the Proponent is established;
11.4.1.2 Composition the Board of Directors of the current year;
11.4.1.3 Document attesting the establishment of legal representation, if applicable;
11.4.2 Documentation of the Proponent to operate in the country:
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
11.4.2.1 Commercial Registry in the case of sole proprietorship;
11.4.2.2 Constitutive Act and the Social Contract in force, registered in the case of
commercial companies, and in the case of Corporations, and accompanied by the
election of its directors;
11.4.2.3 Registration of the Constitutive Act, in the case of civil societies, accompanied by
proof of the Acting Director;
11.4.2.4 Decree of Authorization, in the case of company or foreign company operating in
the country, and Act for registration or authorization to operate issued by the
National Registration Department of Commerce.
12
TECHNICAL QUALIFICATION
12.1 For proof of the Technical Qualification the Proponent shall submit the following documents:
12.1.1 Documentation of the Proponent that does not work in a foreign country:
12.1.1.1 Proof of previous experience or own syndicated by lodging CERTIFICATE issued
by its National Customer or abroad, on the preparation and construction of
submarine cable system, network management centers for submarine cable
systems, Operation Assist, corrective and preventive maintenance of submarine
cable systems and other goods and services related to the object of this proposal;
12.1.1.2 Evidence will be admitted by submitting more than one certificate, provided that
total experience, required in subsection above.
12.1.2 Documentation of the Proponent operating in the country:
12.1.2.1 Proof of previous experience or own consortium, upon presentation of certificate
issued by its client or foreign national, on the preparation and implementation of
submarine cable systems, network management centers for submarine cable
systems, assisted operation, corrective and preventive maintenance of submarine
cable systems and other goods and services related to the object of this proposal;
12.1.2.2 Evidence will be admitted by submitting more than one certificate, provided that
total experience, required in subsection above.
13
FINANCIAL QUALIFICATION
13.1 To proof the FINANCIAL QUALIFICATION, the proponent shall present the following
documents:
13.1.1 For Proponent with no working facilities in Brazil
13.1.1.1 Financial Probity Statement,, provided by two different Banks;
13.1.1.2 Most recent Financial Statement;
13.1.1.3 The financial position of the proponent company shall be evaluated by the
calculation of the "Ability-to-Pay Index", which is calculated as follows:
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
TOTAL ASSETS
ATP = --------------------------------------------------------------------------CURRENT LIABILITIES + LONG TERM LIABILITIES
Where:
If ATP is greater or equal to 1: APPROVED, otherwise: REJECTED
13.1.1.4 A Receipt that the Proponent has, at the tate of presentation of Proposals, Current
Assets equal to or grater than R$50.000.000(BRL).
13.1.2 For Proponent with working facilities in Brazil:
13.1.2.1 Consolidated Statements of Financial Position of Cashflow of the last exercise, as
required and presented in accordance with the Law, which show proper financial
situation of the Company.Its substitution for provisional Statements is prohibited.
These Financial Statements may have its values actualized with respect to
BRL:USD exchange rate at the Delivery Date of the Tender, when closed 03
(three) months or more from the Date of Presentation of the Proposal.
13.1.2.2 The financial position of the proponent company shall be evaluated by the
calculation of the "Ability-to-Pay Index", which is calculated as follows:
TOTAL ASSETS
ATP = --------------------------------------------------------------------------CURRENT LIABILITIES + LONG TERM LIABILITIES
Where:
If ATP is greater or equal to 1
APPROVED, otherwise: REJECTED
13.1.2.3 Negative Certification of Bankruptcy issued by the Distributor of the Proponent's
Headquarters in Brazil.
13.1.2.4 A Receipt that the proponent has, at the date of Presentation of Proposals, Current
Assets equal to or grater than R$50.000.000 (BRL).
13.1.2.5 total experience, required in subsection above.
14
AUDIT REGULARITY
14.1 To proof AUDIT REGULARITY, Proponent shall present the following documentation:
14.1.1 For Proponent with no working facilities in Brazil:
14.1.1.1 Shall present equivalent documents to clause 14.1.2 below, which are required by
Government Agencies of the Company Headquarters Country;
14.1.2 For Proponent with working facilities in Brazil:
14.1.2.1 Registration Proof in CGC(Cadastro Geral de Contribuintes);
14.1.2.2 Registration Proof in CEC (Cadastro Estadual de Contribuintes), if available. This
clause is related to the Company's Headquarters in Brazil,
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
14.1.2.3 Proof of Regular Situation face Municipal, State and Federal Finance (Fazenda
Federal, Municipal, e Estadual), or other equivalent, in accordance with the Law;
14.1.2.4 Proof of Regular Situation face INSS (Instituto Nacional de Seguro Social) in
accordance with the Law;
14.1.2.5 Certificate of Good Standing face FGTS (Fundo de Garantia do Tempo de
Serviço), in accordance with the Law;
15
CONSORTIUM
15.1 Companies in Consortium must submit, in conjunction, inside the same envelope of
Documentation for Qualification, both documentation for each company, relative to Legal
Qualification, Audit Regularity, and Technical & Financial Qualifications related or demanded
in this document. It is necessary as individual submit as well the evidence of commitment,
public or private, of formation of the Consortium, signed by legal representatives with specific
power to the practice of this act, indicating the company responsible for the Consortium,which
must meet the following conitions of leadership:
15.1.1 Represent the Consortium face the Purchaser during the execution of the Contract;
15.1.2 Maintain all the understandings that may be necessary between the Purchaser and the
other Venturers, as well as third parties that might join the legal relationship with the
Purchaser during the execution of the Contract;
15.1.3 For the Technical Qualification, the sum of quantitatives of each Venturer shall be admitted.
For Financial Qualification, the sum of values of each Venturer, in proportion of its
participation in the Consortium may be admitted. It is not allowed the sum of qualifications
of consortium's Contractors.
15.2 The Venturers shall promote, before the celebration of the contract, the constitution and
register of the Consortium, in the terms refered in this Tender;
15.3 The Venturers shall respond in solidarity for all practiced acts, both in the stage of Tendering
and in the Execution of the contract;
15.4 The Consortium shall not have its composition or constitution altered without previous and
expressed consent of the Purchaser until the conclusion of the supplies and services which
may come to be contracted;
15.5 The participation of this Tender will be denied for Consortiums with Companies Ventured to
other participant Consortiums or with Companies that are participating alone in the Tender;
15.6 The noncompliance of the norms predicted in this Tender by any Venturer will cause
automatic disqualification of the Consortium;
15.7 There are is no limit of Venturers for the constitution of the Consortium;
15.8 It is allowed to participate of the event only Consortiums whom the leadership is mandatorily
exerced by a national compan, when the Conrostium is constituted by both national and
foreign companies;
15.9 It will be admitted the subcontracting of complementary services. However, the Winning
Company/Consortium will be the only responsible for the execution of the object. The
subcontractor has no bond with Telebras;
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
15.10 The limitations described in this item are not appliable to subcontractors of the
Proponents(ventured or individually);
15.11 There will be only allowed subcontracts if the contracted companies have the same technical
qualification demanded in this Tender, where appliable, and the following:
15.11.1
Subcontracts are limited to the limit of 30% (thirty percent) of the value of the
contract and exclusively bonded to services of Technical Planning, Training, Instalation,
Assisted Operation, Warranties and/or Technical Assistance. In this Situation,the contractor
shall be responsible to inform the subcontract to Telebras, defining its scope and presenting
its respective probatory documentation. In this condition, the Proponent has all the
responsability for the contractual compliance, including any vice with respect to labor and
social security legislations;
15.12 The Submission of CRC(Certificado de Registro Cadastral) substitutes the documentation of
the clauses 11.4.2, 14.1.2.1 and 14.1.2.2, where is still required the declaration from the
Proponent, under the appliable penalties if it occurs supervenience of impediment fact to its
license.
15.13 The company that is regularly registred and parcially qualified in SICAF(Sistema de
Cadastramento Unificado de Fornecedores), won't be required to submit the documents of
the clauses 11.4.2, 13.1.2.1, 13.1.2.2 and 14.1.2, where is still required the declaration from
the Proponent, under the appliable penalties, if it occurs supervenience of impediment fact to
its license;
15.14 It will be required the same accounting ratios provided in this Tender for the financial situation
analysos of proponents parcially qualified at SICAF, under penalty of disqualification;
15.15 The proof of registration and partial licensing regularity will be done through online
consultation to SICAF, in the act of opening of the Tender, where the Special Tender
Comission will issue its receipt to the respective Proponent;
15.16 The requested documents will be only accepted within their expiry dates.
16
STATEMENT OF CAPACITY
16.1 The Contractor shall include in the proposal the following information:
16.1.1 Preferably, the latest annual report of bank accounts of the Proponent and, where
applicable, the Holding Company. When this information is not available, shall include the
balance sheet and financial statement for the last 2 (two) years duly audited by outside firm
to Holding;
16.1.2 An outline of the general organization of the Proponent, the main activities and
performance, and credit rating by a Credit Rating Agency reputable, if available;
16.1.3 A summary of recent activities of the majority Proponent, specifically providing evidence of
experience and expertise in delivering ACSea, based on references and a list of systems
that have recently delivered, similar to the System screen;
16.1.4 Detailed information of products and evolution of the Contractor to date;
16.1.5 Demonstrate that it has the technical team and 24x7 support and a central help desk;
16.1.6 Demonstrate that offers technical support at the following levels: Level 1 (Management
Center Cable), Level 2 (Maintenance of the wet and dry plant), and Level 3 (Maintenance of
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Equipment), in countries covered by submarine cables object supply ;
16.1.7 Certify that all support the development of new solutions, providing Roadmaps, and fixes
bugs is met within the time agreed and that the costs of shifting personnel or Telebras
Consortium to conduct product approval (type approval) tests and other acceptance of
hardware and software are included in the Commercial Proposal;
16.1.8 Having performed to provide factory warranty service, assisted operation, preventive and
corrective maintenance of at least one (1) intercontinental submarine cable and at least one
(1) Center for Integrated Management of Submarine Cables;
16.1.9 The company Proponent shall provide with the Technical Proposal, a statement Providing
Professional Services to ensure delivery of results for the Telebras and its customers,
including Assisted Operation in accordance with the Service Level Agreement agreed
between the parties. For this we must demonstrate that it has certified professionals in the
solutions adopted by the Consortium or Telebras, as well as in the main market
technologies linked to the object desired;
16.1.10
Regarding Assisted Operation must also be shown that Proponent experts have
proven experience, ie they are properly qualified and trained in both the tools delivered as
well as operational process, providing support for monitoring and resolution of incidents and
assisting the Telebras or Consortium operation on the efficient and effective use of tools.
16.1.11
The Proponent shall submit the Certificate (s) of Approval issued by the FCC,
regarding the national equipment, as required by Resolution No. 242 of Anatel, November
30 2000;
16.1.11.1
In case of Consortium or participation of more than one company, certificates
of each class shall be given;
16.1.12
For items that require mandatory Roadmap, the deadline for delivery shall be
stipulated;
16.1.13
Documents in Brazilian Portuguese , certified translation and consular or registered
in the Registry of Deeds and Documents.
17
BRAZILIAN CONTENT
17.1 Proponent shall give preference to components, equipments and services provided by
Brazilian sources.
17.2 Probation of the clause above shall be done by the "Processo Produtivo Básico"s
certification and/or 950 MCTI. Probation of services shall be comproved by technical quality
certifications received by brazilian companies, inside and outside Brazilian territory.
18
COMUNICATION
ORCONSORTIUM
BETWEEN
PROPONENT
AND
TELEBRAS
18.1 Within 1 week of the date of this ITT, the Tenderer shall notify the persons identified in clause
5 above of the name address, telephone number(s) and email address of its representative(s)
to whom all communication concerning this ITT may be sent. Dispatch of communication by
Telebras to such address(es) shall be deemed to have been delivered.;
18.1.1 The communication sent by the Telebras for such addresses shall be considered delivered
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
information, for postal, legal and administrative purposes.
18.2 Any questions or clarifications related to this SP should be submitted to Telebras within three
(3) weeks from the date of publication of this SP;
18.3 To assist in the examination, evaluation and comparison of the Tenders, or Telebras or
Consortium may, at its discretion, ask the Proponents for clarification of their Tenders.
18.3.1 The request for clarification and the response shall be in writing and /or may be made via email correspondence.
19
PUBLICATION OF THE PROPOSAL EVALUATION RESULTS
19.1 The purpose of this SP is to enable the Consortium Telebras or identify the best quotations
and their respective proposals, as well as errors in the initial design of the project;
19.2 The best proposal choice will be the sole Telebras or Consortium responsibility and the
response will be disclosed only for the best proposal. The remaining Proponents will be
reported in the same way, but without the marks obtained in the Proposals;
19.3 The process will take into five stages, namely:
19.3.1 Stage 1: Receipt of Proponents Offers concerning the SP;
19.3.2 Stage 2: Analysis of proposals and identify the best proposal;
19.3.3 Stage 3:Negotiation of prices and values with the Proposer submitting the best proposal;
19.3.4 Stage 4: Juridical Qualification, Technical Qualification,
Economic and Financial
Qualification ,Audit Regularity of the Proponent that submitted the best proposal and Final
Approval of the Proposal;
19.3.5 Stage 5: Proposal approval and Contract Adjudication
19.3.6 Table 1 below shows the schedule for receiving, analyzing the proposals and award winning
tool for the company:
Table 1:Proposals Systematic Evaluation
STAGE
EVENT
DURATION
ITEM
Stage 1
Recieve of the Proposals
T0
19.3.1
Stage 2
Selection of the best Proposal
T0+15 days
19.3.2
Stage 3
Proposal Optimization
T0+30 days
19.3.3
Stage 4
Final Proposal Approval and Proponent
Qualification
T0+45 days
19.3.4
Stage 5
Contract Adjudication
T0+ 60 days
19.3.5
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
19.3.7 The time T0 refers to the deadline for proposals submission;
19.3.8 In the event that a proposal be disqualified at any time, at any stage above, or Telebras or
Consortium shall review the proposal next, following internal classification;
19.3.9 If no proposal is seized, the Telebras or Consortium reserves the right at any time,
terminate this RFP or republish without harm to the parties;
19.3.10
In the interval of time set aside for Stage 4, the Contractor will aid in any pendency
identified by Telebras or the Consortium of the Proposal or its licensing;
19.3.10.1
If ithis is not accomplished, the Proponent will be automatically disqualified,
unless is provided at this time, documentation proving supervening fact that made
it impossible to attach the required documents, leaving the discretion of the Legal
Department of the Consortium or Telebras to grant or deny the request;
19.3.11
Until the Contract adjudication, the Consortium or Telebras won't have any
obligation or onus to the Proponents for the object of this RFP.
20
CONTRACT ADJUDICATION
20.1 The Consortium or Telebras are not required to accept any proposal and reserves the right,
in its sole discretion to accept or reject all or part of an proposal, without requiring any
justification for this purpose.
21
CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLICITY
21.1 The proponent shall treat as confidential any information related to this SP and related
documents and submit the signed Confidentiality Agreement, included in Annex 1 (in
duplicate) along with its proposal;
21.2 No disclosure on this proposal or any subsequent acceptance, suspension or declination of
any proposal or resulting contract shall be released in any form or by any means by the
proponent, without the prior written approval of the Consortium or Telebras.
21.3 If the Proponent already posssess Non-Disclosure Agreement with Telebras, the submission
is not required.
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
( LOGO DA OUTRA COMPANHIA/OTHER
COMPANY'S LOGO)
APPENDIX 1 - NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
ACORDO DE CONFIDENCIALIDADE
NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
N XXX/2012
N XXX/2012
ACORDO DE CONFIDENCIALIDADE
NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. –
TELEBRAS, sociedade de economia mista,
vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações, com
sede e endereço no Setor Comercial Sul, Bloco B,
Salas 301 a 305, Brasília-DF – CEP: 70308-200,
CNPJ/MF N.º 00.336.701/0001-04, por seu (s)
representante (s) legal (is) na forma do seu
Estatuto
Social,
doravante
denominada
TELEBRAS e
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. –
TELEBRAS, mixed capital company, with links to
the Ministry of Communications, with headquarters
and address in Setor Comercial Sul, Bloco B, Salas
301 a 305, Brasília-DF – CEP: 70308-200,
CNPJ/MF Nº. 00.336.701/0001-04, by its legal (s)
representative (s) in accordance with its bylaws,
hereinafter TELEBRAS and
XXX, sociedade XXX, com sede
doravante denominada XX
em XXX,
XXX, (Characteristics of a Company) , having its
registered offices at XXX hereinafter XXX
RECITALS:
CONSIDERANDOS:
CONSIDERANDO QUE a TELEBRAS foi
incumbida de implantar o Programa Nacional de
Banda Larga – PNBL, instituído pelo Decreto
7.175, de 12 de maio de 2010 e
CONSIDERANDO QUE a TELEBRAS, para os
WHEREAS TELEBRAS was tasked to implement
the National Broadband - PNBL established by
Decree 7175 of 12 May 2010 and
WHEREAS TELEBRAS, for the purposes and
objectives described in the aforementioned Decree
need to obtain and/or exchange information with
ACORDO DE CONFIDENCIALIDADE (CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT) Nº XX/2012
Pág. 17 de 213
( LOGO DA OUTRA COMPANHIA/OTHER
COMPANY'S LOGO)
APPENDIX 1 - NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
fins e objetivos descritos no citado Decreto
necessita obter e/ou trocar informações com os
demais atores do cenário nacional e/ou
internacional
que
atuam
no
setor
de
telecomunicações
RESOLVEM as Partes celebrar este Acordo de
Confidencialidade (“Acordo”), que se regerá pelas
seguintes cláusulas e condições:
CLÁUSULA PRIMEIRA – DEFINIÇÕES
1.1 O termo “Informação Confidencial” significa,
para fins deste Acordo, (i) qualquer Propriedade
Intelectual, conforme definido abaixo, e dados e
informações financeiras, comerciais, técnicas ou
demais informações, transmitidas oral, por escrito
ou eletronicamente, incluindo, sem limitação,
desenhos, documentos, planos, especificações,
diagramas, padrões, procedimentos, técnicas,
programas de computador, sistemas “Know-how”,
segredos de comércio, contratos, instrumentos,
relatórios, estudos, pesquisas, interpretações,
previsões, registros ou qualquer outro documento,
incluindo correspondências, dados econômicofinanceiros, documentos administrativos, planilhas
de custos, contingências, planos estratégicos,
demonstrações financeiras, dados sobre formação
de preços, clientes e fornecedores, fornecidos ou
disponibilizados por uma das Partes ou seus
Representantes, conforme definido abaixo a outra
Parte ou a seus Representantes posteriormente à
other national and/or international players in the
telecommunications industry
NOW THEREFORE the parties enter into this
Confidentiality Agreement ("Agreement"), which is
governed by the following terms and conditions:
ARTICLE ONE – DEFINITIONS
1.1 The term "Confidential Information" means, for
purposes of this Agreement, (i) any Intellectual
Property, as defined below, and data and financial
information, commercial, technical or other
information transmitted orally, in writing or
electronically, including without limitation, drawings,
documents,
plans,
specifications,
diagrams,
standards, procedures, techniques, computer
programs, systems know-how, trade secrets,
contracts, instruments, reports, studies, research,
interpretations, forecasts, records or any other
documents, including correspondence, economic
and financial data, administrative documents, bills of
costs, contingencies, strategic plans, financial
statements, information on pricing, customers and
suppliers, provided or made available by a Party or
its Representatives, as defined below to the other
party or their Representatives after the date of this
Agreement and (ii) any information, conclusions,
compilations, interpretations, projections and
ACORDO DE CONFIDENCIALIDADE (CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT) Nº XX/2012
Pág. 18 de 213
( LOGO DA OUTRA COMPANHIA/OTHER
COMPANY'S LOGO)
APPENDIX 1 - NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
data deste Acordo e (ii) qualquer informação,
conclusões,
compilações,
interpretações,
projeções e análises resultantes das discussões
entre as Partes pertinentes ao Contrato, que
contenham ou reflitam informação elencada no
item (i) acima.
Parágrafo Único: As Informações Confidenciais
transmitidas por escrito ou eletronicamente
deverão ser assinaladas como “confidencial” e as
Informações Confidenciais transmitidas oralmente
deverão ser indicadas como “confidencial” no
momento de sua revelação e, acompanhadas por
uma confirmação posterior por escrito no prazo de
30 (trinta) dias, citando a data e a informação
revelada, assim como a finalidade da citada
revelação. Assim, durante o período de 30 (trinta)
dias, após a revelação oral da Informação
Confidencial e antes do devido registro formal por
escrito, toda informação deverá ser tratada como
confidencial.
1.2 “Propriedade Intelectual” significa qualquer (i)
conhecimento,
informação,
idéia,
conceito,
invenção, descoberta ou expressão necessária ao
Contrato
e
(ii)
deverá
incluir
qualquer
conhecimento,
informação,
idéia,
conceito,
invenção, descoberta ou expressão descritas em
(i) acima, independentemente do fato de ter sido,
ser ou vir a ser propriedade das Partes ou suas
Afiliadas, ou criada, inventada, desenvolvida ou
obtida pelas Partes ou suas Afiliadas a qualquer
tempo, e deverá incluir toda e qualquer patente,
“copyright” ou outra proteção de tal conhecimento,
informação, idéia, conceito, invenção, descoberta
analysis arising from discussions between the
relevant Parties to the Agreement, which contain or
reflect information listed in item (i ) above.
Sole Paragraph: The Confidential Information
conveyed in writing or electronically should be
marked as "confidential" and the Confidential
Information
communicated
orally
shall
be
designated as "confidential" at the time of its
revelation and, accompanied by a subsequent
written confirmation within 30 ( thirty) days, citing the
date and the information disclosed, and the purpose
of such disclosure. Thus, during the period of 30
(thirty) days after the oral disclosure of Confidential
Information and registration due before the formal
writing, all information should be treated as
confidential.
1.2 "Intellectual Property" means any (i)
knowledge, information, idea, concept, invention,
discovery or expression required for the Agreement
and (ii) shall include any knowledge, information,
idea, concept, invention, discovery or expression
described in ( i) above, regardless of this being, to
be or become property of one of the Parties or its
Affiliates, or created, invented, developed or
obtained by the Parties or its Affiliates at any time
and shall include any and all patent, copyright or
other protection of such knowledge, information,
idea, concept, invention, discovery or expression.
1.3 “Representatives" as used herein shall include
ACORDO DE CONFIDENCIALIDADE (CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT) Nº XX/2012
Pág. 19 de 213
( LOGO DA OUTRA COMPANHIA/OTHER
COMPANY'S LOGO)
APPENDIX 1 - NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
ou expressão.
1.3 “Representantes”, conforme utilizado neste
Acordo deverá incluir qualquer administrador,
diretor, conselheiro, executivo, empregado,
auditor,
advogado,
consultor,
engenheiro,
prepostos a qualquer título, comitente ou Afiliada
(conforme
definido
abaixo),
ou
qualquer
administrador, diretor, conselheiro, executivo,
empregado,
auditor,
advogado,
consultor,
engenheiro, prepostos a qualquer título, comitente
de tal Afiliada.
1.4 “Afiliada”, conforme utilizado neste Acordo,
com relação a qualquer parte, deverá incluir
qualquer indivíduo ou entidade controlada por tal
Parte, que controle tal Parte ou com quem tal
Parte esteja sob controle comum.
CLÁUSULA SEGUNDA – OBJETO
2.1 O presente instrumento tem por objeto
assegurar
sigilo
pelas
Partes
e
seus
Representantes (i) quanto a Informações
Confidenciais, relacionadas ao (o “Projeto”), que
necessitam análise para eventual celebração de
Contrato pelas Partes e, (ii) do fato que discussões
sobre o Contrato estão sendo desenvolvidas pelas
any manager, director, agent, executive, officer,
employee, auditor, attorney, consultant, engineer,
representatives in any capacity, principal or Affiliate
(as defined below), or any manager, director, agent,
officer, executive, employee, auditor, attorney,
consultant, engineer, representatives in any
capacity, principal of such Affiliate.
1.4 "Affiliate" as used herein with respect to any
party shall include any individual or entity controlled
by such Party, which controls such Party or with
whom such Party is under common control.
ARTICLE TWO – PURPOSE
2.1 This Agreement is to secure secrecy by the
Parties and its Representatives (i) as to Confidential
Information, related to (the “Project”), that require
review for possible signature of contract between
the Parties and (ii) the fact that discussions on the
contract are being developed by the Parties.
ACORDO DE CONFIDENCIALIDADE (CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT) Nº XX/2012
Pág. 20 de 213
( LOGO DA OUTRA COMPANHIA/OTHER
COMPANY'S LOGO)
APPENDIX 1 - NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
Partes.
2.2 As obrigações de sigilo contidas no presente
instrumento são livremente pactuadas pelas
Partes, que respondem de forma irrenunciável e
irretratável, por si e seus sucessores.
2.2 The obligations of confidentiality contained in
this Agreement are freely agreed upon by the
Parties, who are irrevocably and irreversibly bound ,
for themselves and their successors.
CLÁUSULA TERCEIRA – OBRIGAÇÕES
ARTICLE THREE – OBLIGATIONS
3.1 Cada Parte e seus Representantes manterão
como confidenciais e somente usarão com o único
propósito de avaliar o Contrato, toda Informação
Confidencial obtida da outra Parte que seja
relacionada ao Contrato, obrigando-se:
3.1 Each party and its Representatives shall keep
confidential and will use only for the sole purpose of
evaluating the Contract , all Confidential Information
obtained from the other Party that is related to the
Contract, undertaking:
(i) a manter padrões apropriados para assegurar a
confidencialidade
requerida
neste
Acordo,
incluindo a cautela que as Partes normalmente
exercem em relação à preservação de seus
próprios dados confidenciais;
(i) to maintain appropriate standards to ensure the
confidentiality required in this Agreement, including
the caution that the Parties normally exercise in
relation to the preservation of their own data;
(ii) a responder solidariamente, por seus
Representantes, por qualquer violação do
presente Acordo;
(ii) to be responsible, through their representatives,
for any breach of this Agreement;
(iii) a fazer com que seus Representantes
acordem
em
divulgar
as
Informações
Confidenciais somente a seus respectivos
(iii) to make its Representatives agree to disclose
Confidential Information only to their respective
Representatives who need the Confidential
ACORDO DE CONFIDENCIALIDADE (CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT) Nº XX/2012
Pág. 21 de 213
( LOGO DA OUTRA COMPANHIA/OTHER
COMPANY'S LOGO)
APPENDIX 1 - NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
Representantes que necessitem das Informações
Confidenciais para avaliação do Contrato, e
contanto que tais Representantes tenham sido
devidamente notificados a respeito deste Acordo;
Information to evaluate the Contract, and to duly
notify such Representatives about this Agreement;
(iv) quaisquer informações obtidas pelas Partes
durante a discussão do Contrato e eventuais
negociações contratuais pertinentes ao Projeto,
nas dependências das Partes ou delas originárias,
ainda que não diretamente envolvidas com o
mencionado Contrato e eventuais negociações
contratuais, devem ser mantidas em sigilo nos
termos e prazos constantes neste Acordo.
(iv) any information obtained by the parties during
the discussion of Contract negotiations and any
agreement pertaining to the Project, in the premises
of the Parties or from them, though not directly
related to the aforementioned Contract and any
contract negotiations, should be kept secret in terms
and timelines contained herein.
3.2 Toda Informação Confidencial deverá
permanecer como propriedade única e exclusiva
da Parte divulgadora e deverá ser utilizada única
e exclusivamente para fins do Contrato e
nenhuma das Partes poderá divulgar qualquer
Informação Confidencial a qualquer terceiro,
exceto aos seus Representantes que necessitem
da Informação Confidencial (conforme item iv da
Cláusula 3.1 acima), sem o consentimento prévio,
por escrito, da Parte divulgadora.
3.3 Caso a TELEBRAS e a XXX não prossigam
nas negociações relativas ao Contrato, cada Parte
deverá prontamente devolver toda a Informação
Confidencial recebida da outra Parte juntamente
com todas as suas cópias, por meio de requisição
escrita da Parte Divulgadora, exceto a Informação
Confidencial que faça parte de interpretações e
análises de cada uma das Partes sobre o
Contrato, a qual, no entanto, deverá permanecer
3.2 All Confidential Information shall remain the sole
and exclusive property of the disclosing party and
shall be used solely for purposes of the Contract
and neither party may disclose any Confidential
Information to any third party except to its
Representatives who need the Confidential
Information (as item iv of Clause 3.1 above), without
the prior written consent of the disclosing party.
3.3 If TELEBRAS and XXX do not continue Contract
negotiations, then each party shall promptly return
all Confidential Information received from the other
Party together with all copies upon written request of
the disclosing Party, except the Confidential
Information which is part of interpretations and
analysis of each of the Parties to the Contract,
which, however, shall remain subject to the
confidentiality
provisions
contained
herein.
Nevertheless, at any time, the disclosing Party may
ACORDO DE CONFIDENCIALIDADE (CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT) Nº XX/2012
Pág. 22 de 213
( LOGO DA OUTRA COMPANHIA/OTHER
COMPANY'S LOGO)
APPENDIX 1 - NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
sujeita às disposições sobre confidencialidade
aqui contidas. Não obstante, a qualquer tempo, a
Parte divulgadora poderá exigir, mediante
notificação por escrito, a devolução pela outra
Parte de qualquer Informação Confidencial, e a
outra Parte deverá prontamente devolver a
Informação Confidencial solicitada.
require, by written notice, the return by the other
Party of any Confidential Information, and the other
Party shall promptly return the Confidential
Information requested.
CLÁUSULA QUARTA – PENALIDADES
ARTICLE FOUR – PENALTIES
4.1 A divulgação desautorizada de qualquer das
Informações Confidenciais caracterizará infração
contratual, sujeitando-se a Parte Inadimplente à
reparação pelos danos que diretamente tiver
causado em virtude de seu ato, a ser apurado
amigável ou judicialmente, sem prejuízo de poder
a Parte, simultaneamente ou não, considerar
rescindido, de pleno direito, o Contrato celebrado.
4.1 Unauthorized disclosure of any Confidential
Information will feature a breach of contract,
resulting to the Defaulting Party the obligation to
repair the damage it has caused directly by virtue of
his act, to be determined amicably or in court,
without prejudice to right of the Party,
simultaneously or not, to have
the executed
Contract terminated.
4.2 A responsabilidade das Partes não subsistirá
nas hipóteses de caso fortuito ou força maior, na
forma do artigo 393 do Código Civil Brasileiro, e
desde que não haja dúvidas de que todas as
medidas de precaução tenham sido devidamente
tomadas.
4.2 Responsibility of the Parties shall not stand in
the event of unforeseeable circumstances or force
majeure, in accordance with article 393 of the
Brazilian Civil Code, and provided there is no doubt
that all precautions have been duly taken.
ACORDO DE CONFIDENCIALIDADE (CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT) Nº XX/2012
Pág. 23 de 213
( LOGO DA OUTRA COMPANHIA/OTHER
COMPANY'S LOGO)
APPENDIX 1 - NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
CLÁUSULA
QUINTA
CONFIDENCIALIDADE
–
EXCEÇÕES
A
ARTICLE FIVE
EXCEPTIONS
–
THE
CONFIDENTIALITY
5.1 A exigência de sigilo não se aplica aos
seguintes casos:
5.1 The requirement of secrecy shall not apply in the
following cases:
(i) informação comprovadamente conhecida pela
Parte Recebedora, anteriormente à concessão da
informação pela Parte Divulgadora, por forma
legal e legítima;
(i) information proven to be known by the receiving
party prior to the granting of information by the
disclosing Party, by legal and legitimate form of
proof;
(ii) prévia e expressa (por escrito) anuência da
Parte Divulgadora, mediante autorização da maior
autoridade
do
órgão
responsável
pelas
discussões do Projeto, quanto à liberação da
obrigação de sigilo e confidencialidade;
(ii) prior express (written) consent of the Disclosing
Party, upon authorization of the highest authority of
the organization responsible for the discussions of
the Project, for the release of the secrecy and
confidentiality obligation;
(iii) informação comprovadamente obtida por
outras fontes, de forma legal e legítima,
independentemente e sem infração do presente
Acordo;
(iii) information obtained from other sources proven,
legally and legitimately, independently and without
breach of this Agreement;
(iv) determinação judicial e/ou governamental
para
conhecimento
das
Informações
Confidenciais,
desde
que
notificada
imediatamente por escrito a Parte divulgadora
pela Parte Recebedora, previamente à liberação,
e sendo requerido segredo no seu trato judicial
(iv) a court order and/or government requirement to
know the Confidential Information, provided that the
Disclosing Party is immediately notified in writing by
the Receiving Party prior to release, and being
required
in
their
dealings
to
apply
judicial/administrative secret.
ACORDO DE CONFIDENCIALIDADE (CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT) Nº XX/2012
Pág. 24 de 213
( LOGO DA OUTRA COMPANHIA/OTHER
COMPANY'S LOGO)
APPENDIX 1 - NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
e/ou administrativo.
CLÁUSULA SEXTA – VIGÊNCIA
ARTICLE SIX – DURATION
6.1 O presente Acordo vigerá pelo prazo das
negociações e pelo período de 3 (três) anos após
a conclusão das mesmas, contados da data de
sua assinatura ou até o término do instrumento
contratual que vier a ser celebrado para formalizar
a referida negociação, o que ocorrer por último.
6.1 This Agreement shall remain in force for a period
of negotiations and for a period of 3 (three) years
after the finalization of the date of signature or until
the end of the contractual instrument that will be
signed to formalize such a negotiation, whichever is
later.
CLÁUSULA SÉTIMA – CONDIÇÕES GERAIS E
FORO
ARTICLE SEVEN – GENERAL TERMS AND
VENUE
7.1 As renúncias escritas, verbais ou tácitas,
pelas Partes de qualquer de seus direitos, nos
termos do Acordo, concedida em determinada
ocasião, não constituirá renúncia definitiva ao
exercício do direito da Parte, não a obrigando em
qualquer
ocasião
subsequente.
Qualquer
concessão de direito detido por qualquer das
Partes não importará em novação dos termos do
Acordo, a menos que expressamente avençado
por escrito como tal.
7.1 Waivers written, verbal or implied, by either
Party of any of its rights under the Agreement,
granted on one occasion shall not constitute a
definitive renunciation to the exercise of the right of
the Party, and not relinquishing to the rights under
this Agreement any subsequent time. Any grant of
rights held by any party will not matter in terms of
the novation of the Agreement, unless expressly
account consignor in writing as such.
ACORDO DE CONFIDENCIALIDADE (CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT) Nº XX/2012
Pág. 25 de 213
( LOGO DA OUTRA COMPANHIA/OTHER
COMPANY'S LOGO)
APPENDIX 1 - NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
7.2 O Acordo será regido e interpretado de acordo
com as leis brasileiras e, caso qualquer
disposição nele contida venha a ser inexequível,
suas demais disposições continuarão em pleno
vigor e efeito, não devendo ser afetadas,
prejudicadas
ou,
de
qualquer
maneira,
consideradas inválidas.
7.3 Nenhuma alteração ou modificação do Acordo
será valida ou vinculará as Partes, salvo se por
escrito e assinada por ambas as Partes.
7.4 Para dirimir quaisquer dúvidas ou
controvérsias decorrentes deste Acordo fica eleito
o foro de Brasília-DF, com renúncia a qualquer
outro, por mais privilegiado que seja.
E por estarem justas e acertadas, as Partes
firmam o presente Acordo e 3 (três) vias, de igual
teor e forma, e na presença de duas testemunhas.
7.2 The Agreement will be governed by and
construed in accordance with Brazilian law and if
any
provision
contained
therein
will
be
unenforceable, its remaining provisions will continue
in full force and effect and shall not be affected, or
harmed in any way.
7.3 No amendment or modification of the Agreement
shall be valid or binding upon the parties unless in
writing and signed by both parties.
7.4 To resolve any doubts or controversies arising
from this Agreement shall be elected forum of
Brasilia, Federal District, waiving any other, however
privileged.
And being fair and agreed upon, the parties signed
the Agreement and 3 (three) counterparts of equal
content and form, and in the presence of two
witnesses.
ACORDO DE CONFIDENCIALIDADE (CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT) Nº XX/2012
Pág. 26 de 213
( LOGO DA OUTRA COMPANHIA/OTHER COMPANY'S
LOGO)
APPENDIX 1 - NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
Brasília, (dia) mês de 2012 (Brasilia, month day, 2012)
Pela (For) TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A – TELEBRÁS:
NOME DO PRESIDENTE
Presidente (President)
NOME DO DIRETOR
Diretor Técnico (Technical Director)
Pela (For) XXX:
Testemunhas (Witnesses) :
Nome (Name):
CPF:
Nome (Name):
Identidade (ID):
ACORDO DE CONFIDENCIALIDADE (CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT) Nº XX/2012
Pág. 27 de 213
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Atlantic Cable System
Technical Specifications
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Table of Contents
Introduction .................................................................................................. Chapter 1
Contractor’s Scope of Work ............................................................................. Chapter 2
Network Performance and Reliability ................................................................. Chapter 3
System Requirements ..................................................................................... Chapter 4
Line Terminal Equipment ................................................................................. Chapter 5
Undersea System Submerged Plant .................................................................. Chapter 6
Beach Manholes and Land Cables ..................................................................... Chapter 7
Cable Stations ............................................................................................... Chapter 8
Marine Installation.......................................................................................... Chapter 9
Desktop Study .............................................................................................. Annex 9.1
Route Survey ................................................................................................ Annex 9.2
Initial Straight Line Diagram and Initial Route Position Lengths ........................... Annex 9.3
Commissioning and Acceptance ..................................................................... Chapter 10
Project Monitoring and Reporting ................................................................... Chapter 11
Quality Assurance ........................................................................................ Chapter 12
Documentation ............................................................................................ Chapter 13
Documentation Schedule ............................................................................ Attachment 1
Training ...................................................................................................... Chapter 14
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1
Atlantic Cable System:
1.1.1
The Atlantic Cable System(ACSea) is composed of 05 (five) main cable systems(hereafter
defined as US,EUR, AFR, ExN and MSul) and 05(five) branch units (hereafter defined as
PPL,CIE,FNO,ICN, and RJO).The geographic localities and connectivities of these systems
are described below:
1.1.2
Atlantic Cable System - United States:
1.1.2.1 The Atlantic Cable System - United States(ACSea-US) geographic connectivity
is shown in Figure 1-1.It contains both the main cable system as well as the
following BUs: Puerto Plata and Caiena(PPL and CIE).ACSea-US connects
cable stations in and among the following countries and landings: United
States(Jacksonville),Brazil(Fortaleza), Dominican Republic (Puerto Plata) and
French Guyana (Caiena)
Figure 1-1: ACSea-US Cable System
1.1.2.2 Budgeting:
1.1.2.2.1
For this Subsystem, the following configurations in Table 1-1 below shall be
budgeted:
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Table 1-1 : ACSea - US BudgetingConfigurations
1.1.3
Designation
NumberofFiberPairs
Financing
USA6C
6 pairs
WithFinancing
USA6S
6 pairs
WithoutFinancing
USA4C
4 pairs
WithFinancing
USA4S
4 pairs
WithoutFinancing
Atlantic Cable System - Europe:
1.1.3.1 TheAtlantic Cable System – Europe(ACSea-EUR) geographic connectivity is
shown in Figure 1-2. It contains both the main cable system as well as the
following BU: Canary Islands (ICA)ACSea-EUR connects cable stations in and
among
the
following
countries
and
landings:Brazil(Fortaleza),Portugal(Seixal),Canary Islands(El Goro)
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Figure 1-2 ACSea-EUR Cable System
1.1.3.2 Budgeting:
1.1.3.2.1
For this Subsystem, the following configurations in Table 1-2 below shall be
budgeted:
Table 1-2 : ACSea - EUR BudgetingConfigurations
1.1.4
Designation
NumberofFiberPairs
Financing
EUR4C
4 pairs
WithFinancing
EUR4S
4 pairs
WithoutFinancing
EUR2C
2 pairs
WithFinancing
EUR2S
2 pairs
WithoutFinancing
Atlantic Cable System - Africa:
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
1.1.4.1 The Atlantic Cable System– Africa(ACSea-AFR) geographic connectivity is
shown in Figure 1-3.It contains both the main cable system as well as the
following BU: Fernando de Noronha (FNO).ACSea-AFR connects cable stations
in and among the following countries and landings: Brazil(Fortaleza and
Fernando de Noronha) and Angola(Luanda)
Figure 1-3: ACSea-AFR Cable System
1.1.4.2 Budgeting:
1.1.4.2.1
For this Subsystem, the following configurations in Table 1-3 below shall be
budgeted:
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Table 1-3 : ACSea - AFR BudgetingConfigurations
1.1.5
Designation
NumberofFiberPairs
Financing
AFR4C
4 pairs
WithFinancing
AFR4S
4 pairs
WithoutFinancing
AFR2C
2 pairs
WithFinancing
AFR2S
2 pairs
WithoutFinancing
Atlantic Cable System –ExpressoNacional:
1.1.5.1 The Atlantic Cable System - ExpressoNacional(ACSea-ExN) geographic
connectivity is shown in Figure 1-4.It contains both the main cable system as
well as the following BU: Rio de Janeiro (RJO). ACSea-ExN connects cable
stations in and among the Brazil(Fortaleza, Rio de Janeiro and Santos)
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Figure 1-4: ACSea-ExN Cable System
1.1.5.2 Budgeting:
1.1.5.2.1
For this Subsystem, the following configurations in Table 1-4 below shall be
budgeted:
Table 1-4 : ACSea - EXN BudgetingConfigurations
Designation
NumberofFiberPairs
Financing
EXN6C
6 pairs
WithFinancing
EXN6S
6 pairs
WithoutFinancing
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
1.1.6
EXN4C
4 pairs
WithFinancing
EXN4S
4 pairs
WithoutFinancing
Atlantic Cable System - MSul
1.1.6.1 TheAtlantic Cable System - MalhaSul (ACSea-MSul) geographic connectivity is
shown in Figure 1-5.It contains the main cable system, with no BU connected to
it. ACSea-MSul connects cable stations in and among the following countries
Brazil(Santos). and Uruguay (Maldonado).
Figure 1-5: ACSea-MSul Cable System
1.1.6.2 Budgeting:
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
1.1.6.2.1
For this Subsystem, the following configurations in Table 1-5 below shall be
budgeted:
Table 1-5: ACSea - EXN BudgetingConfigurations
1.2
Designation
NumberofFiberPairs
Financing
MSUL4C
4 pairs
WithFinancing
MSUL4S
4 pairs
WithoutFinancing
MSUL2C
2 pairs
WithFinancing
MSUL2S
2 pairs
WithoutFinancing
Fiber SLD's
1.2.1
ACSea-US
1.2.2
ACSea-EUR
1.2.3
ACSea-AFR
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
1.2.4
ACSea-ExN
1.2.5
ACSea MSul
1.3
1.3.1
1.4
Undersea Segments:
The undersea segment connectivity and segment identification numbering shall be
determined by the Contractor’s analysis and route engineering.
System Capacity
1.4.1.1 The System Design Capacity of the undersea segments, without wet plant
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
upgrade, shall be one-hundred (100) 100Gbps wavelengths on each fiber pair
less any capacity associated with.BU ROADM or OADM shall not be used.
1.4.2
Initial System Equipage
1.4.2.1 The initial Submarine Line Terminating Equipment (SLTE) equipage on the
trunk and branch segment at the time of installation shall provide 20 Tbps for
the ACSea-US and ACSea – ExN Susbsystems. The other Subsystems shall
be provided with 10 Tbps as initial equipage, and must be used the maximum
capacity of the first fiber pair on each cable.
1.4.3 The SIE at each cable station shall be equipped with 1+1 protected SDH STM-16 client side
interfaces. Note that not all SLTE land-side ports may be connected to SDH/Interconnection
Equipment, at Purchaser’s discretion. All the landed capacity not passed through the SIE
shall be connected through from the SLTE, via the Internal ODF, to the External ODF. The
Internal ODF and (if supplied) External ODF shall be expandable in accordance with the
potential upgraded capacity of the system. For the purpose of scoping the SIE option for
this contract, it shall be assumed that from each muxponder of the SLTE, half of the
land-side ports shall connect to the SIE, and half shall bypass it.
1.4.4
The BU Branching Unit shall not dispose of OADM characteristics and funcionalities of any
kind to enable the use of 100 wavelengths per fiber pair.
1.4.4.1 The wet part of the system should be designed NOT to impose any constraint to
type of modulation nor to interfere with the channel transmission grid
1.4.5
System Configuration Flexibility
1.4.5.1 The Contractor shall provide flexibility in the System design and manufacture to
enable the Purchasers to define the following System parameters in a time
frame consistent with the System RFPA and in accordance with POW
milestones.
1.4.5.1.1 The initial system SLTE equipage in terms of number of wavelengths and their allocation
as described in section.1.4.2.1
1.4.5.1.2 These flexibilities above are offered by the Contractor and accepted by the Purchaser
without adjustment to the Contract Price.
1.4.5.1.3 Adjustments with regard to item 1.4.5.1.2shall be subject to a cost true-up as described
in the Terms and Conditions of this Contract and treated as a Contract Variation.
1.5
1.5.1
1.6
1.6.1
1.7
System Description:
The Contractor shall supply System Description in Appendix 6 within the contract.
System Performance and Reliability
The Contractor shall supply System Performance and Reliability in Appendix 6 within the
contract.
Definitions
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
1.7.1
The following definitions shall apply where relevant or unless otherwise stated.
1.7.1.1 APS: Automatic Protection Switching;
1.7.1.2 BACKHAUL: The transmission facility (or facilities, e.g. land-based fiber-optic
cable and possibly interim radio facilities) extending from the Cable Station to
central officeNOC(Network Operation Center) ;
1.7.1.3 BASE SYSTEM: The scope of work exclusive of Options;
1.7.1.4 BEACH MANHOLE (BMH): The chamber located at the cable landing which
houses the joint between the shore cable and the land cable station ;
1.7.1.5 BRANCHING UNIT (BU): A Branching Unit (BU) interconnects three Submarine
cable segments and provides both the optical fiber and power interconnection;
1.7.1.6 CABLE INTERFACE: The interface between the Submarine Line Terminal
Equipment and the optional Interconnection Equipment ;;
1.7.1.7 CABLE STATION (CS): The facility that shall house the transmission, power
feeding , maintenance and test equipment, associated with the undersea
system;
1.7.1.8 CABLE STATION INFRASTRUCTURE: The infrastructure within the Cable
Station, such as power, air-conditioning, racks, alarm systems, backup
batteries, generators, security systems, etc;
1.7.1.9 CERTIFICATION: Certification refers to the activity (which is also part of the
manufacturing process) to eliminate the risk of not complying with the
performance and reliability specifications of all components or sub-assemblies
of the cable system;
1.7.1.10 CONFIDENCE TRIAL: Period VI of the Acceptance Testing program which is
described in this Technical Specification;
1.7.1.11 CONTRACTOR’S SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: Technical documentation provided
by the Contractor including those materials provided in the Contract Appendix 6
‘Technical Description’ (and excluding Appendix 4 the ‘Technical Specification’)
and/or those materials provided in the End User documentation which is
described in this Technical Specification and/or those materials provided during
the course of System implementation as appropriate;
1.7.1.12 DEEP WATER: Water depths greater than 1000 meters;
1.7.1.13 DIGITAL LINE SECTION (DLS): The bi-directional end-to-end transmission path
between System Interfaces, which includes the path from the near-end Interface
Distribution Frame (IDF), which may be either electrical or optical, depending
upon the tributary interfaces), through the Line Terminal Equipment and
undersea hardware, to the remote station’s Line Terminal Equipment, and
terminating at the far-end IDF;
1.7.1.14 EQUALIZER: The undersea unit used, as may be required, to adjust the
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
undersea gain profile characteristics;
1.7.1.15 FFRN: Four Fiber Ring Node;
1.7.1.16 FINAL OCEAN SURVEY REPORT: The complete and final (approved) postsurvey report, which shall govern the construction of the System;
1.7.1.17 FIRST OFFICE APPLICATION (FOA): A product, specifically agreed with the
Purchaser that may be utilized in the System, for which The Cable System is the
first deployment in an undersea network. Such first usage, and qualification
status, will be highlighted appropriately in Appendix 6 ‘Technical Description’;
1.7.1.18 HARD FAULT: A fault which prevents any Segment from complying with the
Performance Requirements and the effect of which can be observed at any
time;
1.7.1.19 INTEGRATION: Integration refers to the inter-operation and inter-working
activities involving the cablecable interface and Line Segments in order for the
equipments in the Cable System to meet the specified requirements;
1.7.1.20 INTERMITTENT FAULT: A fault which prevents any Segment from complying
with the performance requirements but the effect of which can only be observed
during limited periods of time;
1.7.1.21 IN-SERVICE: The ability of the System to operate at performance levels no
worse than required by this Specification while performing supervisory or other
fault-location measurements on the System;
1.7.1.22 INTERFACE DISTRIBUTION FRAME (IDF): The distribution frame (either
electrical DDF or optical ODF or both, depending upon the tributary terminations
selected) provided by the Contractor where the Contractor’s transmission
interface from the undersea network interfaces with the Purchaser’s domestic
network in the Cable Stations;
1.7.1.23 INTERNAL ODF: The distribution frame between the SLTE and the cablecable
interface equipment;
1.7.1.24 LAND CABLE: The fiber optic and power cable extending from the Beach
Manhole to the Cable Station;
1.7.1.25 LINE SECTION: The whole of the means of transmission of a digital signal
between the two Internal ODFs, where the Cable Interface is terminated;
1.7.1.26 LINE SEGMENT: This whole of the DLS’s (all the equipment such as e.g. LTE,
land cable and Submersible Plant) associated with a single fiber pair;
1.7.1.27 LINE TERMINAL EQUIPMENT: The Line Terminal Equipment (LTE) comprises
of all the equipment in a Terminal Station, including but not limited to,
Submarine Line Terminal Equipment (SLTE), Power Feed Equipment (PFE),
Maintenance Controller (MC), synchronization equipment, Spares, test
equipment (if applicable) and Internal ODF provided as part of a Line Segment;
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
1.7.1.28 MAINTENANCE CONTROLLER: The equipment and software that provides
control of the line supervisory system and performance monitoring of the PFE,
SLTE and Submersible Plant from a single human computer interface;
1.7.1.29 NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (NMS): The maintenance equipment and
software that monitors and controls the complete System from a central
location;
1.7.1.30 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER: An optical amplifier is a device that accepts an incoming
optical signal and amplifies it such that its optical output is constrained within
certain limits and the term is synonymous with optical fiber amplifier;
1.7.1.31 OUTSIDE PLANT (OSP): The physical plant including trenches, ducts, cable,
fiber, electronics etc. from the Beach manhole to the Cable Station;
1.7.1.32 PFE: Power Feed Equipment (PFE) is used to power the undersea repeaters
from the Terminal Station by converting -48V battery power to a constant
current. PFEs can be set to feed either positive or negative voltage with respect
to ground;
1.7.1.33 QUALIFICATION: Qualification is the activity (which is also part of the
development process), to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Purchaser, in
accordance to the requirements of the Contract, that a technology, a component
or an assembly will be able to comply with its performance and reliability
specifications (including live testing). It also provides inputs to the test
specifications for the certification process. Contractor shall provide details of
which items (if any) will not be fully qualified at contract signature and shall
provide detailed qualification plans in the Technical Description;
1.7.1.34 REMOTE OPERATOR POSITION (ROP): Remote Operator Positions are the
human computer interfaces that can be located in another site, connected to the
management system through the external network and used to supervise the
system;
1.7.1.35 REPEATER: A repeater interconnects two cable sections and consists of two or
more optical amplifiers plus units to carry out the necessary supervisory and
power feeding functions, all contained and sealed within a pressure resistant
housing;
1.7.1.36 REPEATER SECTION: This is defined as extending from a point (to be
identified by the Contractor) within the transmission path of one Repeater or BU
to the identical point in the subsequent Repeater or BU;
1.7.1.37 RETURN EARTH ELECTRODE SYSTEM (OCEAN GROUND BED-OGB): The
interconnected array of ground electrodes installed by the Contractor,
connected to the Cable Station, plus the associated connection panel in the
Cable Station which together provide a reliable electrical ground for the System;
1.7.1.38 INTERCONNECTION EQUIPMENT: Interconnection Equipment comprises all
the equipment which provides inter-connection between adjacent Line
Segments and the domestic network in a Terminal Station, including but not
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
limited to, Network Elements (NE), Element Management systems (EM),
Network Management systems (NM), External ODF, Data Communication
Network associated with Synchronization Units (if applicable). It also includes
Remote Operator Positions (ROP) located outside the Terminal Station;
1.7.1.39 SHALLOW WATER: Water depths less 1000 meters or less;
1.7.1.40 SUBCONTRACTOR: A person or company, other than the Contractor, including
any autonomous division of the Contractor even on the same site, who supplies
or manufactures the whole or part of any item forming part of this Contract;
1.7.1.41 SUBMARINE LINE TRANSMISSION EQUIPMENT (SLTE): The optical
transmission equipment, which provides a suitable optical signal/receiver to the
cable interface output and input signals in order that the requisite fiber capacity
can be achieved;
1.7.1.42 SUBMERSIBLE PLANT: All equipment that is installed between beach
manholes (e.g. cable, repeaters, couplers, equalizers, wavelength management
units, branching units, joints, ocean grounding beds.);
1.7.1.43 SUPERVISORY SECTION: Supervisory Section refers to the part of the
Submersible Plant extending from one specified point in a repeater to a similar
point in the adjacent repeater, which can be identified using the supervisory
system for fault location;
1.7.1.44 SYSTEM INTERFACE: The System Interface shall include STM-64 optical
input/output ports including direct wavelength access (at 40Gbit/s level) and
Ethernet interfaces on the optical and/or digital distribution frame (including the
optical and/or digital distribution frame itself) and shall be regarded as the
interface location where the Cable System connects with other transmission
facilities or equipment;
1.7.1.45 TERMINAL STATION EQUIPMENT (TSE): This includes the Line Terminal
Equipment (LTE) and the Interconnection Equipment;
1.7.1.46 POINT OF PRESENCE (PoP): Location of PURCAHSER’s facilities for
interconneting the submarine cable network with its terrestrial network or that of
the PURCHASER’s customers. The PoP could be located within the Cable
Station (CS). Likewise, an existing PoP could be fitted out as a Cable Station.
1.7.1.47 PURCHASER: Telebras, or as otherwise defined in the Supply Contract.
1.7.1.48 PROVISIONSAL ACCEPTANCE: define….
1.8
1.8.1
System Schematic
Figure 1-6 shows the schematic of the principal components and common names of a
submarine cable:
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Figure 1-6
2
CONTRACTOR’S SCOPE OF WORK
2.1
The Scope of Work (SOW) shall include but not be limited to, the products and services
summarized below and which may be described more fully throughout this technical
specification.
2.2
The Contractor shall ensure that the Work shall comply with the requirements of this
Technical Specification and shall meet the overall performance requirements as set forth in
the Contract, notwithstanding that the Technical Description may not fully define every detail
of such requirements.
2.3
Contractor Services
2.3.1
Contractor shall provide the following services for delivery of the System:
2.3.1.1 System design,
construction
project
management,
qualification,
engineering,
and
2.3.1.2 Secure all the licenses and/or permits required of the Contractor in the Terms
and Conditions;
2.3.1.3 Desk Top Study, including shore landings and land cable routes as required;
2.3.1.4 Site surveys: Survey of all landings, land routes, cable stations as contracted;
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
2.3.1.5 Marine surveys;
2.3.1.6 Cable landing location recommendation of viable options, and associated
recommendations for the recommended beach manhole site.
Such
recommendations shall consider not only the appropriateness for an undersea
network, but also the practicality of timely permitting, expense, proximilty to
customers points of preocesnce (PoPs), ability to secure access to necessay
rights of way for backhaul to PoPs, etc.;
2.3.1.7 Cable station engineering and grounding systems as required for the submarine
cable equipment;
2.3.1.8 Acknowledging and responding to all reasonable Purchaser issues and
questions regarding the Work raised throughout the Contract implementation
period to allow Purchaser to obtain all information required for the successful
operation of the System.
2.3.1.9 Hosting of Contract Coordinating Meetings as in the Project Management Plan;
2.3.1.10 For new technologies or new application of technologies to submarine cables
where little or no field experience can be provided, Contractor shall complete
additional analysis and test work as reasonably requested by the Purchaser so
that Purchaser may be confident of the expected system performance and
reliability. This may involve a proof of concept demonstration if reasonably
requested.
2.3.2
Supply of All Wet Equipment
2.3.2.1 Contractor shall provide all the necessary wet plant required to meet the
Performance Requirements for the System, including:
2.3.2.1.1 Fiber/cable, repeaters, repeater couplings, equalizers, splices, branching units;
transitions, cable-to-cable joints. Branching Unit types shall be as indicated in the
Contractor’s descriptives. Repeaters shall be electrically bi-polar, as required to enable
system powering configurations;
2.3.2.1.2 Land cable (optical, power, ground) and Innerducts;
2.3.2.1.3 Appropriate level of all applicable spares for both2.3.2.1.1 and 2.3.2.1.2, necessary to
maintain the System in accordance with contractual specifications;
2.3.2.1.4 Universal joint kits per industry practice ( or equivalent Contractor joint kits);
2.3.2.1.5 Land cable jointing/splicing/Tooling and cable depot test equipment to support
Operations and Maintenance (O&M).
2.3.3
Supply of All Dry Equipment
2.3.3.1 Contractor shall provide all the necessary dry plant required to meet the
Performance Requirements for the System, including:
2.3.3.1.1 Line Terminating Equipment (SLTE; Power Feed Equipment; Line Monitoring Equipment;
and Undersea Element Management System), with ITU-compliant interfaces capable of
direct wavelength access (DWA). A Abasic form of synchronization equipment will be
supplied for the SLTE.
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
2.3.3.1.2 Network Management Center (NOC): As an option, the Contractor shall provide duplicate
Network Management Systems (i.e. Fault, Configuration, Administration, Provisioning
and Security (FCAPS) capabilities for the System) in Purchaser’s NOC locations as
backup/redundant capability to the NMS provided at cable stations.
2.3.3.1.3 As an option, appropriate levels of redundancy, spares and storage cabinets shall be
supplied for Network Management System equipment at Purchaser’s NOC locations to
adequately maintain a network the size and scope of the System.
2.3.3.1.4 Local and Wide Area Networking equipment interconnecting supplied Element and
Network Management Systems and the interface cards for interconnection to all
Purchaser provided out-of-band communication channels (i.e. off-cable circuits used for
DCN backup).
2.3.3.1.5 Engineering orderwire termination equipment or equivalent
2.3.3.1.6 In-band DCN communication facilities amongst cable stations for maintenance of the
System and the interface cards for interconnection to all Purchaser provided out-of-band
communication channels (i.e. off-cable circuits used for DCN backup).
2.3.3.1.7 Distribution frames, alarm concentration panels, and all required interconnection cabling
between dry equipment (including to station ground systems).
2.3.3.1.8 Appropriate level of all applicable spares (and storage cabinets) at each cable station
(and NOC as applicable) for all supplied terminal station equipment necessary to
maintain the System in accordance with contractual specifications and requirements. All
such spares will be tested on site to confirm proper operation.
2.3.3.1.9 Cable station furniture and office equipment associated with Terminal Station Equipment
and NOC equipment
2.3.3.1.10 The software necessary for the function of the above items.
2.4
2.4.1
Installation, Interconnection and Testing of All Equipment
Contractor shall provide the following works for delivery of the System:
2.4.1.1 Marine installation
2.4.1.2 Shore-end implementation
appropriate
including
PLSE and/or
Direct
Landings
as
2.4.1.3 Ocean Ground Beds as required
2.4.1.4 Shore end and beach cables (including beach joint) and associated protection
2.4.1.5 Land cables; optical, power, ground, etc. (from beach manhole to the cable
station)
2.4.1.6 Cable installation between beach manholes and cable stations
2.4.1.7 Connection to building ground and maintenance systems
2.4.1.8 All dry equipment interconnections
2.4.1.9 Testing of all major System elements, systems and sub-systems; and of the
complete, integrated System. Contractor shall be responsible for isolating and
correcting any problems that arise during any testing phase that either preclude
the contractual requirements from being met or cannot be explained to the full
satisfaction of the Purchaser. Tests to include but may not be limited to:
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
2.4.1.9.1 Factory Acceptance
2.4.1.9.2 System Assembly
2.4.1.9.3 Loading and Laying
2.4.1.9.4 Installation and In-Station
2.4.1.9.5 Station Integration
2.4.1.9.6 System Acceptance Testing, including support of Purchaser-testing
2.4.1.9.7 System Design Capacity Testing
2.4.1.9.8 Completion of all network elements and system commissioning
2.5
2.5.1
2.6
2.6.1
Documentation and Training
Documentation and Training shall be provided as per the relevant sections of this Technical
Specification.
Other Technical Support and Services
The Purchaser may request other technical support and services, with agreed adjustment to
price and schedule including but not limited to:
2.6.1.1 Purchaser’s planning for integration of the undersea system with their local
network facilities in the countries where the System lands.
2.6.1.2 Purchaser’s planning and testing of the System interoperability with the
Purchaser’s local network facilities (including backhaul to the international
gateway and restoration facilities).
2.6.1.3 Support of testing of Purchaser-provided data communication facilities for
communication between various pieces of terminal equipment that may be
required via facilities external to the System itself.
3
NETWORK PERFORMANCE & RELIABILITY
3.1
The network shall comply with all industry standards, including but not limited to ITU and
execution of the contract shall comply with ISO standards.
3.2
The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for assuring that all System Performance
Requirements are met, independent of any subcontractor relationship with its own vendors.
The Contractor shall also be responsible for validating the System reliability projections. The
Purchaser’s acceptance of the Contractor’s provided solution, and subsequent contracting
with the Contractor for supply of the network, shall in no way indicate that the Purchaser have
accepted responsibility for the Contractor’s proposed solution meeting the System
Performance Requirements. This requirement includes the obligation by the Contractor to
assure all requirements are met for any inventory provided as part of the solution.
3.3
Compliance with ITU-T
3.4
The System shall be compliant with the following applicable ITU documents
(recommendations, specifications). See Table 2. Note: some Recommendations may
presently be under consideration by ITU. The Contractor shall keep informed of the progress
of such Recommendations, shall at any time evaluate whether the System can be made
compliant to these Recommendations, shall evaluate the consequences in terms of cost and
delay, and shall propose to the Purchaser System modifications so as to make the System
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
compliant. Such modifications could result in Contract Variations. In case of differences
between the present requirement and the ITU-T Recommendations, the former shall prevail.
Table 2: ITU-T RECOMMENDATIONS
The latest version of ITU Recommendations at date of contract signature will be
applicable
E.800
G.103
G.650
G.650.1
G.650.2
G.652
G.653
G.654
G.655
G.661
G.662
G.664
G.701
G.703
G.709
G.772
G.781
G.801
G.810
G.812
G.823
G.824
G.826
G.827
G.827.1
G.828
G.871
G.872
G.911
G.959.1
G.971
Terms and Definitions related to quality of service and network performance including
dependability.
Hypothetical Reference Connections
Definition and Test Methods for the relevant parameters of single mode fibers
Definitions and test methods for linear, deterministic attributes of single-mode fiber
and cable
Definitions and test methods for statistical and non-linear attributes of single-mode
fiber and cable
Characteristics of a single-mode optical fiber cable
Characteristics of a dispersion-shifted single-mode optical fiber cable
Characteristics of a cut-off shifted single mode optical fiber cable.
Characteristics of a non-zero dispersion shifted single mode optical fiber cable
Definition and test methods for the relevant generic parameters of optical amplifier
devices and subsystems.
Generic characteristics of optical amplifier devices and subsystems
Optical safety procedures and requirements for optical transport systems
Vocabulary of digital transmission and multiplexing and pulse-code modulation (PCM)
terms
Physical/Electrical characteristics of hierarchical digital interfaces
Interfaces for the Optical Transport Network
Protected monitoring points provided on digital transmission systems
Synchronization Layer functions
Digital transmission models
Definitions and Terminology for Synchronization networks
Timing requirements of slave clocks suitable for use as node clocks in synchronization
networks
The control of jitter and wander within digital networks which are based on the 2048
kbit/s hierarchy
The control of jitter and wander within digital networks which are based on the 1544
kbit/s hierarchy
End to End error performance parameters and objectives for international constant bit
rate digital paths and connections
Availability parameters and objectives for path elements of international constant bitrate digital paths at or above the primary rate
Availability performance objectives for end-to-end international constant bit-rate
digital paths at or above the primary rate
Error performance parameters and objectives for international, constant bit rate
synchronous digital paths
Framework of Optical Transport Network Recommendations
Architecture of optical transport networks
Parameters and calculation methodologies for reliability and availability of fiber optic
systems
Optical Transport network physical layer interfaces
General features of optical fiber submarine cable systems
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
G.972
G.973
G.975
G.975.x
G.976
G.977
M.2110
M.2120
M.3010
O.151
Q.811
Q.812
X.25
X.700
X.720
X.722
X.724
3.5
3.5.1
Definition of terms relevant to optical fiber submarine cable systems
Characteristics of repeater less optical fiber submarine cable systems
FEC specification for Submarine Cable Systems
New recommendation on the FEC specification for Submarine Cable Systems
Test methods applicable to optical fiber cable systems
Characteristics of optically amplified optical fiber submarine cable systems
Bringing into service international multi-operator paths, sections and transmission
systems
International multi-operator paths, sections and transmission systems fault detection
and localization procedures.
Principles for a Telecommunication Management Network
Error performance measuring equipment operating at the primary rate and above
Lower Layer protocols profiles for the Q3 and X interfaces
Upper Layer protocols profiles for the Q3 and X interfaces
Interface between Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) and Data Circuit-Terminating
Equipment (DCE) for terminals operating in the Packet Mode and connected to Public
Data Networks by dedicated circuits
Management Framework definitions for Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) for ITU-T
applications
Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - structure of management
information: management information model
Information technology – Open systems interconnection - structure of management
information: guidelines for the definition of managed objects
Information technology – Open Systems Interconnection – Structure of management
information: Requirements and guidelines for implementation conformance statement
pro-formas associated with OSI management
Compliance with ISO
The Contractor and System shall be compliant with appropriate ISO standards. See Table
3.
Table 3: ISO Standards
The latest version of ISO Standards at date of contract signature will be applicable.
ISO 9000:2005
Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
ISO 9001:2008
Quality Management Systems – Requirements
ISO 9004:2009
Managing for the sustained success of an organization – A quality
management approach
ISO 10005:2005
Quality management systems – Guidelines for quality plans
ISO 14001:2004
Environmental management systems -- Requirements with guidance for
use
3.6
3.6.1
System Performance
The Contractor shall provide performance, reliability, availability and power budgets for the
system as a whole, from System Interface to System Interface, as described more fully
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
herein. Should the Purchaser have a need for further information on the performance of the
system, the Contractor shall provide such information at the Contractor’s premises.
3.6.2
PERFORMANCE - The System shall provide, during the System Design Life Period, Digital
Line Sections (DLS) which perform at least 8x better than the performance parameters
specified in G.828. A performance budget will be provided to demonstrate that the
expected performance over the System Design Life Period is fully met at the End of Life
(EOL); after taking into account anticipated ageing and repair allowances. The EOL margin
requirement for the detailed wet plant design of the System will be specified as a minimum
of 1.0 dB at full capacity. A performance budget may be provided in the Technical
Description for each unique DLS within the System for the base case as well as optional
configurations as applicable.
3.6.3
RELIABILITY - The System Design Life Period shall be 25 years from the date of
Provisional Acceptance. The expected number of ship repairs, resulting from internal
component or subsystem failure in the submerged plant, shall be no more than 1.0 during
the System Design Life Period. Reliability budgets shall be provided for the base case as
well as optional configurations as applicable. Reliability budgets for other configurations as
agreed in the contract or subsequent contract variations shall be consistent with the
methods and estimates used to provide the expected ship repairs for the base case.
3.6.4
AVAILABILITY - The end-to-end system availability is dependent on network protection
provided by equipment that will re-direct traffic in the event of a failure (e.g. redundant
SLTE..The Contractor shall provide availability budgets for any planned System protection
mechanisms as well as any planned unprotected portions of the System for DLS with both
end points within the System. Assuming a typical Mean Time To Repair (MTTR) of 4 hours:
3.6.4.1 The expected unprotected unavailability shall in no case be greater than 100
minutes per year as described in the Contractor’s Availability section of the
Technical Description.
3.6.4.2 The Contractor shall include in the Technical Description documentation
supporting these availability figures or reasons for any deviations.
3.6.5
POWER FEED SYSTEMS – The Contractor’s system powering design, PFE capabilities
and PFE polarities shall ensure dual end feeding such that shunt faults are automatically
balanced without manual intervention for as much of the System as possible and the
System is capable of being powered single-ended by an unique PFE. Powering budgets
shall be provided for the base case as well as optional configurations as applicable. The
Contractor shall also include in the Technical Description powering budgets and
reconfiguration diagrams for potential shunt fault scenarios. The System powering design
shall also take into account existing PFE polarities in the various landing locations to
minimize actual current flow through and deterioration of, the beach anodes.
3.6.5.1 To the extent that the Purchaser require access to detailed design information to
substantiate the Contractor’s claims that their design shall meet the System
Design Life Period requirements, the Contractor, shall provide such information.
3.6.5.2 The Contractor shall confirm that its proposed solution has been designed,
engineered, qualified, certified, and tested to confirm that it meets the above
requirements.
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
3.6.5.3 Should any element of the System not yet have completed qualification at the
time of the contract signature, the Contractor shall provide all qualification
program information the Purchaser may reasonably request during the course of
the project.
3.6.6
3.7
It is recognized that the availability of management systems does not directly affect network
performance and reliability. However, the Contractor shall assure that adequate levels of
redundancy, including spares, are deployed in any associated management system, and
shall specifically describe the details of this redundancy in the System Description portion of
this Contract.
System Upgrades
3.7.1
The WDM systems of the System are designed to carry multiple wavelengths and do not
need to be equipped with all the tributaries as part of the initial configuration. When the
capacity demand requires additional tributaries, the SLTE can be upgraded to meet this
demand. The upgrade generally consists of the addition of tributary transponders in a
manner which does not affect traffic; i.e. the existing traffic shall not be interrupted to
achieve the upgrade. The insertion of new wavelength(s) in the transmission line may
require an adjustment of the optical levels of the transmitters for all the wavelengths in line
however these adjustments are an automatic process included within the SLTE.
3.7.2
The equipment utilized in the terminal stations which provides the ability to combine
wavelengths on a single fiber pair shall be deployed with the initial system in a manner
which allows future upgrades on that fiber pair to its system design capacity without: a)
replacing any of this equipment; b) rerouting of the initial capacity; and c) disruption of the
traffic provisioned on the initial capacity, recognizing that upgrades which are a part of a
system extension (e.g. construction of a new branch from a stubbed cable or branching
unit) may require rerouting of the initial capacity. It shall be possible to upgrade fiber pairs
independently, without interruption to existing traffic or the performance degradation of
existing wavelengths on other fiber pairs. The Contractor shall describe their high level
upgrade procedures in the Technical Description.
4
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
4.1
Consistency with Standards
4.1.1
4.2
4.2.1
The System shall comply with all ITU (transmission performance, synchronization,
transmission interface characteristics, maintenance interface protocols and ISO standards
listed in section 3.
Contractor’s Responsibility
The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for assuring that all System Performance
Requirements are met, independent of any subcontractor relationship with its own vendors.
The Purchaser’s acceptance of the Contractor’s Technical Description, and subsequent
contracting with the Contractor for supply of the network, shall in no way indicate that the
Purchaser have accepted responsibility for the Contractor’s proposed solution meeting the
System Performance Requirements. This requirement includes the obligation by the
Contractor to assure all requirements are met for any inventory provided as part of the
System.
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.3
System Reliability
4.3.1.1 The Contractor shall provide reliability and availability budgets for the system as
a whole, from System Interface to System Interface, as described more fully
herein. Should the Purchaser have a need for further information on the
reliability of the system, the Contractor shall provide such information at the
Contractor’s premise
4.3.1.2 The System Design Life Period shall be 25 years from the date of Provisional
Acceptance and is granted with an expected number of system failures,
resulting from internal component or subsystem failure in the Submersible Plant,
of no more than 1.0 during the System Design Life Period.
4.3.1.3 To the extent that the Purchaser require access to detailed design information to
substantiate the Contractor’s claims that their design shall meet the System
Design Life Period, the Contractor, shall provide such information.
4.3.1.4 The Contractor shall confirm that its proposed System has been designed,
engineered, qualified, certified, and tested to confirm that it meets this
requirement. Should any element of the contracted solution not yet have
completed qualification at the time of the contract, the Contractor shall provide
all qualification program information the Purchaser may reasonably request
during the course of the project.
4.3.1.5 The Contractor’s System reliability budget demonstrating this goal shall be met
and documented in the Technical Description including:
4.3.1.5.1 an estimate of key component and subsystem failure rates, justified specifically by
providing both the predicted and actual field data (quantities deployed and quantities
failed/returned)
4.3.1.5.2 the formulae utilized to estimate the number of ship repairs and an explanation thereof
4.3.1.5.3 supporting data (e.g. qualification data and/or field performance data) to demonstrate its
ability to meet these performance objectives
4.3.1.5.4 an identification of how many pump lasers along the longest transmission path in any
proposed configuration, and separately how many lasers pumping a specific undersea
amplifier, can degrade (and/or fail) before end-to-end System Performance deteriorates
below System Performance Requirements
4.3.1.5.5 a description of the probability of system failure as a consequence of the cumulative
effect of distributed degradation (as opposed to a discrete hard failure) along the
transmission path, including the mechanisms, which might create such a phenomenon;
and the vendor’s design, qualification and certification procedures to prevent such an
occurrence
4.3.2
Product Production and Performance Statistics
4.3.2.1 Production Inventory and Factory Capacity
4.3.2.1.1 If portions of the contracted system will be comprised of subsystem inventory the
Purchaser shall be advised as early as possible and shall have right of refusal – and
such right of refusal shall not be unreasonably applied. The Purchaser’s acceptance of
this inventory shall be contingent upon, but not limited to the inventory:
a.
meeting Performance Requirements when assembled
4.3.2.1.1.1 having never been installed elsewhere
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.3.2.1.1.2 specifically not being scrap product pieced together to resemble, but not replicate,
standard product
4.3.2.1.1.3 being clearly identified, in advance, as part of the Contractor’s proposed solution (on a
segment basis).
4.3.2.1.1.4 being certified and accepted again for this System as new product, with factory
acceptance reports provided to the Purchaser during Supply Contract execution, OR,
be provided with both certification and acceptance test reports from the time of original
production, and a report on the storage and handling history of the inventory during the
time since production, and both must meet the satisfaction of the Purchaser (or their
representative)
4.3.2.2 Previous Field Deployment of Products Deployed
4.3.2.2.1 As part of the system design review, the Contractor shall summarize the field record of
each major subsystem, which is proposed as part of the System, by identifying the
product name and vendor. The Contractor shall provide a list of the equipment to be
provided that has not completed full qualification and/or been field deployed and
accepted by customers of other commercial systems by the contract signature date.
4.3.2.2.2 The Contractor shall not substitute any products for any of those proposed without
notifying the Purchaser, and Purchaser shall have right of refusal which shall not be
unreasonably applied.
4.3.2.3 Qualification During Contract Execution
4.3.2.3.1 System Design Review
a.
The Contractor shall conduct a formal and detailed system design review of the
contracted solution upon completion of their system engineering tasks. The review
shall include further discussion, as necessary related to how the Contractor proposes
to demonstrate the System design capacity on every fiber path at the time of
Commissioning and Acceptance. The Purchaser has the right to approve such
approaches, or request alternate approaches consistent with the Commercial Terms
and Conditions. If the Purchaser is not satisfied with the Contractor’s proposed System
design review results, and/or remains unsatisfied after the Contractor’s System design
review, the Purchaser may request a demonstration of the System Design or the
proposed method of demonstrating System design capacity during Commissioning and
Acceptance Testing at the Contractor’s expense. A report of the results of the design
review shall be made available to the Purchaser. The Purchaser will be free to attend
or send his representative and their comments shall be taken into account and
implemented as mutually agreed.
4.3.2.3.2 Cable Station Engineering Review
a.
4.4
4.4.1
The Contractor shall conduct a formal and detailed site survey for the layout, racking,
cabling and other infrastructure to be provided (or required by the Contractor to be
provided by the Purchaser) related to all of the equipment to be provided in the cable
stations. The Purchaser may request that these surveys be held on the Purchaser’s
premises. The Purchaser (and/or their representative) shall attend or send his
representative (Independent Engineer) and their comments shall be taken into serious
consideration. This site survey shall be depicted in the Contractor’s System POW
System Performance
System Interfaces
4.4.1.1 The system interface shall be at the Interface Distribution Frame. System
Interfaces, meeting ITU recommendations as appropriate, shall be available at
the rates of:
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.4.1.1.1 Direct wavelength access (at 100Gbps level) provided the bit rate, ones density and
transition density continue to meet cable interface requirements
4.4.1.1.2 10 Gigabit Ethernet, STM-64, ODU-2, 100Gigabit Ethernet4
4.4.1.2 The initial system shall be provisioned as required between each of the System
Interfaces at the landing sites. The Contractor shall provide an option that
enables tributary card upgrades to the full capacity of a single protected STM256 wavelength, using any or all of the interfaces listed above. This option shall
include all shelves, racks, cabling (including signal cabling to the IDF), software
revision and any station facilities such as power resources.
4.4.1.3 The System design and detailed implementation shall ensure the protection of
operating personnel from optical, mechanical, chemical and electrical hazards,
etc. during manufacture, installation, operation and maintenance of the System
throughout its System Design Life Period, taking into account all relevant
national laws and standards of the country in which the System lands.
4.4.1.4 Equipment using dangerous voltages, optical power, and/or radiation levels
shall be appropriately labeled and marked in English and as local laws and
regulations may require. The same requirements apply for components
containing dangerous substances.
4.4.1.5 The Contractor shall provide a report of safety audits carried out on all supplied
equipment by an independent body to ensure compliance with the appropriate
national and international standards.
4.4.2
Immunity to Fault Conditions
4.4.2.1 Power Path
4.4.2.1.1 The design shall ensure that the cable station equipment and the Submersible Plant are
protected against natural electromagnetic events such as lightning strike, magnetic
storms, etc., or any power surge due to a cable fault anywhere on the System, when the
PFE is feeding any value up to its maximum output including earth potential as defined in
section 4.5. The Contractor shall provide a description of the consequence of such
surges on the system (e.g. components, power switching, dielectric insulation, etc.).
4.4.2.1.2 Each cable system shall allow power feeding from more than one Terminal Station. Each
station shall support the power transmitted by the opposed Station, in case of failures.
4.4.2.2 Line Section and Digital Line Sections
4.4.2.2.1 The design of the System (including its Terminal Equipment) shall minimize the impact of
any failure within the System. Excluding fiber pairs which are connected to dry Plant
equipments with OADM functionalities, it is required that any failure or degradation of any
Line Section shall not have any effect on the performance of any other Line Section or
generate an unnecessary protection switch, and similarly that the failure or degradation
of any Digital Line Section shall not have any effect on the performance of any other
Digital Line Section or generate an unnecessary protection switch. The Contractor shall
describe in full detail the OADM exclusion, how it will be approached, and confirm that
such effects will be limited to a minimum reasonably possible.
4.4.2.2.2 Each tributary unit of the SLTE shall continue to function within its specified performance
in the event of: a) the removal of a tributary card or any other card which is not in the
relevant transmission path; b) the failure of an incoming or outgoing tributary on any
other tributary path.
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.4.2.3 Fiber Pair Independence
4.4.2.3.1 Any failure, fault finding, or supervisory activity on a fiber pair shall have no impact on
other fiber pair(s) excluding fibre pairs linked only by OADM dry plant equipments The
Contractor shall describe in full detail the OADM exclusion and shall confirm that such
effects shall be restricted to the minimum reasonably possible.
4.4.2.4 Wavelength Independence
4.4.2.4.1 Any failure, event or supervisory activity on an interface to the SLTE or on a single
wavelength on a fiber, shall have no impact on the other wavelengths on that fiber
(Wavelength Independence) excluding fiber pairs connected to dry land equipments with
OADM functionalities. The Contractor shall describe in full detail the OADM exclusion
and shall confirm that such effects shall be restricted to the minimum reasonably
possible.
4.4.2.4.2 The removal or insertion of any tributary-related card into / out of the subrack shall not
affect the operation or performance of any other tributary units.
4.4.2.4.3 The operation or failure of any non-traffic function or card shall not affect the trafficcarrying ability or transmission performance of the System
4.4.2.5 Lightning Effects
4.4.2.5.1 The System (including outside plant) shall be protected against the effects of lightning
strikes on transmission performance.
4.4.2.5.2 The design of the System shall ensure that the impact to all System Performance
Requirements shall be minimal under the influence of any power supply transients
induced into the system power conductor as a result of a lightning strike anywhere along
or adjacent to the sea or land cable route or cable station. Minimal protection switching
activity shall be initiated as a result of such events.
4.4.2.5.3 The Contractor shall describe the mechanisms deployed in the System to protect against
lightning impact and recommend a lightning protection approach in the Purchaserprovided cable station and beach manhole, and support the Purchaser in the design of
their station and civil facilities, via inspections, and provide recommendations (as may be
appropriate) to minimize lightning effects induced to the System through its surrounding
infrastructure.
4.4.2.5.4 In addition, if during the warranty period, the Purchasers have reasonable evidence to
suspect lightning as the cause of any repeated protection switching events of or damage
to the System (including, but not limited to, transmission performance and the
performance of associated maintenance tools) due to lightning, the Contractor shall
promptly (at the written request of the Purchaser) provide technical support in isolating
the problem.
4.4.2.6 Performance Budgets
4.4.2.6.1 Introduction
a.
The Contractor shall provide a performance budget, meeting as a minimum the format
described in this document, indicating how the Segment performance will be met, in
particular as regards the transmission performance and the operation of the
supervisory system.
4.4.2.6.1.1 Separate budgets shall be provided in the Technical Description for all Digital Line
Sections at System Design Capacity.
4.4.2.6.1.2 Any additional impairment items applicable to the design shall also be identified and
included in the budget (for example, impairment caused by transmission induced
jitter...).
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.4.2.6.1.3 In particular, major attenuation induced by splices between different fiber types must be
taken into account in the budget.
4.4.2.6.1.4 The Contractor shall clearly indicate how the performance will be met during the
System Design Life Period with the required reliability. The Contractor shall commit
himself on end of life margin and the corresponding Line Segment margins which will
be measured at the System Acceptance.
4.4.2.6.1.5 At System Acceptance, the Contractor shall demonstrate that the measured Line
Segment margins are consistent with a minimum of 1.0 dB end of life margin, taking
into account the ageing and repair margins over the System Design Life Period of the
system. The Contractor's Technical Description shall describe the ageing processes
and analyze the consequences of the uncertainties on the various parameters of the
model describing the ageing process.
4.4.2.6.1.6 The Contractor shall provide sufficient information in order to support the validity of the
budget required hereafter. The Contractor shall indicate where computer simulation
and/or transmission experiments are used. The Contractor shall indicate how his
experience in submarine amplified technology supports his technical assumptions.
4.4.2.6.2 Parameters
4.4.2.6.2.1 In establishing its budget the Contractor shall establish the list of all parameters which
impact on the System/Segments Performance.
4.4.2.6.2.2 The Contractor shall indicate how the cumulative effect of parameters such as amplifier
noise, wavelength cross-talk (if applicable), fiber chromatic dispersion, fiber polarization
mode dispersion and fiber non linearities combine in determining the overall Segment
performance.
4.4.2.6.2.3 The Contractor's System Description indicates whether compensation techniques (in
the SLTEs and/or in the Submersible Plant) are used to compensate partially or totally
for some of the aspects.
4.4.2.6.2.4 The Contractor shall indicate how it includes margins for ageing and allowances for
repairs and demonstrate to the Purchaser that these margins are adequate.
4.4.2.6.2.5 The Contractor shall indicate how it will achieve the equalization of amplifier gain profile
and the accumulated residual gain tilt all along the line.
4.4.2.6.2.6 The Contractor shall indicate how it measures the available margins with respect to the
contractual commissioning limits of the Segments at the time of the System Acceptance
in order to ascertain the end of life margin in accordance with the repair technique
allocation. (e.g. Q measurements).
4.4.2.6.2.7 In order to enable the Purchaser to evaluate the budget, the Contractor shall provide,
as a minimum, the values of the parameters listed in Section 4.4.2.6.6. The following
guidelines shall be followed and the system design robustness to manufacturing and
ageing variations shall be addressed:
4.4.2.6.2.8 General - This group of parameters should be sufficient to give a rough estimate of the
transmission quality and robustness allowed by the system design.
4.4.2.6.2.9 Repeater - Detailed technical information on optical key parameters (noise, gain, optical
powers...) to establish the contribution of the repeaters to the overall transmission
quality for each wavelength
4.4.2.6.2.10 Equalization units - Detailed technical information on the characteristics of the
equalization units, if applicable
4.4.2.6.2.11 Upgrade - For assessing the performances of the system during its System Design
Life Period and the different upgrades, the Contractor shall include an estimate of
transmission performances (e.g. Q factor, System margin, etc.) in the function of its
equipage (number of wavelengths).
4.4.2.6.2.12
Branching Units - Detailed technical information on optical key parameters (noise,
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
gain, optical powers...) to establish the contribution of the Branching Units to the overall
transmission quality for each wavelength
4.4.2.6.2.13 Fiber - Detailed technical information shall be given addressing the transmission
fibers contributions to the transmission quality (loss, chromatic dispersion, CD slope,
PMD, non linear parameters...).
4.4.2.6.2.14 SLTE - For the transmit and the receive side, optical and electrical parameters shall
be provided to assess the SLTE contribution to the transmission quality (tolerances on
transmit wavelengths and receive optical filters stability shall be specifically treated).
Possible use of compensation techniques in the SLTE (Transmit and/or Receive sides)
shall be detailed.
4.4.2.6.3 Commissioning Limits
a.
During the acceptance testing, the Segment shall meet clearly defined commissioning
limits in order to show, to the satisfaction of the Purchaser, in accordance to the
requirements of the Contract, that the system allows adequate margins against ageing,
temperature, etc. so that the error performance requirements will be met throughout
the System Design Life Period. These commissioning limits are related to line 6 of the
budget.
4.4.2.6.3.1 It is required that during acceptance testing, the Contractor will not only verify, to the
satisfaction of the Purchaser, in accordance to the requirements of the Contract, that
the contractual commissioning limits are met but also that a precise value of the
Beginning Of Life (BOL) margin value is measured.
4.4.2.6.3.2 The Contractor shall demonstrate during commissioning that the System/Segment
design capacity and performance can be met on every fiber pair even if at the time of
Provisional Acceptance, the Segment is under-equipped. The Contractor shall describe
how he shall achieve this.
4.4.2.6.3.3 The Contractor shall propose commissioning limits for a minimum of one DLS, and this
shall be the basis for calculating all other DLS. Such calculations to be provided as part
of the system design review.
4.4.2.6.3.4 Evidence to support the validity of the relationship between the acceptance limits and
the margin should be provided (experimental data and theoretical analysis). It is
preferred that the Contractor can show experimentally the expected margins on the
Segments during commissioning.
4.4.2.6.3.5 It is expected that, because of these margins, the Segments will have, at the time of
System Acceptance, performance characteristics better than the ones specified in this
Technical Specification. Because of this, it is expected that the acceptance limits, for
each DLS, cannot be based on error performance measurements with a sufficient
(99%) confidence level. Therefore Q factor as calculated based upon BER
measurement, using line errors corrected by the FEC, will be used as on previous
undersea amplified systems.
4.4.2.6.3.6 The Contractor shall justify the parameters and their associated acceptance limits to
form the basis for the Purchaser Acceptance.
4.4.2.6.3.7 The measured Q values or calculated Q values from the FEC counts during the
confidence trial will be used to determine the system Q value. The standard variations
should be measured directly or estimated from the FEC counts to evaluate the Q
fluctuations. Q(mean) – 5 x standard deviations will be used to estimate system
performance at the beginning of life and used to compare with the commissioning limit.
4.4.2.6.4 System Commissioning Limits
a.
For the duration of the Confidence Trial (Period VI of the Acceptance Testing program),
the system shall operate at a performance level that meets or exceeds (is superior to)
the required performance levels specified in Section 4.4.3, to a 99% confidence level.
In the event that errors occur in a burst-like nature, the Contractor shall investigate the
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
root cause of such problem (even if the total number of errors is within the overall
specification limit) and mutually agree with the Purchasers on an appropriate
corrective action and implementation thereof.
4.4.2.6.4.1 The System shall provide, during its System Design Life Period, DLSs which perform
equal to or better than the performance parameters specified in Section 4.4.3, taking
into account that these requirements are inclusive of terminal station environmental
conditions, for example, DC power regulation, ESD, EMI and lightning effects.
4.4.2.6.4.2 If, during acceptance testing against Section 4.4.3 performance specifications,
degraded performance is caused by errors committed by Purchaser’s personnel or by
conditions that are outside the limitations of the Specification, the measurement results
will be adjusted accordingly. Only the degradation directly attributable to such
circumstances will be removed from the measurement results.
4.4.2.6.5 Margin Evolution Measurements
a.
In order to keep track of Segment ageing and for preventive maintenance purpose,
specific parameters will be routinely measured while the Segment is in service or just
after a repair operation. It is required that these parameters are stored in the
Maintenance Controller.
4.4.2.6.5.1 The Contractor shall detail these parameters and provide evidence of their validity for
the margin evolution measurement.
South Comercial Sector, Block A, Tower B - building City Park Corporate Brasilia - DF , Brazil ZipCode 70308-200.
Contact: +55 61 2027-1000 Fax: +55 61 2027-1881 - [email protected].
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Table 4(?):
PERFORMANCE BUDGET TEMPLATE for WDM systems
(Worst Channel)
SEGMENT "X" (length: xxxxkm)
amplifier span :yy km, Optical power/channel:zzdBm.
1
BOL
(Q in dB)
EOL
(Q in dB)
MEAN Q VALUE (from simple SNR type calculation)
1.1 Propagation impairments (linear and non-linear)
1.2 SRS penalty (Stimulated Raman Scattering)
1.3 Wavelength tolerance impairment
1.4 Non-optimal optical pre-emphasis impairment
1.5 Mean polarization penalty
1.6 Supervisory impairment
1.7 Manufacturing and environmental impairment
1.8 Non adequate gain equalization.
2
Q TIME VARIATIONS (5 sigma rule, see note)
3
LINE Q VALUE (1 - 1.1 - 1.2 - 1.3 – 1.4 - 1.5 - 1.6 - 1.7 - 2)
4
SPECIFIED TTE Q VALUE
5.1 Repair allocation
5.2 Component and fiber ageing penalty
5.3 Pump(s) failure penalty
5.4 Non optimal decision threshold
6
SYSTEM Q value (SOL: computed from 3, 4 and 5.4
computed from 3 - 5.1 - 5.2 - 5.3 - 5.4 and 4 )
EOL:
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1 BER corresponding to system Q
7
Q limit before FEC at BER < 10-13
8.1 Effective SYSTEM Q value after FEC
8.2 BER corresponding to system Q after FEC
9
SEGMENT MARGIN
10 Commissioning Limit
Performance Budget Template Notes:
Line
Notes
1
Simple SNR model. Formula and the used values to be provided by
Contractor, including signal power, amplifier noise figure and gain, number of
amplifiers, repeater spacing, section losses, various component losses and
transmitter extinction ratio.
1.1
Penalty from combined effects of chromatic dispersion, self phase modulation,
cross phase modulation and four wave mixing. To include effect of imperfect
optical filters at receiver; also to include effects of gain flatness, effective
optical bandwidth (allowing for contraction) and any line filters. FEC should
not be included at this stage.
1.2
Combined power and inter-symbol interference penalty arising from the
stimulated Raman scattering effect.
1.3
Impairment with wavelength at the extreme of its range. Explanation of
intended wavelength control and resulting variations should be provided.
1.4
Penalty resulting from imperfect (or no) pre-emphasis of the launch powers.
1.5
Mean penalty from various polarization interactions, including PDL, PDG, PMD
and any polarization scrambling that may be employed.
1.6
Supervisory impairment
1.7
Manufacturing and environmental impairment
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
1.8
Impairment due to improper equalization.
2
Time variations on Q performance. To include the variations due to PDL, PDG
and PMD together with any scrambling interactions; Also to include other
aspects such as varying four wave mixing and SRS with relative channel
polarization. Comments should be made concerning the statistics of these
fluctuations and the merits of using ‘mean - 5 standard deviations’ in the
budget.
3
Resulting Q from line system.
4
Q value obtained from back to back TTE Q measurements with all
wavelengths present at the receiver input and including transmitter / receiver
imperfections. Test patterns should be representative of real traffic (i.e. long
sequences). Stability of performances should also be addressed.
5
These four terms represent penalties increasing with system life. They are all
therefore included in the EOL budget.
5.1
Margin allowed for repairs. Numbers of repairs shall be as required in this
Technical Specification (Sections 4.6.4 and 4.6.5). The Contractor shall
describe the performance dependence on repair distribution along the system.
5.2
Allowance made for ageing of system components including fiber. Hypothesis
used for ageing contributions should be precisely detailed.
5.3
Allowance for pump failures. Number of failures allowed for should be
quantified, together with performance dependence on failure distribution
along the system.
5.4
Penalty from non optimal location of decision threshold on the receiver side.
6
Resultant Q, taking into account line Q and TTE Q. A formula relating these
two Q’s should be provided. This Q is before the FEC contribution.
6.1
Bit Error Rate (BER) before correction of errors by FEC (FEC disabled)
7
Q lower limit before FEC for BER < 10-13 after correction of errors. A formula
or graph relating FEC input and output BER is also required.
8.1
Resulting Q after FEC correction assuming a formula BER = Erfc (Q).
8.2
BER after correction of errors by FEC.
9
Effective Segment margin. For system with FEC this is calculated by (6-8.1).
For a system operating without FEC this is calculated by (6 -7)
10
The commissioning limit at beginning of life is equal to the segment Q as
defined in the System Performance and Availability Section.
4.4.2.6.6 List of Parameters to Be Provided In the Contractor's System Description
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
a.
In order to enable the Purchaser to evaluate the budget, the Contractor
shall provide, as a minimum, the values of the parameters listed hereafter.
The design robustness to manufacturing and ageing variations shall also be
addressed.
4.4.2.6.6.1.1 General
4.4.2.6.6.1.1.1 Number of wavelengths, optical line rate
4.4.2.6.6.1.1.2 Modulation format (e.g. NRZ, RZ, CS-RZ, etc.)
4.4.2.6.6.1.1.3 Main parameter limiting the transmission quality (noise, jitter...)
4.4.2.6.6.1.1.4 Operating wavelengths values with tolerances
4.4.2.6.6.1.1.5 Span length and loss
4.4.2.6.6.1.1.6 BER floor objective
4.4.2.6.6.1.1.7 Error Correcting Code characteristics (with BER before FEC vs. BER after
FEC curve)
4.4.2.6.6.1.1.8 Chromatic dispersion management map, with tolerances
4.4.2.6.6.1.1.9 Maximum polarization dispersion per segment
4.4.2.6.6.1.2 Repeater
4.4.2.6.6.1.2.1 Gain/optical power control method, supervisory method
4.4.2.6.6.1.2.2 Pumping wavelength; Erbium doped fiber type
4.4.2.6.6.1.2.3 Nominal repeater output power
4.4.2.6.6.1.2.4 Maximum and minimum input power to repeater
4.4.2.6.6.1.2.5 Repeater gain versus input power, nominal gain compression
4.4.2.6.6.1.2.6 Repeater noise factor versus input power
4.4.2.6.6.1.2.7 Repeater noise spectrum at nominal input powers
4.4.2.6.6.1.2.8 Polarization sensitivity of repeater in terms of loss and mode dispersion
4.4.2.6.6.1.2.9 Loss of input/output passive optical components
4.4.2.6.6.1.2.10
Optical filter frequency response if any
4.4.2.6.6.1.2.11
Amplifiers optical bandwidth (with Gain vs. wavelength curve) and
auto filtering wavelength
4.4.2.6.6.1.2.12
Contents of supervisory information provided by the repeater,
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
details on the supervisory channels
4.4.2.6.6.1.3 Specific Undersea Equipment(when applicable)
4.4.2.6.6.1.3.1 Gain equalization device characteristics;
4.4.2.6.6.1.3.2 Chromatic dispersion compensation device characteristics;
4.4.2.6.6.1.3.3 Insertion loss;
4.4.2.6.6.1.3.4 Others if applicable
4.4.2.6.6.1.4 Fiber
4.4.2.6.6.1.5 Loss at operational centre wavelength
4.4.2.6.6.1.6 Effective area of fiber core
4.4.2.6.6.1.7 Chromatic dispersion at central operating wavelength with its slope and
any statistics available
4.4.2.6.6.1.8 Fiber polarization mode dispersion
4.4.2.6.6.1.9 Non linear parameters
4.4.2.6.6.1.10 Splicing loss for all combinations of same and different fiber types
4.4.2.6.6.1.11 Terminal
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.1
Pre-receiver optical filters shapes, bandwidths and wavelengths
tolerances
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.2
Nominal, maximum and minimum total optical power at the
receiver input
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.3
Electrical response of the receiver
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.4
Launched total optical power of transmitter
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.5
Maximum pre-emphasis for transmitter
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.6
Extinction ratio of transmitter
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.7
Optical powers pre-emphasis values (with tolerances) for
transmitter
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.8
Output pulse shape, rise/ fall time, extinction ratio, chirp of
transmitter
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.9
Output spectral width, SMSR of transmit lasers
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.10
Back-to-back Q specification for the terminal (including optical
cross-talk impairments)
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.11
Polarization scrambling type (frequency, synchronization relative
to the optical signal, common to all or on each Wavelength, ...)
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.12
Compensation techniques (chromatic dispersion compensation,
optical phase modulation, …)
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.13
Transmission laser wavelength stability
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.14
Line supervisory signal transmission method
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.15
Line supervisory response reception method
4.4.2.6.6.1.11.16
Internal redundancy protection (w.a.) description
4.4.3
System Error Performance
4.4.3.1 The System shall provide, during its System Design Life Period,
DLSs which perform equal to or better than the performance
parameters specified in G.828, taking into account that these
requirements are inclusive of terminal station environmental
conditions, for example, DC power regulation, ESD, EMI and lightning
effects.
4.4.3.2 If, during acceptance testing against G.828 performance
specifications, degraded performance is caused by errors committed
by Purchaser’s personnel or by conditions that are outside the
limitations of the Performance Requirements, the measurement
results will be adjusted accordingly. Only the degradation directly
attributable to such circumstances will be removed from the
measurement results.
4.4.3.3 The error performance of a Line Section shall be at least 8x better
than the performance parameters specified in G.828 and is to be
specified and measured for an STM-64 signal to be consistent with
the method of monitoring error performance of an SDH signal
4.4.3.4 The error performance of a Digital Line Section is to be specified and
measured at the VC-4 level to be consistent with the method of
monitoring error performance of an SDH signal.
4.4.3.5 Consistent with ITU-T recommendations G.828 and M.2101 error
performance parameter concepts, the Contractor shall specify the
following error performance for each unique DLS in terms of errored
data blocks. The Contractor shall append this information to the
performance budget template as described in Section 4.4.2.6.
4.4.3.5.1 Segment Level (40 Gbps Level):
4.4.3.5.1.1 ESR
4.4.3.5.1.2 SESR
4.4.3.5.1.3 BBER
4.4.3.5.2 System Level VC-4 Level):
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.4.3.5.2.1 ESR
4.4.3.5.2.2 SESR
4.4.3.5.2.3 BBER
4.4.3.5.3 NOTES:
4.4.3.5.3.1 The evaluation period for the error performance objectives is 1 month.
4.4.3.5.3.2 The above requirements are inclusive of terminal station environmental
conditions, for example DC power regulation, ESD and EMI and lightning
effects.
4.4.3.5.3.3 If degraded performance is caused by errors committed by Purchaser'
personnel or by conditions that are outside the limitations of the
Specification, the measurement results will be adjusted accordingly. Only the
degradation directly attributable to such circumstances will be removed from
the measurement results.
4.4.4
Jitter Performance- Line Section
4.4.4.1.1 Each Line Section shall provide (during the System Design Life Period) the
jitter and wander performances as specified below. The jitter and wander
performance of a Line Section is to be specified and measured at the STM-64
signal level. It shall also be consistent with the method of characterizing the
jitter and wander performances of an SDH signal.
4.4.4.2 Input Jitter And Wander Tolerances
4.4.4.2.1 Line Section interfaces shall meet the requirements of the ITU-T
Recommendations G.783 and G.825 for the input jitter tolerance and the G.813
for the input wander tolerance.
4.4.4.3 Output Jitter And Wander Generation
4.4.4.3.1 Line Section interfaces shall meet the
Recommendations and G.783, G.813 and G.825
requirements
of
ITU-T
requirements
of
ITU-T
4.4.4.4 Jitter And Wander Transfer
4.4.4.4.1 Line Section interfaces shall meet
Recommendations G.783, G.813 and G.825
the
4.4.4.5 Input Jitter And Wander Tolerances
4.4.4.5.1 Digital Line Section interfaces shall meet the requirements of ITUT-T
Recommendations G.783 and G.825 for the input jitter tolerance and G.813 for
the input wander tolerance.
4.4.4.6 Output Jitter And Wander Generation
4.4.4.6.1 Digital Line section interfaces shall meet the requirements of ITU-T
Recommendations for G. 783, G.813 and G.825.
4.4.4.7 Jitter And Wander Transfer
4.4.4.7.1 Digital Line Section interfaces shall meet the requirements of the ITU-T
Recommendations G.783, G.813 and G.825.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.4.5
Line Section Transparency Requirement
4.4.5.1 The 40 Gbps signal inserted at the Cable Interface shall pass
transparently through the Line Section. The SLTE shall not corrupt
the bit sequence of this signal.
4.4.6
Network Synchronization
4.4.6.1 The Contractor shall provide in the Technical Description a detailed
description of the contracted synchronization solution.
4.4.7
Line Segment Commissioning Limits
4.4.7.1 It is anticipated that the System will be commissioned as a whole.
However, if any BU extensions are installed at the same time as the
rest of the System, and in anticipation that there may be a desire by
the Purchaser to put one Line Segment into service in advance of the
others (for example, if permitting or construction delays at one
Landing Country postpone System completion), it shall be possible to
commission only a single Line Segment. In such cases, the Line
Segment Commissioning shall be modeled directly after the System
Commissioning program. The Contractor shall specifically comment
on their proposed approach for commissioning such situations,
recognizing that for the case of delays at one landing site, it may be
desirable to install the cable as close to shore as permissible while
the ship is installing the remainder of the System.
4.5
4.5.1
Power System Design
The System shall have the ability to:
4.5.1.1 Energize the Submersible Plant by providing a constant current. In
normal operation the trunk stations shall dual end feed the segment
4.5.1.2 Supply sufficient power from one end of the system (single ended
power feed from the PFE equipped stations) including earth potential
as defined in section 4.5, without exceeding the high voltage
qualification levels of the Wet plant.
4.5.1.3 Reliably withstand power surges without further damage to the
System as described above
4.5.1.4 Electrode using standard low-frequency AC techniques to isolate
failures
4.5.1.5 Automatically have one end of the system assume responsibility for
feeding the entire Line Section should the PFE at the other end of the
power path fail, without impairing System Performance below
requirements
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.5.1.6 Provide the means to reconfigure the system (e.g. balance of shunt
faults, PFE failures or PSBU reconfiguration) in the case of undersea
faults to maintain the maximum traffic carrying capability with
minimum interruption to the remaining traffic
4.5.2
The Contractor shall provide a DC powering budget, including an allowance of
0.1 V/km for earth potential, for the System during normal operation.
4.5.3
The Contractor shall provide an estimate of the power consumption and heat
dissipation of the system at each Cable Station.
4.5.4
The Contractor shall describe the proposed System powering configuration.
4.6
4.6.1
System Maintainability
Management System
4.6.1.1 The Management System shall be in accord to ITU G.874 Standard,
and shall have the following capabilities:
4.6.1.1.1 Ethernet Connections for the DCN and for the Purchaser's Internal Network, in
adequate number to its demands;
4.6.1.1.2 Design of the Servers, WorkStations, software licenses , DCN capacity
,volumetry object in comparison with the company, and data and monitoring
(Similar to Telebras') traffic
4.6.1.1.3 Shall support power level monitoring and OSNR levels of the DWDM channels
4.6.1.1.4 And all electrical variations throughout each cable path shall be reported to
the Management System, as well as the System Performance key indicators
(KPI and KQI);
4.6.1.1.5 User Permission Control
4.6.1.1.6 The backup and restore functions shall be available on the Management
System
4.6.2
Line Maintenance (Supervisory System)
4.6.2.1 The System shall include a supervisory system for monitoring and
fault isolation of the Submersible Plant including land cable section.
The Contractor shall provide a complete description of this system,
including the methods to be used for the repeatered segments and
the methods to be used for repeaterless segments.
4.6.2.2 Under powered conditions, single fault location in any portion of the
System shall be possible from the cable stations which terminate the
faulted fiber, but not necessarily simultaneously on the same fiber
pair.
4.6.2.3 The System shall include facilities for fault location, performance
monitoring, alarm acquisition, and the remote control of any provided
switches. These facilities shall provide sufficient information for the
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
interpretation of the location of the fault to enable preventive
maintenance, particularly, if switchable redundancy is provided.
Switching shall be possible from either end of a fiber pair.
4.6.2.4 The Supervisory System shall be able to be used from a remote
location and a single remote Maintenance Controller. The Contractor
shall describe how this is accomplished.
4.6.3
Line Performance Monitoring
4.6.3.1 The supervisory system shall be easy to use and provide a readily
understandable means of observing and isolating any meaningful
performance degradations. Within the Contractor’s description of the
supervisory system, the Contractor shall specifically describe or
provide:
4.6.3.1.1 Sample monitor system outputs (reports) depicting the variety of degradation
mechanisms, which are most probable (e.g. various levels of pump
degradation, fiber degradation, etc.)
4.6.3.1.2 Information which shows how these depictions of degradation are clearly
differentiable from various fault condition signatures (e.g. cable break, fiber
break, single pump failure, amplifier failure). Shunt (insulation) fault will be
indicated by the PFE
4.6.3.1.3 a clear description of the limits of the supervisory system’s measurement
capabilities, as it relates to depicting known degradation component
mechanisms at levels which may not affect system performance, but may be
indicators of trends which could become worrisome over time
4.6.3.1.4 a description of their supervisory system’s ability to assist in diagnosis of
transmission degradations which are the result of an accumulation of
component degradations distributed over the transmission path, as compared
to a discrete degradation
4.6.3.1.5 a list of the specific routine measurements which are recommended to be
made on the system; whether they are automatically executed or must be
manually executed; what resulting performance reports are provided and
logged over what period of time; and what mechanisms are provided to bring
the operator’s attention to results which should be either noted or acted upon
4.6.4
Fault Detection And Isolation
4.6.4.1 The System shall include means of detecting and isolating all faults
as unambiguously and as quickly and accurately as possible. This
includes faults of any portion of the System, such as Submersible
Plant, terminal equipment, and shore-based equipment/cable (e.g.
land), consistent with industry standards.
4.6.4.2 The supervisory system provided with the System shall provide inservice undersea fault isolation under powered conditions. In
particular, the supervisory system shall be capable of isolating faults
on the affected fiber/cable which due to the fault is out of service, with
the following accuracies:
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.6.4.2.1 For land section fault localization, the segment design shall allow the
localization of a complete fiber/cable break from the Terminal Stations. The
required accuracy is 5 meters. For complete cable breaks and fiber breaks in
the first repeater Section, the procedures shall enable faults to be located with
an accuracy 0.1 km when located from a Terminal Station. The capability to
locate shunt faults shall also be provided. The accuracy of shunt fault
localization depends upon the nature of the shunt fault (e.g. shunt resistance).
4.6.4.2.2 an accuracy <0.5 km shall be achieved using electroding for distance up to
300km over the continental shelf for complete cable breaks when located
from a Terminal Station. The accuracy of localization required in Deep Water
for fiber breaks will depend on the proposed repair technique but an accuracy
better than 5.0 km should be considered when the localization is performed
from a Terminal Station. The accuracy of localization when located from within
a repeater section should be <0.1 km using COTDR from a cable ship. The
capability to locate shunt faults shall also be provided. The accuracy of shunt
fault localization depends upon the nature of the shunt fault (e.g. shunt
resistance
4.6.4.2.3 The supervisory system must be able to locate all single hard faults that cause
the Segment to fail to meet the performance requirements. In the case of
multiple faults, the level of ambiguity should be minimal and it should be
possible, as a minimum, to locate at least one fault
4.6.4.3 The Contractor shall provide all system parameters (current/voltage,
capacitance, etc., of cable, Repeaters), with the necessary accuracy,
which may be required for fault localization purposes.
4.6.4.4 Under the fault conditions given in this clause, it shall be possible to
continue supervision and control of any submersible equipment. The
fault localization shall enable determination of the fault position to
within one repeater section.
4.6.4.5 Fault localization (including electroding), supervision and control
techniques and arrangements shall be designed to have minimal
impact on traffic. In case of a failure on one fiber pair only, the fault
localization process shall not impair the performance of the other fiber
pairs, excluding fiber pairs connected to Dry Lan Equipments with
OADM functionalities. Contractor shall describe this exception, how it
will be approached, and shall confirm that such effects are limited to a
minimum reasonably possible.
4.6.4.6
In addition to the previous requirements, the Purchaser requires a
fault location method giving a much higher longitudinal resolution.
The Contractor shall indicate how his system design can provide
such capability and provide a description of the principle (so-called
Coherent-OTDR method, other method...) and the implementation for
this fault location method (Station/ship equipment, worst case
resolution, etc.).
4.6.4.7 Unambiguous
localization
and
identification
of
double
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
faults/degradation is also required. Such failure isolation shall be
possible from either end of the fiber pair.
4.6.4.8 Out-of-service fault location and identification or monitoring from
appropriate Cable Stations shall also be provided.
4.6.4.9 The tools, which enable the above capabilities, shall not require in
depth technical expertise of station personnel.
4.6.4.10 The Contractor shall provide the above cable station fault detection
and isolation tools including the supervisory system, electroding, DC
testing, OTDR, as minimal complying with following specifications
and any other recommended tools.
4.6.4.11 Electroding
4.6.4.11.1 The Contractor shall provide an electroding system in the PFE enabling a
minimum fault locating current of 10 mA at distances up to at least 300 km in
service and 500 km out of service as further detailed in this Specification.
Electroding shall be possible from all Terminal Stations. The Contractor shall
detail the implementation of electroding for the stations without PFEs, if any,
and the recommended electroding test set.
4.6.4.11.2 The system shall permit the use of a low frequency electroding tone for
undersea cable tracking and fault localization.
4.6.4.11.2.1 The Contractor's PFE description shall provide a description of the
electroding system including:
4.6.4.11.2.2
The actual method for injecting the tone into the System
4.6.4.11.2.3 The frequency/distance characteristic, i.e., the distance from the Terminal
Station as a function of frequency to achieve a given field strength at a fixed
injected current level, and if this differs by cable type then this shall be
provided for each cable type
4.6.4.11.2.4 The attenuation of each item of the Submersible Plant for the range of
frequencies between 4 and 50 Hz
4.6.4.11.2.5 The maximum permissible applied current level both in service (i.e.
without exceeding error performance requirements specified) and out of
service
4.6.4.11.2.6 The stability and the accuracy of the injected signal with respect to
frequency and level
4.6.4.11.3 The electroding shall pass through the repeaters and BU.
4.6.4.12 DC Testing
4.6.4.12.1 For DC fault localization, the Contractor shall provide the response capability
of the cable, including the effect of Repeaters and branching units to
conventional DC testing including insulation resistance, conductor resistance
and capacitance testing. The Segment shall be designed in such way that
power conductor insulation and resistance measurements are possible from
all Terminal Stations.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.6.4.12.2 Additionally, the power conductor to sea-water electrical characteristics shall
be described including any effect of the Repeaters and Branching Units.
4.6.4.13 Optical Time Domain Reflectometry (OTDR)
4.6.4.13.1 The Contractor shall provide the response of the cabled fiber to optical timedomain reflectometry testing (including velocity of propagation and the
nominal loss at 1.5 micron wavelengths).
4.6.4.14 Repair Techniques
4.6.4.14.1 The Contractor shall provide the recommended techniques for all types of
repairs, e.g. in Shallow Water with both buried and unburied cable, in Deep
Water, and when Repeaters or branching units are involved Repair techniques
shall not require new designs of shipboard cable-handling equipment or new
procedures.
4.6.4.14.2 The Contractor shall provide the procedures to compensate for the
transmission impairment (loss, dispersion, etc.) caused by added cable (and
fiber splices) required to carry out a repair at sea. Should this include use of
an extra Repeater and added optical attenuation, details shall be supplied as
to how and where the attenuation is provided. If different types of fibers are
used in the same repeater section, the Contractor shall indicate the impacts in
the repair methodology.
4.6.4.14.3 The above requirements also apply to any other submerged specific
equipment which could be used by the Contractor (In-line stand-alone
equalization units/chromatic dispersion compensators etc.).
4.6.4.14.4 The impact of the repairs specified hereafter shall be identified in the
performance budget.
4.6.4.14.5 Deep Water Repair
a.
The segment design shall be capable of accommodating at least one repair
every 1000 km in the deep water sections while still meeting end-of-life
transmission performance requirements. The Contractor's System
Description describes how this will be achieved and indicates the maximum
numbers for clustered and distributed repairs. Typical scenarios covering
repairs at mean and maximum depth shall be addressed.
4.6.4.14.6 Shallow Water Repair
a.
4.6.4.14.6.1
It is required that the system be capable of accommodating one repair every
25 km (with a minimum of 5 repairs) in each of the shallow water sections
while still meeting end-of-life transmission performance requirements. Five
(5) repairs shall be allocated for each branch segment and each cable
landing to the first repeater.
A typical additional loss of 0.4 dB/repair shall be assumed.
4.6.4.14.7 Land Cable Repair
a.
4.6.4.14.7.1
4.6.5
The segment shall be capable of accommodating one repair every 4 km
(with a minimum of two repairs) while still meeting end-of-life transmission
performance requirements.
A typical additional loss of 0.4 dB/repair shall be assumed.
System Repair
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.6.5.1 Submerged System Repair
4.6.5.1.1 The Submersible Plant shall be repairable and the adequacy of all repairs
shall be verifiable in order to avoid possible future repairs requiring ship
intervention due to inadequate optical transmission parameters in the repeater
section or insufficient reliability of the cable joint. These means may be shared
between; i) fault location facilities described above; ii) the supervisory system
and iii) external equipment.
4.6.5.1.2 The Contractor shall describe their recommended repair procedures.
4.6.5.1.3 Spare Submersible Plant shall be provided consistent with the requirements
for system repair, performance and reliability budgets. The Contractor shall
provide a detailed list of the spare equipment (cable with types, repeaters and
any specific submerged equipment) which will be provided with the System,
and what facilities, procedures, personnel, and stockpiling of parts (including
key components) the Contractor has in place to assure that the sparing and
return/repair capability will be maintained consistent with the commercial
Terms and Conditions. The contractor shall provide the purchaser with factory
test data for all these Submersible Plant spares at the time of delivery, so that
the performance can be retested by the purchaser from time to time. The
Contractor shall include, in this description, the committed repair and return
intervals, and order intervals for replacement spares (should additional be
desired).
4.6.5.1.4 The Submersible Plant shall be fully compatible with the Millennia Joint
developed by TE SubCom and with Universal Joint (UJ).
4.6.5.2 Long Term Repair Support Requirements
4.6.5.2.1 The Contractor shall describe their long term support capabilities for the
maintenance of the System in the Technical Description.
4.6.5.2.2 The Contractor agrees that repair and replacement services will be available
for and shall include the following as a minimum:
4.6.5.2.3 A comprehensive description of the Repeater repair service. Information shall
be given about the Contractor spares holding philosophy and what
arrangements are made for ensuring the continued availability of critical
components.
4.6.5.2.4 Information about the mean and maximum time required to repair boards and
other components in the Terminal Station Equipment, and the lead time for
ordering replacements for units damaged beyond economic or practicable
repair.
4.6.5.2.5 The Contractor shall provide a detailed description of the long term support
capability for the products, its detailed implementation, and instructions for
operations personnel associated with the system.
4.6.5.2.6 In addition, the Contractor shall provide within 90 days of Provisional
Acceptance a detailed description of the Maintenance Support Services he
can offer over and above the support required by this Technical Specification.
4.6.5.3 Shore & Land Section Repair
4.6.5.3.1 The shore and land sections of the System shall be repairable consistent with
the requirements for system repair, performance and reliability budgets.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.6.5.3.2 The Parties shall agree to the cable depot location for storage of Submersible
Plant spares before the scheduled Ready to Load date. The land cable will be
stored in the respective landing point countries, at Purchaser designated
locations. The environmental requirements (e.g. humidity limits, sensitivity to
light etc.) for long term storage of Submersible Plant and Land Cable spares
shall be stated in contractor system description. The Contractor shall describe
their recommended repair procedures consistent with requirements.
4.6.5.4 Line Terminal Equipment Return & Repair
4.6.5.4.1 The Contractor shall describe their Line Terminal Equipment repair and return
service and their responsibilities as they relate to service and support of the
System over the System Design Life Period.
4.6.6
System Documentation:
Procedures
Descriptions
And
Recommended
Maintenance
4.6.6.1 The documentation provided with the System shall:
4.6.6.1.1 Fully describe all of the equipment provided
4.6.6.1.2 Fully describe the System as-built
4.6.6.1.3 Be fully adequate to understand the operation of the entire System and its
Subsystems
4.6.6.1.4 Recommend specific maintenance procedures for the anticipated variety of
alarm and fault conditions
4.6.6.1.5 Be fully adequate to effectively guide the maintenance personnel through
maintenance procedures (including, but not limited to, diagnostic procedures,
fault correction procedures, associated follow-up procedures of updating of
records, return of spares for repair, etc.)
4.6.7
System Maintenance Test Equipment (Optional)
4.6.7.1 The Contractor shall provide maintenance test equipment at each
station (e.g. Optical Power Meters, Attenuators, Couplers, OTDRs,
etc) to achieve the fault location accuracy as specified above. Any
other test equipment necessary in a cable depot (including testing of
spare repeaters) shall be provided as an option. Individual sets of
land cable jointing equipment, and test equipment, shall be provided
for each site. Such test equipment shall be individually itemized in the
provisioning schedule.
4.6.7.2 The Contractor shall ensure that all such Terminal Station
maintenance equipment is supplied with complete specification,
operating and maintenance documentation. The equipment shall be
delivered with a calibration certificate valid for at least 12 months,
with such calibration certification no earlier than 4 weeks prior to
shipment of equipment.
4.6.7.3 Maintenance Tools
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.6.7.3.1 A set of all required special tools, adapters, outriggers, test cords, plugs, and
the like, shall be provided for maintenance purposes at each Terminal Station.
These tools shall be delivered to the Terminal Station sites along with the
terminal equipment to be installed.
4.6.8
Redundancy Switching
4.6.8.1 General
4.6.8.1.1 A design where redundancy is included to meet System availability
requirements shall process appropriate alarms and automatically switch any
redundancy provided. Whilst speed of reinstatement is the essence, false
switching shall also be guarded against. Automatic redundancy switching shall
be performed as quickly as possible in order to be compliant with the overall
error performance requirements. Maintenance activity on the non-active part
of any redundant equipment shall have no impact on the performance of the
System.
4.6.8.2 Switched Redundancy
4.6.8.2.1 Where switched redundancy in the Submersible Plant is provided, it shall be
controllable from the station and shall be reversible.
4.6.8.3 Automatic Redundancy
4.6.8.3.1 Where automatic redundancy switching in the Submersible Plant or in the LTE
is provided, it shall be possible to manually disable the automatic switching
from the terminal and to manually force any switched condition.
4.6.8.4 Redundancy States & Conditions
4.6.8.4.1 The Contractor shall provide post-contract, a detailed description of any
redundancy switching offered, including:
4.6.8.4.2 All conditions causing automatic activation of protection switching
4.6.8.4.3 Automatic system response after clearance of activation conditions
4.6.8.4.4 Provisions to prevent repetitive switching in event of an intermittent fault
condition
4.6.8.4.5 Manual override facilities
4.6.8.4.6 Timing of switching operations
4.6.8.4.7 Provisions to insure complementary working with any protection switching
mechanisms
4.6.8.4.8 Provisions to prevent any instability of alarms under stable fault conditions
4.7
4.7.1
Software
General
4.7.1.1 Any software to be provided for the System shall be modular in
structure, written in internationally recognized high-level language,
and shall be fully protected against changes being inadvertently
introduced during operational use. The Contractor shall provide
software support throughout the System Design Life Period,
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
including, but not limited to, correction of faults and porting to a
different hardware platform in the event of equipment obsolescence.
4.7.1.2 At the very least, the version of the operating systems and application
software utilized on the System shall be no older than that which was
current at the time of system implementation.
4.7.1.3 All the QA requirements of this specification fully apply to the
software.
4.7.1.4 The Contractor shall confirm that software maintenance support is
included in the required Technical Support during the warranty
period, and can be done via remote access. The Contractor shall
describe this capability and how the Purchaser can disconnect it, if so
desired.
4.7.2
Additional Detailed Requirements
4.7.2.1 All software delivered to the system shall be in accordance with TMN
M.3000 series of recommendations, including, but not limited to
standards associated with:
4.7.2.2 Software Documentation
4.7.2.2.1 The Contractor shall not include in the software any facility that is not
described in the documentation supplied to the Purchaser excluding some
development tools that may remain.
4.7.2.3 Traffic and Data Protection
4.7.2.3.1 Any operator initiated software action that may impact the traffic shall be
access-limited by passwords and give a warning and require confirmation by
the operator. Any software reset shall not impact the traffic nor cause loss or
corruption of the already collected information.
4.7.2.4 Software Testing
4.7.2.4.1 All software and software upgrades shall be fully tested before delivery on
either a fully representative set of system hardware or by using independently
produced software simulation of the hardware, or a combination of fully
representative hardware and software simulation.
4.7.2.5 Software Qualification
4.7.2.5.1 Qualification of all software, including upgrades, shall be completed before
delivery on a fully representative set of hardware. Any software proposed to
be provided for the System that has not completed qualification shall only be
released for use in the System with the Purchasers’ consent.
4.7.2.6 Software Upgrades
4.7.2.6.1 Updating of software, if found necessary and if agreed by the Purchaser shall
meet the following requirements:
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.7.2.6.2 It shall not impact the traffic, unless informed in advance and agreed with the
Purchasers. Any such interruption shall be minimized and done in
collaboration with the Purchasers.
4.7.2.6.3 Retrieval of the previous information in the database shall be possible
4.7.2.6.4 Any software upgrade and upgrade procedures shall be tested
4.7.2.6.5 It will be fully documented and unambiguously identified
4.7.2.7 Software Performance
4.7.2.7.1 Any event which causes any software application to stop working shall be
considered by the Purchaser as a fault. The Contractor shall fully investigate
the problem and provide the Purchaser’s with full details of the cause of the
failure. Re-starting the computer and the software application is not
considered by the Purchaser to be long term solution to the failure. The
Contractor shall propose a long term correction to the problem which shall be
agreed by the Purchaser.
4.7.2.8 Software Maintenance
4.7.2.8.1 The Contractor shall indicate whether software maintenance support can be
provided by remote access to the MC or NMS and provide full details of what
is available and shall describe the security features that are implemented in
this facility. It shall be possible for the Purchaser’s to physically disconnect
this facility in the Terminal Stations.
4.7.2.8.2 During project implementation the Contractor will not be able to use this facility
without first informing the Purchaser’s of why access is required and the work
that is planned to be done. The Purchaser’s shall not unreasonably inhibit
access as required by the Contractor during this period. If changes to the
proposed work occur during the work the Contractors representative shall
immediately inform the Purchaser’s representative. Following completion of
the work a detailed report of the work shall be provided to the Purchaser.
4.7.2.8.3 Access to Purchaser’s facility following Provisional Acceptance shall follow a
procedure that shall be agreed between the Purchaser and Contractor.
4.7.2.9 Dating Compliance
4.7.2.9.1 The dating changes shall have no impact on any equipment or functionality of
the system. The following requirements apply to the equipment:
4.7.2.9.2 Leap years shall be correctly calculated until at least 2040
4.7.2.9.3 No improper use shall be made of date fields. (For example the value 99 in a
year field shall not mean “unlimited”)
4.7.2.9.4 Counters used to determine the date and time shall not overflow between now
and the year 2040. (For example Global Positioning System, GPS, counters)
4.7.2.9.5 There shall be no problems associated with the use of two digit year formats,
if used
4.7.2.9.6 There shall be no date-related problems before the year 2040
4.7.2.9.7 If any date of time information is transmitted to or received from any other
system it shall not cause any problems before the year 2040
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
4.7.2.9.8 All date information shall be correctly displayed and or printed up to the year
2040
4.7.2.9.9 The display and printing of date information shall be unambiguous, for
example it shall be clear which figures refer to months and which to days if a
form such as “6/5/2015” or “7/3” is used
4.8
4.8.1
4.9
Engineering Order Wire (Option)
The Contractor shall provide the facilities to provide inter cable station
communications (including order wire termination units). The Purchaser is looking
for a cost effective solution which minimizes any additional equipment required.
The Contractor shall provide a detailed description of their solution.
System Upgrades
4.9.1
All System Upgrades shall be performed consistent with the System Performance
Requirements specified herein. Most importantly, System Upgrades shall not
interrupt traffic on any existing wavelengths on the System. System Upgrades
shall be possible at any point during the System Design Life Period.
4.9.2
The Contractor shall recommend and describe a proposed System Upgrade of
additional wavelengths on the network as a whole....The proposed upgrade
solution shall include:
4.9.2.1 A network block diagram depicting the original, and System Upgrade
configuration.
4.9.2.2 An itemized list of equipment installed with such a System Upgrade
4.9.2.3 The floor space and incremental power required for a System
Upgrade (including, at what System Capacity initially-provided cable
station infrastructure must be complemented by new space, power,
a/c, or other infrastructure).
4.9.2.4 The procedure of installing and testing a System Upgrade, with
specific attention to: a) the security of, and operations on, any
wavelengths already in service; b) modifications and/or adjustment (if
any) to the already-existing equipment (The Contractor shall indicate
whether the System Upgrade is a card only upgrade or requires
installation of additional shelves, racks cabling etc.) and c) the
recommended testing and acceptance procedures, including
validation of the performance of the pre-existing wavelengths, the
new wavelength(s), and the residual margin on the line.
4.9.2.5 A Plan of Work for a System Upgrade, depicting the activities and
time schedule between order placement and acceptance, showing
clearly the difference between a card-only upgrade and an upgrade
requiring the lighting of a dark fiber pair.
4.9.3
The System Upgrade may be ordered at any time and in any multiples of
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
proposed capacity or part thereof.
5
LINE TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
5.1
General
5.1.1
The Line Terminal Equipment (LTE) includes all equipment provided by the
Contractor in the Cable Station, apart from test equipment. This includes SLTE, ,
synchronization equipment, Maintenance Controller (MC), Power feeding
Equipment (PFE), Ocean Ground Protection Panel, DC plant, etc. All Line
Terminal Equipment provided with the System shall:
5.1.1.1 Perform entirely consistent with the international standards listed in
section 3 and the overall System Performance, reliability and
maintainability including repair service Requirements.
5.1.1.2 Be provided with adequate spares (including appropriate means of
storage of such spares, and including any support tools required to
remove, replace, and validate the operability of the spare) to assure
spares are available, if needed, recognizing the return and repair
interval. (Note- it should not be assumed that spares can be pooled
across landing sites. Rather, each station shall have its own
independent set of spares. The Contractor shall recommend the
required level of spares based upon the quantity and reliability of
each unit along with repair time.) Should the reliability of the
equipment fail to meet its quoted performance levels during the
Warranty Period, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing
remedies, including repairing or replacing equipment as required.
5.1.1.3 As a minimum at least 1 of each active plug-in unit type shall be
provided at each station. On-site provision of storage facilities shall
be provided for supplied spare equipment at each station.
5.1.1.4 Be provided with adequate built-in diagnostics to rapidly, accurately
and unambiguously isolate a fault to a specific circuit card level,
without i) relying on operator diagnostics via test equipment ii) without
service interruptions or impact on transmission quality and probing of
equipment recognizing test points are not provided. In the case of
transceiver cards with field-detachable client interface sub-boards,
the built-in diagnostics shall unambiguously indicate whether it is the
transceiver or the detachable sub-board at fault.
5.1.1.5 Include displays which provide full comprehension of the status of the
equipment.
5.1.1.6 Include appropriate alarm extensions for an office alarm system.
Facilities shall be provided which allow the equipment alarms to be
extended to a section alarm scheme by means of a connection which
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
has set of normally open free contracts with an impedance to earth of
not less than 1 Mega Ohm. The LTE shall have the capability to
extend alarms to an end suit unit.
5.1.1.7 Include labels (or designations), in English, which provide clear
identification of all key elements of the equipment which must be
understood to properly execute maintenance procedures, and provide
safety warnings for any interfaces where appropriate (consistent with
standards).
5.1.1.8 Operate from telecommunication office power systems, which
perform consistent with ETSI standards ETS-EN300-132-2. Each
piece of equipment shall be capable of accepting two independent 48V DC supplies. Each piece of equipment shall meet the
performance requirements if either of -48V DC supplies fails.
5.1.1.9 Operate reliably over the range of industry standard telecom office
environmental conditions, and be able to be stored and transported in
environments consistent with ETSI standards ETS EN300-019-1-3
Class 3.1E, EN300-019-1-1 Class 1.2 and EN300-019-1-2 Class 2.5.
5.1.1.10 Adhere to IEC 61000-4-2/3/4/5/6 and ETS EN61000-4-2, EN50082,
EN55022 and EN 300-119-2 for ESD discharge, industry standard
EMI susceptibility (10 KHz to 30 MHz) and emission; acoustic noise,
equipment construction (including shock and vibration IEC 721, ETS
300 019-1-1/2/3), and installation practices
5.2
TE Installation
5.2.1
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the installation and installation tests
of all LTE up to the Internal/Interface ODF, including cabling, connectors,
splicing, racking, connection to grounding system, alarm facilities, fiber
management, and cable management at each Cable Station. This includes the
communication facilities between equipment and stations (when engineered in
band) for maintenance purposes.
All requirements for out of network
communication circuits shall be clearly identified in the Contractor’s provided
solution, including the specifications of the interfaces to those facilities located on
the Contractor’s equipment. The Purchaser and Contractor shall mutually agree
for providing such out-of-network communication facilities. The Purchaser is
responsible to provide the out of band circuit.
5.2.2
As it relates to the Contractor’s Requirements for each Cable Station, the
Contractor shall document the following in their Technical Description solution for
the Base System:
5.2.2.1 The floor area required for both the initial System equipage and the
System Design capacity. For the purposes of simplicity in estimating
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
the floor space required for the ultimate capacity, the Contractor shall
assume that the full system capacity is terminated as STM-16
tributaries...
5.2.2.2 A conceptual station layout for the initial capacity, based on the
available floor space within each Purchaser-provided station. Such
floor space shall be minimized wherever reasonably possible
5.2.2.3 A high-level engineering block diagram (schematic) of all equipment,
showing the primary interfaces with the proposed Cable Station
Infrastructure and showing interfaces outside of the Cable Station
(such as utilities, interface to the shore-end cable, etc.)
5.2.2.4 The estimated power consumption and air-conditioning heat load
required to support the initial and System Design capacity as defined
above
5.2.2.5 According to the documentation schedule the Contractor shall submit
detailed installation proposals for approval (such approval shall not
be unreasonably withheld) by the owner of the relevant Terminal
Station
5.2.3
The Contractor shall:
5.2.3.1 provide preliminary station engineering designs to the Purchaser
sufficiently in advance of scheduled Design Reviews to allow prereview by the Purchaser
5.2.3.2 participate with the Purchaser, post-installation, in an in-station
inspection of the installation; correct any installation deficiencies
identified by the Purchaser, as may be reasonably requested
5.2.3.3 provide preliminary as-built station engineering drawings and final asbuilt drawings per documentation schedule.
5.3
5.3.1
Submarine Line Transmission Equipment (SLTE)
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
5.3.1.1 The SLTE shall be fully compliant with industry standards listed in
section 3, System Performance Requirements, and LTE
Requirements.
5.3.2
FEATURE REQUIREMENTS
5.3.2.1 The SLTE shall:
5.3.2.1.1 Accept to carry STM-256, STM-64 or 10 GbE LAN PHY tributaries (e.g.
full/partial /low traffic load. Full/partial AIS etc). The SLTE shall not corrupt nor
apply any restriction to the bit streams to be conveyed over the system.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
5.3.2.1.2 On the transmit side, groom Cable Interface input signals; transmit them as
WDM signals to the wavelength combiner, where they are then collectively
transmitted onto the optical line system consistent with the overall
performance budget of the Line Segment according to ITU G.709
5.3.2.1.3 On the receive side, split the WDM signals into separate channels and receive
individual channels consistent with the overall performance budget of the Line
Segment. according to ITU G.709
5.3.2.1.4 Provide any other signal processing, such as Error Correction or Polarization
Scrambling, as may be required, in order to achieve overall System
Performance Requirements.
5.3.2.1.5 Provide alarm, supervisory and performance information for the Submersible
Plant, Line and SLTE.
5.3.2.1.6 Where an optical amplifier in the SLTE amplifies an optical signal carrying
more than one wavelength the optical amplifier shall be provided with the
capability of changing a single failed pump laser without any disturbance to
the traffic carried through the optical amplifier. The Contractor shall provide a
detailed description of how this is achieved.
5.3.2.2 Alternate Maintenance Signal (AMS)
5.3.2.2.1 Upon detection of fault conditions, an AMS shall be inserted to replace the
normal traffic signal and suppress SLTE/station alarms at all downstream
points in the equipment provided under this Contract. The AMS shall be
inserted immediately after the valid detection of a fault condition. In applying
or removing AMS, it shall be inserted or removed in such a way that phase
transients in the digital signal are minimized and that error free operation is
established as quickly as possible after removal of the AMS.
5.3.2.2.2 Insertion of AMS by an SLTE shall be displayed on the Maintenance
Controller.
5.3.2.2.3 The AMS signal shall be recognized as such in the receive SLTE and reported
to the Maintenance Controller. The AMS signal shall have a bit pattern and
detection algorithm such that it cannot be falsely identified.
5.3.2.2.4 Insertion of AMS shall not cause any transmission equipment downstream
from SLTE to report incorrect alarms. The Contractor shall indicate the signal
present on the output port of a 10 Gbps tributary carrying AMS of the
Submersible Plant.
5.3.2.2.5 The presence of an AMS pattern shall not cause alarms on other 10Gbps
tributaries nor degrade the transmission performance of any other channels.
5.3.2.2.6 In the case equivalent generic AIS is provided instead of AMS, the Contractor
shall provide all the details.
5.3.2.3 Forward Error Correction (FEC)
5.3.2.3.1 If the SLTE uses Forward Error Correction techniques the Contractor shall
provide a full description of the implementation of FEC, including the optical bit
rate after coding, overhead channels provided, coding gain achieved,
development status etc. The Contractor shall provide the information defined
in draft ITU recommendation G.975.1.
5.3.2.3.2 The Contractor shall provide details in the form of a curve of the relationship
between BER and Q prior to FEC and following FEC.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
5.3.2.4 Line Section Performance Monitoring
5.3.2.4.1 The SLTE shall provide a record of the errors corrected by FEC, the result
shall be passed to the Maintenance Controller to enable calculation of the
performance parameters specified in G.828.
5.3.2.5 Performance monitoring, Test Points and alarms
5.3.2.5.1 The SLTE shall provide the following:
5.3.2.5.2 Performance Monitoring
5.3.2.5.2.1 The following performance parameters shall in general be continuously
monitored by the SLTE:
5.3.2.5.2.1.1 Line signal Optical Transmit Power
5.3.2.5.2.1.2 Individual Wavelength Optical Transmit Power (pre-emphasis)
5.3.2.5.2.1.3 FEC Corrected Errors for each received wavelength
5.3.2.5.2.1.4 Received Line Signal Optical power
5.3.2.5.2.1.5 Cable Interface Optical Output Power
5.3.2.5.2.1.6 Cable Interface Received Optical Power
5.3.2.5.2.2 The Contractor shall provide the performance parameters monitored by the
SLTE and describe how these parameters are monitored and the associated
alarm facilities.
5.3.2.5.2.3 At the end of the monitoring the SLTE shall report to the MC as follows:
5.3.2.5.2.3.1 For Items 5.3.2.5.2.1.1, 5.3.2.5.2.1.2, 5.3.2.5.2.1.4, 5.3.2.5.2.1.5 and
5.3.2.5.2.1.6 the measured values shall be reported
5.3.2.5.2.3.2 For Item 5.3.2.5.2.1.3 the total count for the period shall be reported
5.3.2.5.2.4 All SLTE performance monitoring shall be passed to the MC.
5.3.2.5.2.5 The SLTE shall time and date stamp all performance reports passed to the
MC. The SLTE shall maintain an accuracy of 15 seconds per year. The
Contractor shall describe how this is achieved.
5.3.2.5.3 Alarms
5.3.2.5.3.1 In addition to the alarms generated from performance monitoring defined
above. The following alarms shall in general be provided:
5.3.2.5.3.1.1 General
5.3.2.5.3.1.1.1 Individual card failure
5.3.2.5.3.1.1.2 Power supply failure
5.3.2.5.3.1.1.3 Card removal
5.3.2.5.3.1.2 Transmitter Side
5.3.2.5.3.1.2.1 Tributary Loss of Signal
5.3.2.5.3.1.2.2 Transmit failed (for each wavelength)
5.3.2.5.3.1.2.3 Transmit degraded (for each wavelength)
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
5.3.2.5.3.1.2.4 Power supply failure
5.3.2.5.3.1.2.5 Laser bias current out of limit
5.3.2.5.3.1.2.6 Laser temperature out of limit
5.3.2.5.3.1.2.7 Wavelength out of limit
5.3.2.5.3.1.2.8 Optical powers out of limit (pre-emphasis)
5.3.2.5.3.1.2.9 Insertion of AMS
5.3.2.5.3.1.3 Receive side
5.3.2.5.3.1.3.1 Receive signal degraded.
5.3.2.5.3.1.3.2 Loss of optical signal.
5.3.2.5.3.1.3.3 Incorrect received wavelength.
5.3.2.5.3.1.3.4 Transmission quality degraded (BER degraded before FEC).
5.3.2.5.3.1.3.5 Failure to derive clock from line signal.
5.3.2.5.3.1.3.6 Power supply failure.
5.3.2.5.3.1.3.7 Detection of AMS.
5.3.2.5.3.1.3.8 Tributary transmit failure
5.3.2.5.3.1.4 The Contractor shall provide the Alarms provided in the SLTE.
5.3.2.5.3.2 Alarm arrangements shall be provided to indicate any malfunction or offnormal condition of the equipment. The alarm condition shall be supplied
continuously until the malfunction or off-normal condition is cleared or until
an alarm has been acknowledged as receiving attention. Failure of any part
of the system shall result in an indication on the equipment concerned.
5.3.2.5.3.3 The SLTE shall time and date stamp all alarms passed to the MC. The SLTE
shall maintain an accuracy of 15 seconds per year. The Contractor shall
describe how this is achieved.
5.3.2.6 Data Communication Channels (DCC) on SLTE
5.3.2.6.1 The System Description shall indicate the number and the types of DCC
supported by the SLTE including their physical interfaces.
5.3.2.6.2 The System Description shall illustrate the physical implementation and
describe the detailed use. The Contractor shall indicate the bandwidth used by
the DCC.
5.3.2.7 Optical Access Points
5.3.2.7.1 The SLTE shall provide an isolated optical access point per fiber (transmit and
receive) to enable the in-service monitoring of the received and transmitted
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
optical signals The Contractor shall advise the routine measurements to
support long-term maintenance for keeping system performance.
5.3.2.8 Routine Adjustments
5.3.2.8.1 No manual or automatic adjustments during the system life shall be permitted
unless agreed by the Purchaser. The Contractor shall detail how the stability
of the wavelengths, optical powers (pre-emphasis) and receive optical filters
are obtained in order to eliminate routine adjustments.
5.3.2.8.2 Where the use of automatic adjustment of any parameter (i.e. optical powers
and wavelengths) is permitted by the Purchaser, the Maintenance Controller
shall store details of such adjustments and it shall be possible to manually
disable, instigate and control these adjustments. The Contractor shall provide
a description of any adjustments required during normal operations and
maintenance including the setting up of any replacement plug in units. The
documentation shall provide detailed unambiguous procedures for any
adjustments. These shall be fully demonstrated during the training courses.
5.3.2.8.3 Safeguards and detailed procedures shall be provided to prevent the risk of
wrong adjustments. In any case, wrong adjustment involving any 10 Gbps
tributary shall have no impact on the other tributaries.
5.3.2.9 Craft Terminal
5.3.2.9.1 The SLTE shall include a craft terminal for local maintenance of the equipment
in case of failure of the Maintenance Controller. The craft terminal shall either
be a separate computer, which connects directly to the equipment, or be an
integral part of the SLTE. The craft terminal shall be capable of monitoring all
the alarms and performance information generated by the SLTE and
controlling all configurable features of the SLTE. The craft terminal shall be
capable of undertaking supervisory of the Submersible Plant.
5.3.2.9.2 All alarm and performance information provided by the SLTE to the craft
terminal shall contain exactly the same information as that provided to the
Maintenance Controller.
5.3.2.9.3 Any changes in SLTE configuration performed by the craft terminal shall be
notified to the MC.
5.3.2.9.4 The Contractor shall provide a detailed description of the craft terminal
including a list of all functions supported and example screens.
5.3.2.9.5 Within Two months of the Contract Signature the Contractor shall provide a
detailed document describing the functionality and all the screens/menus etc
of the craft terminal for Purchaser's acceptance.
5.3.2.10 Engineering Order Wire (EOW) on SLTE (Option)
5.3.2.10.1 The Contractor shall provide Engineering Order Wire (EOW) equipment. The
information to be provided should enable the Purchaser to fully assess the
application of an EOW system. A cost effective solution is preferred by the
Purchaser.
5.3.2.10.2 The Contractor shall provide a full description of its SLTE including above
features in clause 5.3.2
5.4
Power Feed Equipment and Return Earth System Electrode System
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
5.4.1
General Requirements
5.4.1.1 The Contractor shall provide Power Feed Equipment (PFE) for the
System, which shall be fully compliant with industry standards,
System Performance Requirements, and LTE Requirements.
5.4.2
Feature Requirements
5.4.2.1 The PFE shall provide, reliably and safely:
5.4.2.1.1 The requisite amounts of stable line current for Submersible Plant. The current
controlled devices shall be capable of adjusting current from 0 to +15% of the
nominal line current. The design shall incorporate a closely controlled
powering up sequence for energizing the Submersible Plant. The powering
up/down procedures shall be locally controlled from any of the terminal
stations of a particular segment.
5.4.2.1.1.1 The Contractor shall provide documentation on the powering up of the
System both in normal operation and for fault conditions.
5.4.2.1.1.2 The method employed for de-energizing the Submersible Plant shall not
cause damage to the Submersible Plant.
5.4.2.1.2 The ability to automatically protect against converter failure or failure of the
far-end PFE, with minimal service disruption and following redundancy
arrangements
5.4.2.1.2.1 The PFE of each terminal station shall have sufficient redundancy such that
the System complies with the requirements of Segment outage defined in
this Specification. In case of one complete PFE failure in one terminal
station, automatically the PFE in the other station (double end feed
segments) shall be capable of permanently powering the whole Segment
without human intervention. Moreover, in the event of a single power
conversion unit failure traffic shall not be affected. This redundancy shall be
maintained during all routine maintenance operations including single end
feeding.
5.4.2.1.2.2 Indication shall be provided on the equipment and MC to clearly show which
parts of the equipment is working and which is on standby or off line.
5.4.2.1.2.3 In the event of a shunt fault on a Segment, it shall be possible to balance the
voltages supplied by the PFE from each terminal station in order to maintain
the traffic in the whole Segment and provide accurate fault location.
5.4.2.1.3 The ability to withstand power surges as may occur on the line as a
consequence of lightning, cable faults anywhere in the system and voltage out
of limits between return earth system and station earth system;
5.4.2.1.4 Protection of the Submersible Plant through control and shutdown
mechanisms to protect against lightning strikes or any other natural
phenomenon e.g. magnetic storm at or adjacent to any terminal, voltage and
current surges (from any cable on land, sea, power etc.); transients during
power-up and power-down procedures and fault any where on the system
when PFE is feeding its maximum output including following features for
protection of personnel:
5.4.2.1.4.1 Interlocks
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
5.4.2.1.4.1.1 The equipment shall be interlocked to prevent personnel gaining access to
dangerous potentials. The interlocks shall only allow access to potentially
hazardous areas, when the equipment is de powered.
5.4.2.1.4.2 Safety Trips
5.4.2.1.4.2.1 The equipment shall automatically de-energize on gaining access to a
potentially hazardous area.
5.4.2.1.4.3 Discharge Circuits
5.4.2.1.4.3.1 The equipment shall include circuits that automatically discharge to a safe
level or clamp to earth potential all high voltage circuits and capacitors
when the equipment is switched off or access obtained to hazardous areas.
This shall not require any action by the operator.
5.4.2.1.4.4 Emergency Shut Down
5.4.2.1.4.4.1 The equipment shall include a facility, by which the PFE may be deenergized by any untrained staff should a safety hazard exist. This facility
shall be distinctively marked and shall be provided on the front of the
equipment at suitable strategic positions. The design should pay special
attention to ways of preventing the facility being operated inadvertently.
5.4.2.1.4.4.2 The PFE Emergency shut down shall also be operable from a remote
extension in the Terminal Station.
5.4.2.1.4.4.3 Operation of the emergency shut down shall not cause any damage to
either the PFE or the Submersible Plant.
5.4.2.1.4.5 Earthing Devices
5.4.2.1.4.5.1 The equipment shall include adequately insulated devices to enable
potentially high voltage points, in particular the power conductor feeding the
submarine cable and or charged capacitors, to be discharged to earth
before handling. These shall be permanently connected to the frame earth
such that they cannot be accidentally disconnected during use. Facilities
shall be provided to enable these devices to be tested before each use. It
shall be possible to use these at all points of the PFE.
5.4.2.1.4.6 Operation and Maintenance
5.4.2.1.4.6.1 Appropriate warning notices in accordance with the laws and standards of
the country where the equipment is installed shall be fitted at all places
where potentially hazardous voltages, currents or optical levels could exist.
5.4.2.1.4.6.2 Plug-in units for sub-assemblies taken out of service for maintenance
purposes shall be safe for handling and testing by station staff.
5.4.2.1.4.7 Safety of personnel repairing the cable
5.4.2.1.4.7.1 The power feeding arrangement and powering procedures shall be such
as to ensure the safety of personnel operating on the cable during a repair.
5.4.2.1.5 The ability to perform electrical maintenance procedures on the Submersible
Plant (e.g. electroding with a built-in oscillator; electroding with an external
oscillator; branching unit power switching, etc). The PFE shall include a highstability oscillator that is capable of modulating the line current to enable inservice cable electroding to be used by ships (surface electroding),
submersibles and divers (hand-held detectors). The oscillator frequency shall
be 25 Hz (+/- 0.1Hz).
5.4.2.1.5.1 The PFE shall also include a facility for injecting electroding signal in the
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
range 4 to 50 Hz. This oscillator shall have a stability of +/- 0.1Hz over a 24
hour period.
5.4.2.1.5.2 The level of modulation shall be adjustable and the maximum level shall be
as high as possible without adversely affecting the performance of the
system. Higher modulation level shall be possible for out of service
electroding. The modulation shall be automatically removed before it reaches
a level that would cause the PFE to trip.
5.4.2.1.5.3 The Contractor shall clearly state in their documentation the maximum
recommended in-service electroding level.
5.4.2.1.6 A Cable Terminating Unit (consistent with industry standards), allowing safe
access to the cable power conductor for maintenance procedures. The
submarine cable shall be fixed permanently and facility shall be provided for
testing without disturbing permanent cabling, wiring and fibers.
5.4.2.1.7 A physical design with following construction features:
5.4.2.1.7.1 Design
5.4.2.1.7.1.1 The power for feeding the Submersible Plant shall be derived from the
station power supply by means of solid state devices. The equipment shall
operate at ultrasonic frequencies (>20 kHz).
5.4.2.1.7.2 Dimensions
5.4.2.1.7.2.1 The PFE shall be as small as practicable within the design and safety
requirements of this Technical Specification. In any case they shall be such
as to pass through standard apparatus double room doors 2.0 m high x 1.2
m wide. The weight of a unit shall not prohibit normal handling methods
during installation.
5.4.2.1.7.3 Cable Terminating Unit (CTU)
5.4.2.1.7.3.1 The cable terminating unit shall comprise an enclosed unit which shall be
mounted inside the PFE or externally. If mounted on the floor it shall be
provided in racking of the same type as used for the SLTE or PFE. Direct
access to the physical cable head shall be possible without the need to
dismantle the equipment.
5.4.2.1.7.4 Suite Formation
5.4.2.1.7.4.1 The racks shall be assembled to form a suite. Apart from the primary DC
distribution rack the design of the suite shall exclude side entries for both
maintenance purposes and external cabling.
5.4.2.1.7.5 Mounting of Components
5.4.2.1.7.5.1 Particular precautions shall be taken to physically secure all components
used in the equipment to prevent them vibrating free.
5.4.2.1.7.6 System Protection
5.4.2.1.7.6.1 The PFE design shall ensure that, for every possible PFE configuration
and taking into account earth potential differences, the PFE and the
Submersible Plant shall be fully protected in the following events:
5.4.2.1.7.7 Cable fault anywhere in the system
5.4.2.1.7.7.1 Lightning strike or any other natural phenomena (e.g. magnetic storm) at
or close to any Terminal Stations
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
5.4.2.1.7.7.2 Voltage out of limits between return earth system and station earth system
5.4.2.1.8 Personnel protection features, including key interlocks, safety trips, discharge
circuits, emergency shutdown provisions, earthing devices, appropriate
warning notices and adherence to EN60950, ETS 300-753, ETS EN 300-1192 and UL94 safety standards
5.4.2.1.9 Metering, Data Logging & Chart Recorders, Alarms, and Indicators
5.4.2.1.9.1 Meters
5.4.2.1.9.1.1 The equipment shall incorporate metering devices to indicate voltages,
currents and other relevant parameters at principal points in the equipment,
typically the output of each power unit and the output to the line.
5.4.2.1.9.1.2 Meters shall be located on the front of the equipment at working height.
5.4.2.1.9.1.3 Meters fitted in high voltage sections of the circuit shall be fitted with
external shunt resistors and static free glass. If fitting of such glass affects
the ability to read the meter, then meter illumination shall be provided.
5.4.2.1.9.1.4 The accuracy of all meters provided shall be commensurate with the
voltage and current tolerances required by the system, typically 0.1% on
currents and 1.0% on voltage.
5.4.2.1.9.1.5 It shall be possible for these parameters (metered outputs) to be
accessible externally to the PFE, for monitoring by test equipment.
5.4.2.1.9.1.6 For the PFE, as a minimum, this shall include meters to measure power
feed earth currents and meters and recorders to measure the PFE output
voltage and current.
5.4.2.1.9.2 Data Logging and Chart Recorders
5.4.2.1.9.2.1 The equipment shall provide either chart recorders or data logging
equipment to monitor the above current and voltages. This shall be at least
one sample per second to record transient changes and provide adequate
storage to enable monitoring of long term trends. The data logging function
may be provided by the Maintenance Controller.
5.4.2.1.9.3 Alarms
5.4.2.1.9.3.1 The equipment shall contain units to monitor the operation and
performance of the equipment as a whole and of its units and to initiate
station alarms as necessary.
5.4.2.1.9.3.2 All alarms shall be capable of being tested with the PFE in service except
those that cannot be safely tested while the PFE is in service and this will
be done without disturbing the system or leaving the equipment
unprotected. The Contractor shall clearly identify the alarms that cannot be
safely tested while the PFE is in service.
5.4.2.1.9.3.3 Alarms shall be provided in accordance with the requirements below. The
Contractor shall specify all alarm facilities provided by the equipment and
what action each alarm initiates.
5.4.2.1.9.3.4 Alarms shall be generated to enable fault finding and interrogation of
equipment behavior in the event of an equipment or cable fault. As a
minimum alarms shall be raised for:
5.4.2.1.9.3.4.1 High Voltage - This is an indication that the output is above that normal
operating setting but below that which would constitute a risk to the
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
system or performance.
5.4.2.1.9.3.4.2 Low Voltage - This is an indication that the output is below that normal
operating setting but above that which would constitute a risk to the
system or performance.
5.4.2.1.9.3.4.3 Very High Voltage - This is an indication that the output is above that
normal operating setting and which would constitute a risk to the system.
This alarm shall cause an immediate shut down of the equipment.
5.4.2.1.9.3.4.4 High Current - This is an indication that the output is above that normal
operating setting but that which would constitute a risk to the system or
performance.
5.4.2.1.9.3.4.5 Low Current - This is an indication that the output is below that normal
operating setting but above that which would constitute a risk to the
system or performance.
5.4.2.1.9.3.4.6 Very High Current - This is an indication that the output is above that
normal operating setting and which would constitute a risk to the system.
This alarm shall cause an immediate shut down of the equipment.
5.4.2.1.9.3.4.7 Battery Voltage Out Of Limits - This is an indication that the primary
supply voltage is such that correct operation of the PFE cannot be
guaranteed. This alarm shall cause an immediate shut down of the
equipment.
5.4.2.1.9.3.4.8 Very Low Current - This is an indication that the system is open circuit or
that the current has fallen to a level that could damage the system. This
alarm shall cause a shut down of the equipment.
5.4.2.1.9.3.4.9 Return Earth System Fail - This is an indication that the primary return
earth system has failed. Under these conditions power feeding current
should automatically be routed to the station earth via a dedicated feed.
5.4.2.1.9.3.4.10
Station Earth Fail - This is an indication that the dedicated
connection to station earth has failed. Under these circumstances any
station earth current should automatically be routed to Return Earth
System (if it is available) or rack earth (if Return Earth System is not
available and the rack earth is available). If the return earth system and
station earth have failed such that power feeding current is routed to rack
earth the equipment shall shut down.
5.4.2.1.9.3.4.11
Shut down - This is the Alarm generated when the PFE is
Shutdown either automatically by generation of another failure, manually
or via ESD.
5.4.2.1.9.3.5 All PFE alarms and performance information shall be passed to the MC.
The PFE shall date and time stamp all alarm and performance reports. The
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
timestamps shall be accurate to 15 seconds per year. The Contractor shall
describe how this is achieved.
5.4.2.1.10 Performance monitoring extensions to the Maintenance Controller
5.4.2.1.10.1 At least the following PFE performance information shall be continuously
monitored:
5.4.2.1.10.1.1 Voltage
5.4.2.1.10.1.2 Current
5.4.2.1.10.1.3 Station earth current
5.4.2.1.10.1.4 Return earth system monitor
5.4.2.1.10.1.5 Voltage difference between station earth and return earth system
5.4.2.1.10.2 The above values shall be reported to the Maintenance Controller. The
time period for reporting of these values shall be settable in the PFE from the
craft terminal and Maintenance Controller. In general, the reporting period
shall be 15 minutes and 24 hours. The reported information shall include the
maximum and minimum, recorded and calculated, average values for that
parameter over the measurement period.
5.4.2.1.10.3 It shall be possible to adjust the threshold at which the voltage and
current alarms are generated. Adjustment shall not be possible for alarms
which are safety or equipment protection related. The Contractor shall
provide a list of alarms for which the threshold is adjustable.
5.4.2.1.10.4
Performance
5.4.2.1.10.4.1 Regulation
5.4.2.1.10.4.1.1
The equipment shall provide a regulated supply such that the
overall contractual performance and stability requirements of the system
can be met.
5.4.2.1.10.4.1.2
The regulation method shall tolerate:
5.4.2.1.10.4.1.2.1
The failure of one power unit of duplicated PFE;
5.4.2.1.10.4.1.2.2
Variation of power supply voltages and any transient such as
those produced when switching to the station battery due to failure of
the primary power supply;
5.4.2.1.10.4.1.2.3Ambient temperature changes within the operating range detailed in the
specification.
5.4.2.1.10.4.2 Current Surges
5.4.2.1.10.4.2.1
The equipment shall be designed such that a current surge
caused by a short circuit applied to the output of the equipment while the
equipment is feeding its maximum design voltage, is not sufficient to
damage the Submersible Plant.
5.4.2.1.10.4.3 Output Voltage
5.4.2.1.10.4.3.1
The output voltage of the equipment shall automatically adjust to
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
maintain the normal line current in the presence of naturally induced
voltages.
5.4.2.1.10.4.4 Electrical Noise
5.4.2.1.10.4.4.1
The PFE shall not generate or pass on to the plant any
appreciable AC energy unless the electroding current function is
engaged. The levels transmitted shall not affect the repeater performance
to cause interference to traffic.
5.4.2.1.10.4.5 Acoustic Noise
5.4.2.1.10.4.5.1
The acoustic noise output of the equipment during normal
operation shall be kept to a minimum, and comply with the requirements
detailed within this Technical Specification.
5.4.2.1.10.4.6 Electro-Magnetic Radiation
5.4.2.1.10.4.6.1
The electro-magnetic radiation of the equipment or any of its
component units shall not exceed the limits as defined in this specification
5.4.2.1.10.4.7 Ingress of Dust
5.4.2.1.10.4.7.1
The equipment shall be designed to minimize the effect of dust on
the performance of the equipment. Unless the ingress of dust can be
entirely prevented all high voltage parts shall be suitably protected.
5.4.2.1.10.4.8 Ionization
5.4.2.1.10.4.8.1
The high voltage parts of the equipment shall be designed to
minimize ionization discharges up to the maximum design voltage of the
equipment.
5.4.2.1.10.5
Security of Service
5.4.2.1.10.5.1 Manual Control
5.4.2.1.10.5.1.1
Any power unit shall be capable of being switched manually into
circuit to replace any other unit(s) without interrupting traffic.
5.4.2.1.10.5.2 Parallel Current Paths
5.4.2.1.10.5.2.1
All the less reliable components in the high voltage output power
circuit, e.g. meters, shall be provided with parallel current paths.
5.4.2.1.10.6
Craft Terminal
5.4.2.1.10.6.1 The PFE shall include a craft terminal for local maintenance of the
equipment in case of failure of the Maintenance Controller. The craft
terminal shall be either a computer which connects directly to the
equipment or an integral part of the PFE. The craft terminal shall be
capable of monitoring all the alarms and performance information
generated by the PFE and controlling all configurable features of the PFE.
5.4.2.1.10.6.2 The Contractor shall provide a detailed description of the craft terminal
including a list of all functions supported and example screens.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
5.4.2.1.11 Earth Connections (to return earth (ocean ground), station earth, and rack
earth); and protective devices to monitor and reroute (switch and isolate)
current between earths and protect against surges. The PFE shall be capable
of switching, by means of a lockable switch, between return earth system and
a dedicated station return earth to enable safe maintenance of the return earth
system. The PFE shall be capable of working with earth potential up to + 60V
with reference to return earth system. Protection and/or switching devices
shall be provided to ensure that the voltage between the return earth system
and the dedicated return earth does not arise above + 300V. The contractor
shall indicate maximum voltage which the protection circuit capable of
withstanding without damage. The contractor shall indicate the maximum
voltage which is acceptable between the station earth and the return earth
system. The contractor shall also state the maximum resistance for return
earth system.
5.4.2.1.11.1 A dedicated station earth, for safety use, auxiliary supplies and signaling
earth. This feed shall be routed back to the primary station earth supply in
such a way as to avoid accidental disconnection and be marked with warning
signs to indicate that hazardous voltages could be present if disconnected.
5.4.2.1.11.2 All racking and external metalwork shall be capable of being connected to
the general station rack earthing. The Contractor shall confirm the
requirement for this for each Terminal Station during the site surveys.
5.4.2.1.12 A cable power indicator noting the presence of power on the system at the
cable terminating unit. The presence of power on the cable from the local end
shall be indicated. The indication shall be visible from the outside of the
equipment at the point of access into the cable terminating unit.
5.4.2.1.13 A Dummy Load for testing of an out-of-service converter is as follows:
5.4.2.1.13.1 The PFE shall include a dummy load to enable the entire PFE to be
tested over its complete operating range. When the PFE is out of service, it
shall be possible to connect the dummy load to the entire PFE.
5.4.3
The Contractor shall provide a full description of the Power Feed Equipment’s
ability to meet the above requirements including:
5.4.3.1 Design (electrical and physical), functionality, performance (FIT rates,
and resultant availability), qualification status, and prior deployment
status in undersea networks by the Contractor (or others, if not
previously deployed by the Contractor);
5.4.3.2 Cable, Personnel, and Line System Safety and Protection features
5.4.3.3 Protection architecture
5.4.3.4 Maintenance features and procedures (routine adjustment
requirements, alarms, test points, performance monitoring and
reporting, orderwire extension access)
5.4.3.5 Associated craft interface terminal and element management system
which will be provided
5.4.3.6 Return earth electrode system
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
5.5
5.5.1
Maintenance Controller
General Requirements
5.5.1.1 The Contractor shall provide a Maintenance Controller (MC) for the
System, which shall be fully compliant with industry standards listed
in section 3, System Performance Requirements, and LTE
Requirements. The Maintenance Controller (MC) shall provide a
single human computer interface for monitoring and controlling the
SLTE and PFE as well as for supervising the Submersible Plant.
5.5.1.2 One Maintenance Controller shall be provided at each Landing Point
in the System. Failure of the MC shall not affect the transmission
performance of the System. A remote workstation shall be installed
at a location to be defined by the Purchaser. Any failure of the
Maintenance Controller shall not affect the transmission performance
of the undersea Segment.
5.5.2
MC Feature Requirements
5.5.2.1 Supervision of the Submersible Plant, consistent with the System
Maintenance Requirements in Section 4 herein, including
performance monitoring of the line, manual correction of faults as
appropriate, automatic supervisory co-ordination (it shall be possible
to disable the automatic supervisory co-ordination and undertake
manual supervisory), Submersible Plant control (if applicable), fault
detection and localization as follows:
5.5.2.1.1 The MC shall provide fault location facilities which allow a fault to be identified
to the following:
5.5.2.1.1.1 A fault within a supervisory section;
5.5.2.1.1.2 A fault within a repeater.
5.5.2.1.2 The MC shall provide a clear and unambiguous indication of the location and
type of the faults in the Submersible Plant, so that no further interpretation is
needed from the station staff. In case of "soft fault" (such as a decrease of
optical power), the MC shall allow the comparison with the previous state of
the segment.
5.5.2.1.3 For transmission faults the MC shall utilize the Submersible Plant supervisory
and LTE alarm and performance information to provide the location.
5.5.2.1.4 The Contractor shall provide the details on how COTDR functionality may be
used for the system.
5.5.2.1.5 For shunt faults, the MC shall provide a tool to facilitate fault location using the
following information:
5.5.2.1.5.1 Cable DC resistance (adjustment in accordance with sea temp);
5.5.2.1.5.2 Repeaters and BU voltage;
5.5.2.1.5.3 Station earth voltage;
5.5.2.1.5.4 Earths potential variations (estimation);
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
5.5.2.1.5.5 PFE(s) Current/Voltage measurements;
5.5.2.1.6 The Contractor shall provide a detailed description of how this is achieved
including worked examples.
5.5.2.1.7 The Contractor shall indicate what type of co-ordination is required between
the MC’s of a segment in order to achieve accurate and unambiguous fault
location. Where possible this co-ordination shall use channels inside the
segment. However if in the case of a complete segment failure the Contractor
shall indicate if external communication links are required between the
stations to allow this co-ordination. The Contractor shall describe the type of
links required (capacity, interface types etc).
5.5.2.2 PFE status, alarm, performance information and PFE control; [NoteRemote Control of the PFE is not required.] It shall be possible to
configure the PFE so that for each controllable feature, control by an
MC can be enabled/disabled. In the case PFE control is provided, it
shall be possible to disable the MC’s ability to control the PFE at the
PFE itself. Any operator initiated software action that may impact the
traffic shall be access-limited by passwords and give a warning and
require confirmation by the operator.
5.5.2.2.1 Any software reset shall not impact the traffic nor cause loss or corruption of
the already collected information.
5.5.2.3 SLTE status, alarms, and performance information. It shall be
possible to configure the SLTE so that for each controllable feature,
control by an MC can be enabled/disabled. Any operator initiated
software action that may impact the traffic shall be access-limited by
passwords and give a warning and require confirmation by the
operator.
5.5.2.3.1 Any software reset shall not impact the traffic nor cause loss or corruption of
the already collected information.
5.5.2.4 Configuration control of the Submersible Plant, if configuration
capabilities exist; and of the SLTE as follows:
5.5.2.4.1 It shall be possible for an MC user to retrieve the current configuration of all
LTE configurable parameters without having the required security access level
for configuration of that parameter (i.e. read only).
5.5.2.4.1.1 Build and Inventory: The MC shall be responsible for maintaining a record of
the component parts of the SLTE, PFE and Submersible Plant under its
control. The Contractor shall state what Build and Inventory is associated
with each piece of equipment.
5.5.2.4.1.2 The MC shall also be capable of updating automatically information
concerning the inventory of component parts of each SLTE and PFE. The
SLTE and PFE hardware and firmware build status shall be covered under
this requirement. The inventory should in general contain following items:
5.5.2.4.1.2.1 Part number
5.5.2.4.1.2.2 Friendly Name
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
5.5.2.4.1.2.3 Serial Number
5.5.2.4.1.2.4 Manufacturing date
5.5.2.4.1.2.5 Install date
5.5.2.4.1.2.6 Hardware Version
5.5.2.4.1.2.7 Firmware Version
5.5.2.4.1.2.8 Software Version
5.5.2.4.1.3 The Contractor's System Description provides the items which are recorded
in the inventory table. In addition the Contractor shall provide in a usable
electronic format and full list of all equipment, including spares, provided for
each station.
5.5.2.4.1.4 The MC shall support the capability of the operator adding and/or replacing a
repeater in case of a repair within a segment.
5.5.2.4.1.5 It shall be possible to change the supervisory baseline measurements and
thresholds of any Submersible Plant parameter individually.
5.5.2.4.1.6 The MC shall maintain a database of the current configuration of the line
system. This shall include power feeding and repeater configurations. In
case of failure and automatic fault correction the database shall be
updatable. It shall also be possible to manually change this configuration.
5.5.2.5 Event and Performance Management
5.5.2.5.1 Event and Performance Management (Analysis, Logging, Correlation,
Reporting, Threshold & Measurement-Period Setting, etc) of the PFE and
SLTE performance and alarm information with following requirements:
5.5.2.5.2 Event Management
5.5.2.5.2.1 Upon receipt of an event from the SLTE or PFE or Submerged plant the MC
shall:
5.5.2.5.2.1.1 Store the event (e.g. alarm, clear, protection switch etc) in a database.
5.5.2.5.2.1.2 Activate an audible indication on the MC of sufficient volume to attract the
attention of the maintenance personnel. This indication shall continue until
the operator acknowledges the event. It shall be possible to configure
whether an event type activates the audible indication.
5.5.2.5.2.1.3 Display the event in a scrollable window on the Human Computer
Interface (HCI).
5.5.2.5.2.1.4 Change the color of the appropriate Icons on the Human Computer
Interface (graphical map, equipment, shelf, card, icons etc) to represent the
highest severity of alarm that has occurred.
5.5.2.5.2.2 The Contractor shall describe how the occurrences of new alarms are
handled on the Human Computer Interface to enable the operator to quickly
and unambiguously identify the location of new alarms.
5.5.2.5.2.3 All received events shall be displayed in the event log window in
chronological order.
5.5.2.5.2.4 The Contractor shall state how many events are visible in the event log
window at one time. It shall be possible to configure whether the events are
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
displayed with the latest event at the top or bottom of the event list. If it is not
possible to see all fields of an event or alarm record, the operator shall be
able to select the fields which are visible in the event log window. If any
selection of the fields is present, the event log window shall display a
message to indicate this. When the event log window is opened or reopened after it has been closed the event log window shall display all fields
in a scrollable window. If the event log window is iconized and selection is
still present when the window is re-opened the message shall still be
displayed. The display shall include all relevant information to that event
including the date and time stamp as assigned by the MC if not done by the
SLTE or PFE itself. The Contractor shall state the accuracy of the time stamp
over system life and describe the mechanism for ensuring accuracy of the
time stamps. The format for date and time shall be user configurable. In the
case the format is not user configurable, the format for date and time shall
comply with a recognized international standard.
5.5.2.5.2.5 The MC shall operate without any performance degradation as compared to
non fault operation with the event flow generated by the worst case failure
event within a Segment. The MC shall be dimensioned to cope with the
event flow for the System design capacity of the system. The Contractor
shall provide evidence to demonstrate this and undertake a representative
demonstration during design acceptance. The MC shall identify automatically
the alarm which is the root cause of a number of related alarms. The
Contractor shall describe their alarm handling process (i.e. any prioritization
and contention processes etc).
5.5.2.5.2.6 A record shall be kept of event clear reports covering a time period of one
month and the MC shall be capable of associating an event clear report with
the original event report.
5.5.2.5.2.7 The MC shall be provided with size limited current and historic alarm logs.
An alarm shall be raised when either of the logs are 80% full. Both logs shall
be capable of backup and should wrap round when full. The event log shall
be capable of being backed up so that the data can be later retrieved into the
MC. Retrieval of logs should not interfere with the normal logging of events.
The Contractor shall indicate the size of the event log.
5.5.2.5.2.8 Following the repair of an MC re-instatement of the log shall be easily and
quickly achieved. The Contractor shall describe the necessary steps for the
re-statement of the logs.
5.5.2.5.2.9 The MC shall be capable of performing a sorted search by event type,
severity, date, start/end time range, status (set or clear), card type,
equipment type or combinations of these. The Contractor should describe
any additional search criteria that are available. It shall be possible to
printout the results of the searches.
5.5.2.5.2.10
Event Correlation
5.5.2.5.2.10.1 Event correlation at the MC shall be limited to correlation between the
individual pieces of equipment that make up the Line Segment. The aim
shall be to give one resultant event to the MC for display to the operator
due to a fault occurring in a Line Segment. The time period/window for
correlation shall be a rolling ten second window with at least 1 second
resolution. The time which is of importance is the time the event report was
stamped. The Contractor shall describe how event correlation will be
achieved.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
5.5.2.5.2.11
Alarm Events
5.5.2.5.2.11.1 It shall be possible to display in a scrollable window for display to the
operator all currently active alarms. The alarm severity should be indicated
in the color assigned to that severity. It shall be possible to printout the
active alarm summary.
5.5.2.5.2.11.2 All alarm event types reported to and by the MC shall be one of the
following severities:
5.5.2.5.2.11.2.1
Critical
5.5.2.5.2.11.2.2
Major
5.5.2.5.2.11.2.3
Minor
5.5.2.5.2.11.2.4
Warning
5.5.2.5.2.11.2.5
Non Alarmed
5.5.2.5.3 Performance Management
5.5.2.5.3.1 All SLTE, PFE and Submerged plant performance information shall be
processed by the MC.
5.5.2.5.3.2 It shall be possible to set on the SLTE, PFE or MC individual thresholds for
each of the above parameters so that when a threshold is crossed during a
period the SLTE, PFE or MC raises an alarm. The range of thresholds shall
be from 0 to the maximum occurrence that could occur during the monitor
period which is 15 minutes and 24 hours. In addition, the Contractor shall
provide the durations of all other monitoring periods provided. The
Contractor shall indicate the default values for the thresholds and monitor
periods.
5.5.2.5.3.3 Processing of Performance Information
5.5.2.5.3.3.1 The MC shall process all performance information received from the
SLTE, PFE and Submerged plant, e.g. received light level, error
performance etc.
5.5.2.5.3.3.2 For error performance received from the SLTE, the MC shall present the
information in the following forms:
5.5.2.5.3.3.2.1 Number of FEC detected errors;
5.5.2.5.3.3.2.2 Number of FEC corrected errors;
5.5.2.5.3.3.2.3 Severely Errored Seconds;
5.5.2.5.3.3.2.4 Unavailable Time
5.5.2.5.3.3.3 In addition the MC shall provide the following information:
5.5.2.5.3.3.3.1 Q calculations or measurements;
5.5.2.5.3.3.3.2 Line Segment margin against end of life requirement;
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
5.5.2.5.3.3.4 It shall be possible to define on an individual segment basis, thresholds
that if crossed shall generate alarms. The threshold shall be defined related
to selected baseline measurement. It shall be possible to track the
performance of a particular repeater section over time and a number of
measurements in graphical form in relation to a baseline measurement.
5.5.2.5.3.4 Performance Database
5.5.2.5.3.4.1 The MC shall maintain a performance database which shall store all the
SLTE, PFE and Submersible Plant performance information, including span
loss.
5.5.2.5.3.4.2 At least the following facilities shall be provided for all performance
parameters stored by the MC:
5.5.2.5.3.4.2.1 For any equipment type and defined time period it shall be possible to
present the data for any selected parameter in both tabular and graphical
form to permit trend analysis and provide comparison with the baseline
obtained at Provisional Acceptance.
5.5.2.5.3.4.2.2 At a defined time and for any defined performance parameter it shall be
possible to present the data in both tabular and graphical form to show
sequentially the performance of every element for which the parameter is
measured.
5.5.2.5.3.4.2.3 It shall be possible to print out and/or store on the MC the results of the
above functions.
5.5.2.5.3.4.2.4 The MC shall have available daily logs of all performance information.
5.5.2.5.3.4.2.5 The MC shall retain, on line, all baseline data for the life of the system
and all other information for at least one year.
5.5.2.5.3.4.2.6 The MC shall retain for one month all the 15min performance data of the
LTE for the previous 7 days. The MC shall retain the 1 day performance
information for whole segment for 1 year.
5.5.2.6 User views shall be provided from a variety of perspectives, including
an overall System Performance View, a Line Segment Performance
View, and a Landing Station View;
5.5.2.7 Security Management
5.5.2.7.1 Human Computer Interface (HCI) Access Security
5.5.2.7.1.1 Each user shall have a user profile with an authority level of either read/write
or Read only. The access and security function shall maintain the access
profiles of the users. The MC shall only allow a user to access a function or
facility for which they have the authority to access. Each user shall only be
allowed restricted access to data, again dependent on their authority level for
each type of data. This authority level shall indicate if the user has read &
write, read only or no access to that data. Audit histories of login and use
shall be available to the system administrator. Individual user profiles shall
be configurable by the highest operational class of user. Classes of users
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
shall be recommended by Contractor and agreed with the Purchaser. The
Contractor shall describe the HCI Access Security arrangements for the MC.
The MC shall raise an alarm if three successive login attempts fail. The MC
shall require a user to re-enter their password after a period of inactivity by
the user. This period shall be a configurable system administration function.
5.5.2.7.1.2 Access to the operating system shall be password protected and available to
one type of user only.
5.5.2.7.1.3 Any operator initiated software action that may impact the traffic shall be
access-limited by passwords and give a warning and require confirmation by
the operator.
5.5.2.8 Local and Remote Graphic User Interfaces
5.5.2.8.1 Local and Remote Graphic User Interfaces to the full set of MC features (with
appropriate security protections) shall be provided.
5.5.2.9 On-Line Help Capability
5.5.2.9.1 The MC shall provide a Help System which shall describe all the functionality
provided in the MC. This system shall be context based, i.e. if Help is
accessed from a particular screen the information displayed shall be relate to
the function of that screen. It shall also be possible to access any of the Help
System using an indexed method. The Contractor shall provide a description
of the Help System and example screens.
5.5.2.9.2 In addition, the MC shall provide a facility to access and read the electronic
documentation to be provided for the system.
5.5.2.9.3 The MC shall include the provision of pictorial illustrations which demonstrate
key operations on the equipment including but not limited to:
5.5.2.9.3.1 LTE Plug in unit exchange including any adjustment procedures;
5.5.2.9.3.2 PFE powering up/down;
5.5.2.9.3.3 Electroding setup;
5.5.2.9.3.4 Cable switching to Open/Short circuit;
5.5.2.9.3.5 Measurements including LME, OTDR, IR.
5.5.2.10 The complete set of hardware (servers, workstations, printers,
cabling, routers, hubs, connectors, etc) meeting the following
requirements to fulfill the required MC functionality.
5.5.2.10.1 Terminal/Workstation to MC Interface
5.5.2.10.1.1 For each MC an Operator Position (OP) with a Graphical User Interface
(GUI) shall provide the users with access to the full functionality of the MC.
In addition the MC shall be capable of supporting access by Remote
Operator Positions (ROP). Access to the full functionality shall be provided
by each ROP. The MC shall support the access of at least 4 different
Operator Positions (local + remote) with up to 4 accessing the MC
concurrently without affecting the speed of response of the MC. The
Contractor shall provide the minimum specification required for a Remote
Operator Position including the speed of connection between the MC and
Remote Operator Position required. Each Operator Position and ROP shall
include a device (tape drive, CD-R/RW etc) to allow data backup/retrieval
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
and data transfer to be performed at the location of the OP or ROP.
5.5.2.10.2 Human Computer Interface (HCI)
5.5.2.10.2.1 Graphical User Interface (GUI) features shall be used. The HCI shall give
multi-leveled views of the equipment under the control of the MC. The top
level view shall be of the segment being controlled on a background
geographical map. It shall be possible to navigate the HCI down to a front
view picture of the equipment showing the card layout and any visible alarms
on the cards. The front layout display shall show on screen real time alarm
status changes. At any level the icons shall indicate alarm status by color
change, the event indication icons, text and graphics shall be of sufficient
size to be clearly visible at a distance of about 1 meter from the screen. It
shall be possible to assign any color to each of the alarm severity types. The
Contractor shall provide a detailed explanation of the operation of the
Graphical User Interface including examples of the format of screen layouts.
In the case where the MC has lost contact with a piece of equipment it
manages the MC shall generate an alarm and change the color of the MC
icon. The MC shall change the color of the equipment icon to a color which
specifically represents loss of management contact, this shall be different to
any color used to represent the normal or an alarm states. For icons which
represent more than one piece of equipment, the loss of management color
should only be displayed if a critical or major alarm is not present on any of
that equipment. For individual equipment icons where the MC has lost
contact to any equipment, the equipment Icon shall be displayed in the color
of the loss of management.
5.5.2.10.2.2 It shall be possible to print out any of the information displayed on the
HCI.
5.5.2.10.2.3 In a Segment where traffic is protected the HCI shall provide real-time
indication of which parts of the equipment is carrying the traffic.
5.5.2.10.2.4 The response time shall be in general instantaneous (less than 10s). The
Contractor shall identify and explain all possible situations where the
instantaneous response time would not be met.
5.5.2.10.3 MC Hardware
5.5.2.10.3.1 This is the computer hardware and associated peripherals used to
provide the MC functionality.
5.5.2.10.3.2 The Contractor shall provide a list of all hardware (servers, workstations,
routers, hubs etc) to be used to provide the MC function. The Contractor
shall provide at least the following information:
5.5.2.10.3.2.1 The stated processor, its manufacturer, its rated processing power in
MIPS and its model number.
5.5.2.10.3.2.2 The size of disk storage and the associated backup technology for the
hard disks.
5.5.2.10.3.2.3 The size of main memory.
5.5.2.10.3.2.4 The communications implementation including router, hubs and their
connectivity etc.
5.5.2.10.3.2.5 The terminal interface implementation.
5.5.2.10.3.2.6 The operating system(s).
5.5.2.10.3.2.7 A list of proprietary software.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
5.5.2.10.3.2.8 Printer interfaces.
5.5.2.10.3.2.9 The size of monitor.
5.5.2.10.3.2.10
Recommended spares holding.
5.5.2.10.3.2.11
Software update period.
5.5.2.10.3.2.12
Printers
5.5.2.10.3.2.13
Any other pertinent information
5.5.2.10.3.3 The Contractor shall provide a set of hardware spares for the MC which
will allow recovery from any fault within 1 hour of operator intervention.
5.5.2.11 Software
5.5.2.11.1 Application software written in internationally-recognized language;
5.5.2.11.2 System software required to support the MC functionality, with appropriate
licensing to enable usage by the Purchase;
5.5.2.11.3 The contractor shall provide the Backup copies of all software installed in CDROM form along with procedure which allow quick and easy installation of
software.
5.5.2.12 The contractor shall provide appropriate furniture for mounting and
usage of the MC.
5.5.2.13 Data Backup and Transfer Capability
5.5.2.13.1 Data Backup
5.5.2.13.1.1 It shall be possible to backup all the MC logs so that the data can be later
retrieved into the MC. It shall be possible to backup individually each log
type. Retrieval of logs shall not overwrite the current logs or interfere with the
normal log activities or other MC functions.
5.5.2.13.1.2 The number of consumable media required to make the backups shall be
kept to a minimum. The Contractor shall state the backup media supported
(tape, CD-R/RW, DVD-RAM, DVD-R/RW etc). It shall be possible to select
whether a backup is a completely new one or whether it is the addition of
non-backed up data to an existing one. It shall be possible to retrieve
backups for different periods at the same time and analyze the data in a
single operation.
5.5.2.13.1.3 It shall be possible to conduct all backups and retrievals from any
Operator or Remote Operator Position. It shall be possible to select a data
backup peripheral at any operator position (or ROP) for storing/retrieving a
backup.
5.5.2.13.1.4
The Contractor shall quote the time that a full log backup will take.
5.5.2.13.1.5 After repair of an MC fault it shall be possible to re-instate the latest back
up logs and make them the current logs.
5.5.2.13.1.6 The Contractor shall provide a detailed description of the data backup
facilities.
5.5.2.13.1.7
Data Transfer Capability
5.5.2.13.1.7.1 The MC shall allow the transfer of selected data files to and from a remote
computer for further processing. The data shall be transferable to a
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Compatible Disk Re-Writable formatted to 700MB by MS Windows
compatible PC as well as USB 2.0 portable storage device, in comma
delimited format to allow it to be read and analyzed by commercially
available spreadsheets or databases which run on MS Windows
compatible PCs.
5.5.2.13.1.7.2 The number of consumable media required to perform data transfer shall
be kept to a minimum. The Contractor shall state the media supported
(tape, CD-R/RW, DVD-RAM, DVD-R/RW etc) and make a recommendation
on which option provides ease of use (both storing and retrieving).
5.5.2.13.1.7.3 It shall be possible to conduct all data transfers from any Operator or
Remote Operator Position. It shall be possible to select any data transfer
peripheral at any operator position (or ROP) for storing the data transfer.
5.5.3
Description
5.5.3.1 The Contractor shall provide a description of the MC outlining:
5.5.3.1.1.1 Design (electrical and physical), Architecture (hardware and software);
functionality, performance (FIT rates, and resultant availability), qualification
status, and prior deployment status in undersea networks by the Contractor
(or others, if not previously deployed by the Contractor)
5.5.3.1.1.2 The feature functionality of the features prescribed above
6
UNDERSEA SYSTEM SUBMERGED EQUIPMENT
6.1
Cable Requirements
6.1.1
General Cable Requirements
6.1.1.1 Cable Products shall include cables (including fibers, fiber splices),
cable joints, cable transitions, repeater and BU couplers, (i.e.
terminations), Millennia or Universal Joints, beach joint, land joint,
power and earth cables for land sections, cable end seals, and
manufacturing repairs.
6.1.1.2 Cable Product Set is the complete range of Cable Products offered.
6.1.1.3 Only qualified Cable Product Sets that meet the requirements of this
specification shall be accepted for use in the system.
6.1.1.4 The fiber, fiber splices, couplers (terminations), cable, cable joints,
cable transitions, cable end seals and interconnection devices shall
be designed such that the overall Performance Requirements shall
be met throughout the System Design Life Period. The quality and
materials and workmanship used in their manufacture shall be
appropriate for this time period.
6.1.1.5 Information To Be Provided By The Contractor On The Cable Product
Set
6.1.1.5.1 General Information
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1.1.5.1.1 General Information supplied on the Cable Product Set shall contain and not
be limited to:
6.1.1.5.1.1.1 Detailed dimensions;
6.1.1.5.1.1.2 Mechanical characteristics;
6.1.1.5.1.1.3 Electrical characteristics;
6.1.1.5.1.1.4 Optical characteristics.
6.1.1.5.2 Qualification Information
6.1.1.5.2.1 The Qualification Information supplied on a Cable Product Set shall contain
and not be limited to:
6.1.1.5.2.1.1 Where the product has not been qualified:
6.1.1.5.2.1.1.1 Qualification Test Plans and Procedures;
6.1.1.5.2.1.1.2 Qualification Test Specifications;
6.1.1.5.2.1.1.3 The performance criteria and safety margins used to set the specification.
6.1.1.5.2.1.2 Where previously qualified:
6.1.1.5.2.1.2.1 Qualification Reports;
6.1.1.5.2.1.2.2 Results of sea trials (including deep water sea trials);
6.1.1.5.2.1.2.3 Any relevant certification the Contractor may have received from any
qualified body;
6.1.1.5.2.1.2.4 Previous supply record and service record of the product.
6.1.1.5.2.1.3 Where qualification tests are not on the complete final product but subsets
of the product, e.g. fiber and joint tested separately, then the matrix of tests
shall be presented clearly indicating which combinations were tested
together and which were deemed qualified by similarity.
6.1.1.5.2.1.4 If the offered Cable Product Set is different to the samples used for
qualification in design, manufacture and material, the Contractor shall
provide the full traceability of all design, manufacturing process and
material changes along with additional test reports and analysis in order to
provide justification for the change and the validity of the qualified status.
Purchasers reserve the right to reject such cable product set.
6.1.1.5.3 Manufacturing Information
6.1.1.5.3.1 Manufacturing Information supplied on the Cable Product Set shall contain
and not be limited to:
6.1.1.5.3.1.1 Manufacturing Process Flow Diagrams
6.1.1.5.3.1.2 Manufacturing locations
6.1.1.5.3.1.3 Production line qualifications and qualification procedures
6.1.1.5.3.1.4 Raw materials
6.1.1.5.3.1.5 Raw materials suppliers qualifications and qualification procedures
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1.1.5.3.1.6 Operator qualification
6.1.1.5.3.2 It shall include information on how and where fiber sets are compiled in order
to ensure fiber dispersion limits are achieved.
6.1.1.5.3.3 Where the Cable Product Set is manufactured at multiple sites and / or on
plant not used for the manufacture of the qualification samples, the
Contractor shall propose all the differences between the products for
Purchaser approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
6.1.1.6 Environmental, Hydrogen And Radiation Effects
6.1.1.6.1 The Contractor shall describe the effects of environmental induced variations
to the optical performance, and indicate how this has been taken into account
in the System’s design.
6.1.1.6.2 Temperature induced variations on fiber characteristics must be reversible and
taken into account in the system design.
6.1.1.6.3 The cable product set design shall limit degradation in optical performance
due to hydrogen present in, or produced by, the cable and/or joints or its
environment, taking into account cable breaks, manufacturing defects and
process repairs.
6.1.1.6.4 The optical transmission impact due to the hydrogen effects shall be included
in the System performance budget.
6.1.1.6.5 The Contractor shall provide the following details:
6.1.1.6.5.1 The measures that have been incorporated in order to protect from
degradation due to hydrogen (supported by test results and trials).This shall
include details of the effect of the presence of branching units in the different
powered states if used, and include any jointing technologies used in the
planned system.
6.1.1.6.5.2 The measures that have been incorporated in order to protect from
degradation due to hydrogen sulfide generated on the sea bottom.
6.1.1.6.5.3 An estimation of the attenuation increase that may be caused by radioactive
sources, relative to the intensity of radiation.
6.1.1.6.5.4 An estimation of the attenuation increase resulting from corrosion effects on
installed armored cable.
6.1.1.6.5.5 An estimation of the attenuation increase resulting from magneto
hydrodynamic effects along the proposed route.
6.1.1.6.5.6 An estimation of the attenuation change for temperatures within the ranges
specified in this Section.
6.1.1.7 Fiber Identification
6.1.1.7.1 It shall be possible to identify the individual fibers at any point where the cable
is cut and within joints and within repeaters.
6.1.1.7.2 Fiber marking shall be consistent throughout the system. Fiber pairs and
directions shall be distinguished from one another. Where more than one fiber
type is used in line, they shall also be distinguished from one another. The
Contractor shall provide their fiber identification scheme which shall not rely
upon optical measurement.
6.1.1.8 Personnel Protection
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1.1.8.1 All aspects of cable construction and jointing shall be evaluated against the
requirements of all relevant national standards of the landing point countries
which may be specifically requested and supplied by the Purchasers.
Reasonable efforts will be undertaken to adhere to the relevant standards. e.g.
The Health and Safety at Work Act 1974 (UK). All land cable and land cable
joints shall have an earthed circumferential conductor interposed between any
power feeding conductor and the outer cable surface.
6.1.1.8.2 Splicing equipment shall be designed to ensure the protection of personnel
from hazards including but not limited to optical (LASER, UV), electrical (high
voltage), chemical and mechanical hazards.
6.1.1.8.3 The overall dimensions of any splicing equipment used in the field shall allow
an easy handling by a single operator. Its weight shall be less than 25 kg.
6.1.2
Submarine Cable
6.1.2.1 The cables shall be suitable for installation (including burial if
applicable), use, recovery and reuse at least in the water depths
specified in this specification.
6.1.2.2 They shall provide external protection against any external agents
either natural or manmade (e.g. abrasion and tension breaks).
6.1.2.3 Submarine Cable Handling
6.1.2.3.1 The cable shall have such characteristics that it can be handled by cable ship
equipment without the need for significant modifications. In particular, no
modifications to the normal equipment provided or working practices on a
cable ship should be required, either for laying or maintenance operations and
no modifications shall be necessary that would prevent the cable ship from
working on existing submarine cables. The Contractor shall supply
qualification Information on sea trials demonstrating this, or cite field
experience
6.1.2.4 Submarine Cable Types
6.1.2.4.1 Light Weight (LW)
6.1.2.4.1.1 This type of cable shall be suitable for deployment, operation, recovery in
water depths down to 8,000 meters.
6.1.2.4.2 Light Weight Protected (LWP) or Special Purpose Application (SPA)
6.1.2.4.2.1 This type of cable shall provide a quantifiable improvement over LW in fishbite protection and protection from abrasion and be suitable for deployment,
operation, recovery in water depths down to 8,000 meters
6.1.2.4.3 Light Weight Armored (LWA)
6.1.2.4.3.1 This type of cable shall be suitable for laying, burial, recovery and reuse in
depths down to 1,500 meters. If not buried, the cable shall be suitable for
laying, recovery in depths down to 2000 meters.
6.1.2.4.4 Single Armored (SA)
6.1.2.4.4.1 This type of cable shall be suitable for laying, burial, and recovery in depths
down to 1,500 meters.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1.2.4.5 Double Armored (DA)
6.1.2.4.5.1 This type of cable shall be suitable for laying, burial, recovery and for
providing protection in depths down to 500 meters, where required. This
cable shall be sufficiently heavy so as to be unlikely to be moved by tidal
action.
6.1.2.4.6 Rock Armored (RA)
6.1.2.4.6.1 Where required this cable shall be suitable for deployment, operation and
recovery in depths down to 200 meters. The characteristics of this cable
should provide good conformance to the seabed profiles and effective
resistance to penetration by external aggression. In this type of cable the
second armored layer normally has a short pitch. The cable shall be capable
of being ploughed into the seabed.
6.1.2.5 Submarine Cable Temperature Range
6.1.2.5.1 The following temperature ranges shall be applicable to the Cable Product
Set:
6.1.2.5.1.1 -10°C to +35°C operational range within which the overall System
performance shall be met
6.1.2.5.1.2 –10°C to +50°C being handled and deployed
6.1.2.5.1.3 –20°C to +50°C being stored or transported during long periods
6.1.2.6 Submarine Cable Transportation And Storage
6.1.2.6.1 All cables shall be suitable for transportation, and storage on drums. Where
cable drums are used to transport and store manufactured cable lengths they
shall:
6.1.2.6.1.1 Have a maximum flange diameter of 2,400 mm
6.1.2.6.1.2 Maximum flange spacing of 1,100 mm
6.1.2.6.1.3 Have a minimum barrel diameter commensurate with the minimum storage
diameter of the specified cable as specified in this specification
6.1.2.6.1.4 The method used to secure protective battens or identification labels to the
drum shall not be such as to cause any possible damage to the cable
contained within. During storage, cable ends shall be accessible for test.
6.1.2.6.1.5 The Contractor shall state the recommended storage and transportation
conditions for long-term storage of cables, spares, repeaters and Bus,
including the permissible ranges of temperature, moisture and any other
relevant factors.
6.1.2.7 Submarine Cable Repairs
6.1.2.7.1 Design of the cable and jointing method shall be such that a cable break may
be repaired and the associated section restored such that no known failure
mechanisms are introduced within the System Design Life Period.
6.1.2.8 Submarine Cable Localization Of Damage
6.1.2.8.1 In the event of cable damage from external causes, for example anchor hookups or trawlers, the length of cable extending from the break over which the
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
transmission or reliability performance of the fiber is compromised shall be as
short as reasonably possible.
6.1.2.8.2 The design of the cable and joints shall inhibit the ingress of water and gas
into its internal structure under normal operating conditions. In the event of
cable damage, the maximum length of cable to be replaced due to water
ingress from the point of damage after 14 days shall not exceed:
6.1.2.8.2.1 Deep Water:
6.1.2.8.2.2 Shallow Water:
< 1 km in either direction
< 0.25 km in either direction
6.1.2.8.3 The Contractor shall provide information on:
6.1.2.8.3.1 The longitudinal penetration distance of water as a function of time and
depth
6.1.2.8.3.2 The amount of cable that would need replacing after a failure to ensure that
no long-term degradation effects attributable to water and gas ingress
remain and the life expectancy of the fibers is maintained.
6.1.2.8.3.3 The incremental length of cable to be removed to ensure 100% fiber
survivability from stress corrosion for the System Design Life Period as well
as the method of determining this incremental length.
6.1.2.9 Submarine Cable Electrical Requirements
6.1.2.9.1 Power Feed Conductor
6.1.2.9.1.1 The cable shall incorporate a power feed conductor in order to feed power to
Submersible Plant and for electrical fault location using DC measurements
and AC Electroding measurements.
6.1.2.9.2 Insulation
6.1.2.9.2.1 There shall be a layer of insulation over the power feed conductor that shall
be capable of withstanding the full system voltage for the System Design Life
Period without breakdown and shall be able to withstand test potentials of +/45kV for 5 minutes.
6.1.2.10 Submarine Cable Mechanical Requirements
6.1.2.10.1 General
6.1.2.10.1.1 The cable design/inherent fiber strength shall be such that the fiber shall
not significantly change its mechanical, transmission, or reliability properties
before any of the requirements in this Technical Specification are exceeded.
6.1.2.10.1.2 The cable product set shall be sufficiently robust to withstand laying,
burying (down to the required depths specified in this specification),
recovery, reuse (where appropriate), and normal handling. The cable product
set shall be able to sustain during the System Design Life Period any
permanent or oscillatory tension to be expected on the sea bottom (due to
current, slope, etc.).
6.1.2.10.2 Cable Operations
6.1.2.10.2.1 The design and construction of the cable product set shall be such that no
electrical, mechanical, or transmission impairment results, when in
suspension over the bow of a cable ship operating in the maximum design
depth of the cable for at least the period needed to make three full line cable
joints.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1.2.10.2.2 For all cables, this requirement shall be met under adverse cable ship
operating conditions, such conditions being wind force eight (8) (Beaufort
Scale), sea swell, (up to 4 meters height), and any adverse water currents
that may exist on route.
6.1.2.10.3 Cable Recovery
6.1.2.10.3.1 The cable and cable joints shall be sufficiently robust to withstand
recovery and repair over the bow or stern of a cableship, and shall withstand
reasonable handling during cableship operations without impairment to their
electrical, mechanical or transmission properties.
6.1.2.10.4 Cable Re-use
6.1.2.10.4.1 The Cable Product Set shall be capable of accommodating the
cumulative effects of repetitive laying, recovery at tensions lower than NTTS,
repair and relaying, (after removal of any length of impaired cable as detailed
in this specification) such that the cable shall still be able to sustain the
residual sea bottom tension warranting transmission performance for the
System Design Life Period.
6.1.2.10.5 Cable Tensile Strength
6.1.2.10.5.1
General
6.1.2.10.5.1.1 The ultimate tensile strength of the mechanical structure for each cable,
joint and coupling type shall be demonstrated by proof test by the
Contractor in order to allow operators to establish safe working loads
during handling.
6.1.2.10.5.1.2 The Contractor shall provide the following characteristics for each type of
cable, and give evidence that these characteristics are adequate to
respond to the encountered constraints:
6.1.2.10.5.1.2.1
Nominal Permanent Tensile Strength (NPTS): the tension that the
cable/fiber can support (the System staying in compliance with the
Performance Requirements of this Specification) during the System
Design Life Period
6.1.2.10.5.1.2.2
Nominal Operating Tensile Strength (NOTS) the tension which
can be applied to the cable during the time necessary to make three full
line cable joints, once the cable has been recovered, without significant
reduction of NPTS
6.1.2.10.5.1.2.3
Nominal Transient Tensile Strength (NTTS): the tension that can
be applied to the cable during a cumulative period of one hour, without
significant reduction of the NPTS/NOTS. This condition is typically
encountered during recovery operations
6.1.2.10.5.1.2.4
Fiber Breaking Load (FBL): The load which when applied to the
cable may result in an instantaneous fiber break
6.1.2.10.5.1.2.5
Cable Breaking Load (CBL): The load which when applied to the
cable may result in an instantaneous cable break
6.1.2.10.5.1.2.6
For each type of cable the Contractor shall detail:
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1.2.10.5.1.2.6.1
The fiber survival probability for cable tensions of short duration
approaching the FBL
6.1.2.10.5.1.2.6.2
The long-term probability of fiber failure due to residual cable
strain following a hit approaching the FBL
6.1.2.10.5.1.2.6.3
6.1.2.10.5.2
All cable and cable repair interlayer adhesion details
Cable Product Set Tensile Requirements
6.1.2.10.5.2.1 The composite tensile strength of the cable product set i.e., cable, joint(s)
and terminations shall meet the following requirements for shallow and
deep water. For shallow and deep water cables, the Contractor may offer
cables with different characteristics provided performance of the cable
including tensile strength and interlayer adhesion are suitable for laying,
recovery and maintenance operations as specified in clause 6.1.2.8.
These operations should also take into account other plant such as
repeaters, BUs, GEUs that may be in suspension
6.1.2.10.5.3
Shallow Water (<1,000 Meters)
6.1.2.10.5.3.1 In addition to the requirements stated, the tensile strength of the shallow
water cable product set shall be sufficient to enable recovery when buried
in the sea bed (deliberate or otherwise) to a depth of at least one (1) meter,
or more when the cable is deliberately buried at greater depths.
6.1.2.10.5.3.2 NTTS shall be not less than 200 kN for SA cable and 350 kN for DA cable.
6.1.2.10.5.4
Deep Water (>1,000 Meters)
6.1.2.10.5.4.1 The Deep Water cable shall be able to be recovered from its maximum
operating depths under the conditions described below:
6.1.2.10.5.4.1.1
6.1.2.10.5.5
NTTS shall be not less than 50 kN for LW / LWP (SPA) cables.
Reverse and Minimum Bend Performance
6.1.2.10.5.5.1 The cable shall not suffer impaired optical, electrical or mechanical
performance when subjected to thirty (30) reverse bends of one (1) meter
radius without tension. The Contractor shall provide details of the test
parameters used.
6.1.2.10.5.5.2 The cable shall have a (Minimum Bend Radius) MBR < 1.5m under loads
at 1/2 NOTS, NOTS and NTTS.
6.1.2.10.5.5.3 The cable shall have a MBR < 1.0m when the cable is under a no load
condition.
6.1.2.10.6 Abrasion Resistance
6.1.2.10.6.1 The cable shall be sufficiently abrasion resistant such that during normal
cable handling and in rough ground, the outer surface of the cable shall not
be significantly damaged.
6.1.2.10.7 Corrosion Resistance
6.1.2.10.7.1 The finish of those surfaces of the Submersible Plant which will be in
contact with sea water when the Submersible Plant is in service, excluding
any deliberate sacrificial anode, shall be such that it will not suffer any
deleterious effects from chemical, electrolytic or galvanic corrosion due to
the presence of sea water, marine life, and/or other metals used in the
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
construction of the Submersible Plant such that the performance of the
System could be impaired.
6.1.2.10.8 Crushing and Impact and Penetration Performance
6.1.2.10.8.1 The Contractor shall detail the maximum allowable static crush force on
the cable for each cable type.
6.1.2.10.8.2 The Contractor shall detail the maximum allowable impact energy on the
cable for each cable type.
6.1.2.10.8.3 The Contractor shall justify the fitness for purpose of crush and impact
qualification against worst-case conditions during installation and service.
6.1.2.10.8.4 The Contractor shall provide the results, and details of the test methods
used to perform the crush or impact testing, employed to qualify the values
given above.
6.1.2.10.8.5 Where necessary the Contractor shall provide additional strength and
resistance to penetration of the cable structure by fishing trawls and anchors.
6.1.2.10.9 Torsion Performance
6.1.2.10.9.1 The torsion performance of the sea cable, joints and terminations shall be
sufficient to permit it to be laid recovered and reused without any impairment.
The Contractor shall provide details and justification of test parameters used.
This should include stowage and the torsional effects on armor transitions
and housings during laying operations.
6.1.2.10.10
Coiling
6.1.2.10.10.1 All cable shall coil naturally, in a clockwise direction, without the tendency
to throw bights or form kinks. The Contractor shall demonstrate that this
requirement shall be met when the cable is manufactured, after storage in
cable tanks and after recovery from its designed depth of water under the
tension applied due to catenary effects.
6.1.2.10.11
Interlayer Adhesion
6.1.2.10.11.1 The cable design shall be such that the individual elements of the cable
(excluding loose tube fiber if applicable) are locked together under all
working circumstances. Where loose tube fiber is included in the design, the
coupling between it and the rest of the cable shall ensure longitudinal
movement does not occur to an extent where undue tension can be put on
the fiber at joints.
6.1.2.10.12
Cable Finish (General)
6.1.2.10.12.1 In addition the outer surface of the cable, as appropriate to the cable type,
shall be:
6.1.2.10.12.1.1
Of uniform profile
6.1.2.10.12.1.2
Provide sufficient flexibility to permit the cable to follow sea bed
contours and have sufficient weight to resist movement on sea bed
6.1.2.10.12.1.3
Notwithstanding pure tensile stress requirements, armored cables
should have sufficient armoring material to provide effective penetration,
corrosion and abrasion resistance
6.1.2.10.12.1.4
Have sufficient frictional properties to permit handling, laying and
recovery during cable ship operations when operating in the maximum
design depth of the cable
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1.2.10.12.1.5
Rodent-resistant
6.1.2.10.12.1.6
Marine organisms resistant
6.1.2.10.12.1.7
Rot-resistant
6.1.2.10.12.1.8
Non-sticky
6.1.2.10.12.1.9
Non-toxic
6.1.2.10.12.1.10
Non pollutant
6.1.2.10.12.1.11
Preferably non-flammable. Contractor shall state what design and
test procedures will be used to ensure that no fire hazards will exist
6.1.2.10.12.1.12
Designed to inhibit corrosion of any underlying armor
6.1.2.10.12.1.13
Designed to retain any cable protection
6.1.2.10.12.1.14
Designed to localize incidental damage
6.1.2.10.12.1.15
Clean i.e. shall not clog or foul cable machinery
6.1.2.11 Submarine Cable Length Accuracy
6.1.2.11.1 All cable shall be manufactured, measured and marked to a mechanical
length accuracy of 0.1% on the distance between successive markers and
features. The Contractor shall state the relationship between mechanical and
optical length i.e. fiber slack for all parts of the system.
6.1.2.12 Submarine Cable Markers
6.1.2.12.1 Cable markers shall be applied in accordance with the standards described by
the Contractor in the Technical Description, which allow the cable to be
adequately maintained.
6.1.3
Terrestrial Cable Section
6.1.3.1 General Requirements
6.1.3.1.1 The terrestrial cable product sets shall be designed to protect the optical fibers
against excessive elongation, water ingress, hydrogen and radiation effects
and chemical corrosion, etc. in the actual environmental conditions
encountered along the cable route.
6.1.3.1.2 The type of cable shall be suitable for pulling in sub-ducts or pipes already
installed or direct ground burial. Sub-ducts and pipes can be made of a variety
of materials including high-density polyethylene, PVC or polypropylene.
6.1.3.1.3 Fiber color coding within Terrestrial cables shall be fully traceable over the
entire cable length, through to the submarine cable fiber.
6.1.3.2 Station Cable
6.1.3.2.1 For installation in the terminal station from CTE to the external duct route or
first cable jointing chamber. The station cable shall:
6.1.3.2.1.1 Ensure the protection of personnel from hazards including but not limited to
optical, electrostatic discharge, chemical and mechanical hazards.
6.1.3.2.1.2 Be of a fire-retardant type which minimizes the use of flammable materials.
6.1.3.2.1.3 Be of a color and labeled in accordance with the local requirements.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1.3.2.1.4 Be of a structure and material approved by the Purchasers.
6.1.3.3 Land Cable
6.1.3.3.1 The cable between the station and beach manhole connected between the
Station cable and Submarine cable.
6.1.3.3.2 Where separate optical and power cables are to be used full details of both
shall be provided.
6.1.3.3.3 Additionally Land Cable and land cable joints shall conform to:
6.1.3.3.3.1 Operating over the temperature range -20°C to +50°C
6.1.3.3.3.2 Possess sufficient tensile strength to enable direct burial into the ground, or
pulling of a 250m length of power cable into existing ducts
6.1.3.3.3.3 Shall be permanently protected against deterioration due to actinic radiation,
and shall have carbon black uniformly dispersed throughout the outer
polyethylene sheath. (Alternatively, the Contractor may propose, subject to
the approval of the Purchasers, an alternative method of protection from
actinic radiation).
6.1.3.3.4 Land Cable Composition
6.1.3.3.4.1 Optical Unit Structure
6.1.3.3.4.1.1 The optical fiber cable shall be of suitable structure, and shall avoid
permanent stresses on the cabled fiber.
6.1.3.3.4.1.2 The nature of the cable material, the shape, the surface state, etc. shall be
such as no mechanical stresses are applied to the optical fibers and no
optical characteristics variations occur within the conditions stated in this
specification.
6.1.3.3.4.2 Water Ingress Characteristics
6.1.3.3.4.2.1 The cable structure shall be filled with water-blocking material in order to
inhibit the longitudinal ingress of water into the cable under the normal
operating conditions.
6.1.3.3.4.2.2 Detailed information shall be provided on the compatibility of the filling
material with the other cable components and especially the fiber primary
coating and of the stability of its physical characteristics over time in the
actual environmental conditions stated above.
6.1.3.3.4.2.3 The water tightness shall be such as to comply with the following:
6.1.3.3.4.2.3.1 One of the two ends of a 3 meters cable length, put horizontally, is
subjected to 1 meter water pressure, the other end remaining free
6.1.3.3.4.2.3.2 No leaks shall appear after 24 hours in accordance with IEC 794-1-F5
standard
6.1.3.3.4.3 Moisture Barrier and Polyethylene Sheath
6.1.3.3.4.3.1 The cable core shall be protected by a moisture barrier including a plastic
sheath made of high density black polyethylene adhering to an external
side polymer coated metallic tape or tube. The minimal thickness of the
polyethylene sheath shall not be less than 1.5 mm.
6.1.3.3.5 Land Cable Mechanical Requirements
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1.3.3.5.1 Compatibility Cable/Fiber
6.1.3.3.5.1.1 The cable design shall be such as to ensure compatibility between the
cable mechanical properties and the fiber strength so that the fiber shall not
change its mechanical, optical, transmission or reliability properties before
any of the requirements given below are exceeded.
6.1.3.3.5.2 Tensile Strength
6.1.3.3.5.2.1 The cable shall have a sufficient tensile strength to withstand direct burial
into the ground and a maximum tensile force of, 150 daN, applied for the
pulling in ducts or pipes, without impairing the overall cable performance or
those of the optical fibers. When this tensile strength is applied to the cable,
the optical fibers shall not be subjected to irreversible stresses.
6.1.3.3.5.2.2 Upon removal of tensile forces applied to the cable, fiber loss and cable
length must return to their initial values.
6.1.3.3.5.3 Crushing Performance
6.1.3.3.5.3.1 The cable to be pulled in ducts or sub-ducts shall withstand a crushing
force of 100 daN applied uniformly by a flat plate over a length of a 100 mm
in accordance with IEC 794-1-E3.
6.1.3.3.5.3.2 The cable to be directly buried in the open ground shall withstand a
crushing force of 450 daN applied in the same conditions.
6.1.3.3.5.4 Bending Performance
6.1.3.3.5.4.1 The cable shall not suffer any impairment of its mechanical structure,
optical and electrical performances when looped with a minimum bending
radius of 170 mm in static conditions and 250 mm under dynamic
conditions in accordance with IEC 794-1-E11.
6.1.3.3.6 Electrical Requirements
6.1.3.3.6.1 Power Feed Conductor
6.1.3.3.6.1.1 The cable shall incorporate a power feed conductor in order to feed power
to Submersible Plant and for electrical fault location using DC
measurements and AC Electroding measurements. Separate power and
fiber cable combinations may be considered.
6.1.3.3.6.2 Insulation
6.1.3.3.6.2.1 There shall be a layer of insulation over the power feed conductor that
shall be capable of withstanding the full system voltage for the System
Design Life Period without breakdown and shall be able to withstand test
potentials of +/- 45kV for 5 minutes. The Contractor shall demonstrate that
this requirement be met at the extreme conditions of cable manufacturing
specifications.
6.1.3.3.7 Land Cable Delivery
6.1.3.3.7.1 The cable delivery and installation is under the Contractor responsibility.
6.1.3.3.7.2 The Contractor shall ensure that all delivery and mechanical specifications
(Delivery length, cable ends,) will be compatible with appropriate laying
installation.
6.1.3.3.7.3 All cables shall be suitable for transportation, and storage on drums. Where
cable drums are used to transport and store manufactured cable lengths
they shall:
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1.3.3.7.3.1 Have a maximum flange diameter of 2,400 mm;
6.1.3.3.7.3.2 Maximum flange spacing of 1,100 mm;
6.1.3.3.7.3.3 Have a minimum barrel diameter commensurate with the minimum
storage diameter of the specified cable as detailed in this specification.
6.1.3.3.8 Land Cable Drum Labeling
6.1.3.3.8.1 The cable drum shall be provided with an identification mark, fade-resistant
and firmly secured, with the following indications:
6.1.3.3.8.1.1 Contractor’s name
6.1.3.3.8.1.2 Contract reference including project name
6.1.3.3.8.1.3 Number of fibers, cable type and reference
6.1.3.3.8.1.4 Cable length, fiber type and reference
6.1.3.3.8.1.5 Fiber manufacturer’s name
6.1.3.3.9 Land Cable Identification
6.1.3.3.9.1 The outer sheath of the cable shall be marked and shall include the following
details:
6.1.3.3.9.1.1 Year of manufacture, and Manufacturer’s acronym
6.1.3.3.9.1.2 Number and type of fibers
6.1.3.3.9.1.3 Project name
6.1.3.3.9.1.4 Length marking shall be permanently printed every meter
6.1.4
Cable Joint, Coupler (Termination) And Jointing Requirements
6.1.4.1 Joints General
6.1.4.1.1 Provision shall be made to joint land and sea cable utilizing reproducible,
reliable techniques, in the manufacturing sites, on board the cable ships and
in the Landing Point Parties land section jointing chambers.
6.1.4.1.1.1 Factory Joint Frequency
6.1.4.1.1.1.1 The undersea cable shall be assembled in the factory using reasonable
efforts to minimize the number of factory joints, which shall average no less
than 20 km apart over the entire system but shall not in any case be closer
than 1 km from the end of a section. Joints required for armoring
transitions shall be excluded from the calculation.
6.1.4.1.2 Documentation
6.1.4.1.2.1 The Contractor shall provide a description of the complete splicing and
jointing operation including its general operating conditions and
performances.
6.1.4.1.3 Jointing Time
6.1.4.1.3.1 The Contractor shall indicate the estimated time required to complete a
Millennia or a Universal Joint for each type of cable.
6.1.4.1.4 Fiber Splice
6.1.4.1.4.1 The fiber splice shall be made by a fusion method.
6.1.4.1.4.2 The optical and mechanical characteristics of the fiber splices, as defined
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
hereafter, shall be obtained when the splicing is made over the specified full
operating range of environmental conditions.
6.1.4.1.5 Optical Characteristics
6.1.4.1.5.1 The maximum optical attenuation of any fiber splice shall be less than 0.1dB
when measured at 1550nm using either a one way light source/power meter
type measurement or two way averaged by OTDR. In case the Contractor
cannot achieve this value for all combination of fiber types, the Contractor
shall indicate the value achievable for each combination of same and
different types with a brief explanation.
6.1.4.1.5.2 The power return loss (10*log (injected power/reflected power)) of a fiber
splice alone shall be greater than 60 dB.
6.1.4.1.5.3 The Contractor shall indicate what provisions are proposed to test the optical
performance of the fiber splice.
6.1.4.1.6 Mechanical Characteristics
6.1.4.1.6.1 The fiber splice shall withstand a tensile strength consistent with that
specified for the lifetime of the System.
6.1.4.1.6.2 The Contractor shall demonstrate that their recommended splicing technique
and especially that the bending required for the local Injection/detection of
the light during the splicing shall not weaken the fibers where this method is
applicable.
6.1.4.1.6.3 The Contractor shall detail what provisions are proposed to test the
mechanical performance of the fiber splice.
6.1.4.1.7 Splice Protection
6.1.4.1.7.1 Before the completion of the fiber splice, the primary coating shall be
reconstituted in order to prevent moisture penetration to the silica core and
to provide a reinforcement minimizing axial and longitudinal stresses during
subsequent handling.
6.1.4.1.7.2 Any protective resin shall be of the similar nature as original fiber coating.
The splices shall be installed in splice enclosures, the design of which shall
protect fibers by placing them in cassettes or organizer trays.
6.1.4.1.7.3 If heat shrinkable sleeves protect the fiber splice, the heated area shall not
exceed the coated length by more than 10 mm.
6.1.4.2 Submarine Cable Joints And Terminations
6.1.4.2.1 Tensile Performance
6.1.4.2.1.1 A submarine cable joint or termination shall not degrade the properties of the
parent cable to less than 90% of the CBL. For cable types with multiple
armor layers, the strength of the joints or terminations shall be at least 90%
of the UTS of the armor cables which terminate onto the joint or termination.
6.1.4.2.2 Cable Joint Fatigue Performance
6.1.4.2.2.1 The cable joint/termination shall be able to pass at least three (3) times over
a three (3) meter diameter bow of a cable ship or equivalent, when subjected
to a tension equal to the NTTS of the weaker cable or 300 kN, whichever is
lower, without any impact on the cable joint optical/mechanical performance.
6.1.4.2.3 Cable End Seal
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1.4.2.3.1 It shall be possible to adequately seal and earth (ground) the cut end of a
cable in order to permit buoying off and powering up of the submerged
system. The Contractor shall detail the sealing method of the cable end.
6.1.4.2.4 Process Repair Joints
6.1.4.2.4.1 Process repair joints, (e.g. fiber splices, copper patch welds, wire welds and
insulation moulds), made during manufacture shall meet the requirements of
the parent cable, including but not limited to:
6.1.4.2.4.1.1 Tensile Strength
6.1.4.2.4.1.2 Interlayer Adhesion
6.1.4.2.4.1.3 Mechanical dimensions
6.1.4.2.4.1.4 Insulation
6.1.4.2.4.1.5 In addition, cables utilizing a hermetic barrier to shield the fibers from the
effects of hydrogen shall retain continuity of that barrier where possible. In
the event that continuity is not fully achieved the Contractor shall clearly
demonstrate, with the support of test evidence, that an adequate regime is
employed to control the number and type of any Hydrogen leakage points
to ensure the performance budget transmission criteria are met for the
system.
6.1.4.2.5 Bump and Vibration
6.1.4.2.5.1 Test data shall be submitted to verify performance of the joint and coupling
structure under the effects of bump and vibrations expected to be
encountered during transport, installation, recovery and handling.
6.1.4.2.6 Millennia Joint (MJ) / Millennia Coupler (MC) / Universal Joint (UJ)
6.1.4.2.6.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the qualification of all cable types
offered for Millennia Joint / Millennia Coupler / Universal Joint applications
prior to commencement of marine installation.
6.1.4.2.6.2 The use of such a joint/coupler over the System Design Life Period time
shall not imply any relaxation of the contractual obligations for product,
equipment and services supplied by the Contractor.
6.1.4.3 Terrestrial Cable Joint And Jointing Requirements
6.1.4.3.1 General
6.1.4.3.1.1 Terrestrial Cable joints shall include:
6.1.4.3.1.1.1 Fiber splices, where the protective coating of the fiber has been restored
and installed into a splice enclosure.
6.1.4.3.1.1.2 The organization of the splice enclosures in cassettes or organizer trays
and the jointing of the cable strength members, as applicable.
6.1.4.3.1.1.3 The cable joint enclosure/ housing.
6.1.4.3.1.2 The techniques for fiber splicing and cable jointing shall be reproducible and
reliable. Fiber splicing shall be of a widespread type and the quality of the
splices produced shall be compatible with the performance required from the
fiber-optic transmission systems. The splice enclosure design together with
the cable joint enclosure design shall be re-enterable. All terrestrial cable
jointing shall be capable of being completed in a jointing chamber or
manhole without undue difficulty.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1.4.3.1.3 The Contractor shall provide a detailed description of the fiber organizer and
cable jointing.
6.1.4.3.2 Cable Strength Member Anchoring
6.1.4.3.2.1 An anchoring system shall maintain the cable strength members in order to
allow access to the fiber organizer without any dismantling. This anchorage
system shall withstand the following tensile forces:
6.1.4.3.2.1.1 0.4 kN (40 daN) for the central strength member
6.1.4.3.2.1.2 0.4 kN (40 daN) for the outer strength members
6.1.4.3.2.1.3 1.0 kN (100 daN) for all the strength members
6.1.4.3.2.2 The Contractor shall demonstrate that the mechanical features of the
strength member jointing are stable over time in the normal and severe
environmental conditions defined in this specification.
6.1.4.3.3 Organization of the Fibers And Splices
6.1.4.3.3.1 The organization of the fibers and splices shall conform to the following:
6.1.4.3.3.1.1 4 further interventions on splices shall be possible.
6.1.4.3.3.1.2 An excess length of fiber shall be left on either side of each splice in order
to allow 4 extra splices taking into account the use of splicing equipment
with local light injection/detection for achieving optical core alignment.
6.1.4.3.3.1.3 It shall be possible to correct individual faultysplices without disturbing the
service over the adjacent fibers.
6.1.4.3.3.1.4 The optical fibers shall be stored under a minimal radius of 40 mm.
6.1.4.3.3.2 The splice enclosures shall be organized in cassettes or organizer trays,
possibly removable; the fiber splice identification shall use the same coloring
system or code as in the cable.
6.1.4.3.3.3 All the raw materials shall be chemically stable and the fibers and splices
shall remain stress-free over the range of environmental conditions defined
in this specification.
6.1.4.3.4 Cable Joint Enclosure
6.1.4.3.4.1 General
6.1.4.3.4.1.1 The cable joint enclosure shall protect the fibers and the splices from any
external aggression and especially:
6.1.4.3.4.1.1.1 Reconstitute the mechanical and tightness features of the outer sheath of
the cable
6.1.4.3.4.1.1.2 Fix the outer sheath of the cable
6.1.4.3.4.1.1.3 House the fiber splices and cable joint
6.1.4.3.4.2 Mechanical Characteristics
6.1.4.3.4.2.1 The cable joint enclosure shall be mechanically sealed and shall withstand
an internal pressure of 500 hPa and a longitudinal tensile force of 100 daN.
6.1.4.3.4.2.2 It shall be possible to dismantle the cable joint enclosure in its mechanical
elements for repair without disturbing the transmission.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1.4.3.4.2.3 The cable joint enclosure shall be plastic coated to prevent corrosion in air
saturated with moisture and robust enough to be directly buried in the open
ground.
6.1.4.3.4.2.4 In case heat shrinkable sleeves ensure the “waterproof-ness”, the
temperature at the fiber level shall:
6.1.4.3.4.2.4.1 never exceed 90 deg. C
6.1.4.3.4.2.4.2 not exceed 70 deg. C for more than 10 minutes
6.1.4.3.4.3 Repair of a Cable Joint
6.1.4.3.4.3.1 The cable joint design and cable joint enclosure shall be re-enterable to
allow subsequent interventions on cable joints and fiber splices. The repair
of any fiber splice of the cable joint can be made without affecting the
service on any other fiber.
6.1.4.3.4.3.2 All land cable joints shall have an earthed conductor interposed between
any power feeding conductor and their outer surface.
6.1.5
Cable Maintenance
6.1.5.1 Optical Fiber Splicing Equipment
6.1.5.1.1 The Contractor shall provide an itemized list of fiber splicing equipment and
accessories.
6.1.5.1.2 General Description
6.1.5.1.2.1 The Purchaser has a strong preference for a splicing equipment design with
fully automated procedures, which makes operator’s skill less critical. The
splicing and jointing equipment shall allow:
6.1.5.1.2.1.1 The preparation of the optical fiber ends (removing of the primary coating,
cleaving),
6.1.5.1.2.1.2 The alignment of optical core positions,
6.1.5.1.2.1.3 Maintaining of the alignment and,
6.1.5.1.2.1.4 Refitting of the primary coating of the completed splice.
6.1.5.1.2.2 The cleaving tool shall provide the required quality of the fiber end surface
state with efficiency better than 90%.
6.1.5.1.2.3 When the optical fiber claddings are aligned by optical sensors associated
with core alignment by local light injection/detection, it shall be compatible
with the colors used for the fibers and the bending required for the local light
injection/extraction shall not significantly weaken the fibers.
6.1.5.1.3 Operational Features
6.1.5.1.3.1 The optical and mechanical characteristics of the fiber splices shall be
obtained in the normal environmental conditions.
The typical time required for carrying out a splice shall not exceed 10 minutes.
6.1.5.1.3.2 The packaging of the consumable items and chemical used in the splicing
operation shall allow minimum 2 year storage.
6.1.5.1.4 Cable Jointing Tools and Accessories
6.1.5.1.4.1 The Contractor shall provide an itemized list of jointing tools and accessories
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
necessary to carry out a complete cable joint in addition to the splicing
equipment described in this section.
6.1.5.1.5 Spare Cable and Joints for Cable Repairs
6.1.5.1.5.1 The performance of all spares shall be no worse than the average for the
System.
6.1.5.1.5.2 For each type of cable,
6.1.5.1.5.2.1 A proposed itemized list detailing the spare line plant associated jointing
kits and including unit prices and recommended quantities shall be
submitted.
6.1.5.1.5.2.2 The characteristics of each piece of spare cable, including its unit optical
fiber attenuation, shall be no worse than the average of the relevant line
cables.
6.1.5.1.5.2.3 The ends of each piece of spare cable shall be covered by safe caps
ensuring the required cable sealing.
6.1.5.1.5.2.4 Suitable lengths of spare cables shall be supplied on metallic cable drums
of suitable construction such that they remain serviceable throughout
System Design Life Period and that the cable maintains its nominal
characteristics.
6.1.5.1.5.2.5 Environmental requirements (e.g. temperature and humidity limits,
sensitivity to light, etc.) for long-term storage shall be stated by the
Contractor.
6.1.5.1.5.2.6 The Contractor shall provide drawings and all information necessary to
facilitate qualification of the purchasers land and beach repair joints.
6.1.6
Optical Fiber Requirements
6.1.6.1 Characteristics
6.1.6.1.1 The Contractor shall indicate in the Technical Description the characteristics of
all types of optical fiber to be used, and their relation to System performance,
in particular:
6.1.6.1.1.1 The operating wavelength range and propagation velocity
6.1.6.1.1.2 The dimensional characteristics as per ITU-T Recommendation G.652,
G.653, G.654 and G.655 whichever is applicable
6.1.6.1.1.3 The attenuation of the cabled optical fibers, including the joints loss, referred
to one km of fiber (averaged value and standard deviation or other statistical
parameters), together with the maximum acceptable value of localized
attenuation increase due to local heterogeneity of the fiber core occurring
during the fiber production process; the Contractor shall specify its
measuring sensitivity in detecting localized attenuation increases due to
localized stress induced in the cabling operations. It shall state its
acceptance criteria regarding this factor. The cabled fiber attenuation
variations for temperature ranging within -20 °C and 50 °C for terrestrial
cable and within - 10 °C and 50 °C for submarine cables.
6.1.6.1.1.4 The chromatic dispersion characteristics (mean value and standard
deviation) and chromatic dispersion management (including chromatic
dispersion management map with tolerances) along the System, including
dispersion tolerances and their impact on System maintainability
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.1.6.1.1.5 The zero chromatic dispersion wavelength and its slope at 1550 nm
6.1.6.1.1.6 The polarization mode dispersion
6.1.6.1.1.7 The effective area of the fiber core
6.1.6.1.1.8 The fiber non-linear parameters
6.1.6.1.1.9 The cut-off wavelength, as measured by the relevant ITU-T
Recommendation Reference Test Method, or any method providing
equivalent results
6.1.6.1.1.10 The fiber elongation during the strength proof test and the test duration
values; these values should be such that the cumulative effect of fiber
elongation during laying, recovery and of any permanent fiber elongation due
to residual elongation of the cable is compliant with the System Design Life
Period objective
6.1.6.1.1.11 The fibers splices, including hybrid splices, shall have at least the same
mechanical characteristics as the specified parent fibers
6.1.6.1.1.12 The test methods to be adopted for the measurement of the fiber
geometrical, optical and transmission characteristics, which should provide
results in agreement with the results obtained by the Reference Test
Methods as indicated in the relevant ITU-T Recommendation
6.1.6.2 Environmental Effects On Fibers
6.1.6.2.1 If temperature induces variations on fiber characteristics, this variation must
be reversible and taken into account in the System design. The Contractor
shall provide the cabled fiber attenuation for temperatures within the ranges
specified in this specification.
6.1.6.2.2 If other environmental conditions (i.e. laying effect, etc.) induce variations on
fiber characteristics, the Contractor shall describe the effects and also indicate
how this has been taken into account in the System’s design.
6.2
6.2.1
Repeaters
General Requirements
6.2.1.1 The Contractor shall provide detailed information on the dimensions,
weight, and mechanical, electrical & optical characteristics and
implementation
scheme
(mechanical,
electrical,
optical.
implementation schematics) of the Repeaters. The Contractor shall
indicate the maximum number of systems/fiber pairs of the Repeater
design.
6.2.1.2 The Contractor shall state the development status and a detailed
qualification schedule for main components, sub assembly and
complete Repeater prototype. The qualification test program shall be
available for review by the Purchasers and the purchasers shall have
full access to the qualification results at the Contractor’s facility.
6.2.1.3 The Contractor shall describe all submerged equipment (Repeaters,
gain shape equalization, gain tilt equalization, chromatic dispersion
compensation, cable span loss adjustment, etc.). All Submersible
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Plants shall meet the requirements of this Technical Specification.
Repeater housings containing filters shall also meet the same
applicable requirements as for repeater housings containing
amplifiers.
6.2.1.4 The Repeaters structure may consist of the following:
6.2.1.4.1 Housing
6.2.1.4.2 Termination
6.2.1.4.3 Opto-electronic units
6.2.1.4.4 Maintenance and supervisory unit
6.2.1.4.5 Power feeding unit (including protection devices against surge voltages)
6.2.1.4.6 Optical amplifiers
6.2.1.5 The Contractor’s Technical Description shall detail the design and
features implemented in the Repeater. In addition the Contractor shall
describe any features implemented in the Repeater and all other
Submersible Plant that is not specified herein.
6.2.2
Repeater Mechanical Requirements
6.2.2.1 Repeater Size
6.2.2.1.1 The size of the Repeater shall be such that it can be handled by cable ship
equipment without the need for modification. Particularly no modification shall
be necessary that would prevent the cable ship from working on existing
submarine cables. In addition, it is required that when the Repeater is jointed
to the cable, it can be passed around a cable drum of 3 meter diameter.
6.2.2.2 Termination
6.2.2.2.1 The tensile strength of the termination shall meet the cable tensile strength
requirements of this Technical Specification.
6.2.2.3 Repeater Handling
6.2.2.3.1 The Repeater shall be capable of being laid, buried, recovered, re-laid and reburied without impairment of the performance of the cable, Repeater or
termination (coupler).
6.2.2.3.2 The above requirements shall be met under the conditions indicated in section
6.
6.2.2.4 Housing Strength
6.2.2.4.1 A break in the cable termination shall not damage the housing and internal
units.
6.2.2.4.2 The tensile strength of the housing between cable anchorage points shall be
at least ten percent (10%) greater than the CBL of any cable to which it may
be connected.
6.2.2.4.3 The characteristics of the Repeaters and its couplers shall not be impaired
after a housing has been held in suspension in cable catenary from the cable
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
ship bow or stern sheaves to cable laying on the sea bed, for any period
needed to make three (3) full cable joints, in the most adverse cable ship
conditions. The depth of water in which the cable ship is deemed to be
operating is that appropriate to the type of cable in the catenary.
6.2.2.5 Water Depth
6.2.2.5.1 The maximum depth at which Repeaters shall be able to operate at is 8000
meters.
6.2.2.6 Dismantling
6.2.2.6.1 The repeater shall be constructed such that it shall be possible to dismantle it
to carry out repairs to internal units and then reassemble it, in the contractor’s
factory environment or similar, within the original housing.
6.2.2.7 Shock, Vibration And Acceleration
6.2.2.7.1 The Repeater shall withstand the shock, vibration and acceleration associated
with transportation, handling, laying, burial, recovery and repair operations.
6.2.2.7.2 The Contractor shall detail the standards to be applied for transportation and
handling, and the packing to be used for transportation. In addition, it also
shall provide the level of shock, vibration and acceleration to which the
Repeaters are qualified. During any movement of the Repeater prior to the
laying of it (or arrival of spares at a depot), a facility shall be provided to
monitor shock, vibration and acceleration the Repeater is subjected to. The
Contractor shall explain this facility and an interpretation of its results.
Contractor shall equip the repeater with a 3 axis stylus shock monitor that
provides an indication of the maximum shock level. Contractor does not
monitor/record vibration and acceleration, however will provide a 3 axis stylus
at several threshold levels.
6.2.2.8 Water ingress
6.2.2.8.1 The design of the Repeater shall be such as to avoid any water ingress even
in case of a cable break no closer than 1 km of the repeater for the maximum
sea laying depth.
6.2.2.9 External finish
6.2.2.9.1 The finish of those surfaces of the housing which will be in contact with sea
water when the Repeater is in service, excluding any deliberate sacrificial
anode, shall be such that it will not suffer any deleterious effects from
chemical, electrolytic or galvanic corrosion due to the presence of sea water
and/or other metals used in the construction of the associated submersible
cable such that the performance of the Repeater could be impaired over its
twenty five (25) year System Design Life Period.
6.2.2.9.2 Any material or surface finish elements used in the construction shall be
enclosed within the capsule and shall not produce any hazardous substances
or shall not react with any other material within the capsule under normal
operating conditions such that the performance of the Repeater may be
impaired. Any material used in the manufacturing processes of components
and enclosed within the Repeater capsule, e.g. solvents, adhesives, fluxes,
shall not produce any hazardous substances or in any other way affect any
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
component within the Repeater such that the performance of the Repeater
could be impaired.
6.2.2.10 Hydrogen Generation / Ingress
6.2.2.10.1 The housing shall be such that after twenty five (25) years, the internal level of
humidity and the partial pressure of hydrogen will not impair the performance
or reliability of the Repeater such that the requirements of this Technical
Specification cannot be met.
6.2.2.10.2 The Contractor shall provide supporting information in the Technical
Description to satisfy the Purchasers in this regard, namely in the protection
provided to the Erbium doped fibers in the optical amplifiers.
6.2.2.11 Identification and Marking
6.2.2.11.1 Identification of units and Repeater capsules
6.2.2.11.1.1 Each unit and Repeater capsule shall bear the Contractor's serial number
and/or letter for the unit or capsule concerned. Such identifications shall be
readily visible on the unit or capsule. If a unit is not the subject of a separate
diagram then the markings shall indicate the Contractor's diagram number of
the complete unit of which the unit forms part. The normal color markings on
internal surfaces shall be black or white selected to provide the better
contrast.
6.2.2.11.2 Identification of Housing
6.2.2.11.2.1 The external surface of the housing shall be marked with an indication of
the Repeater polarity and an identification code.
6.2.2.11.3 Marking
6.2.2.11.3.1 The method of marking and the size of characters used shall ensure that
they are durable and legible throughout the System Design Life Period. In
addition the application of the marking shall not leave any residue which
could produce any hazardous substance or in any way affect any component
within the Repeater capsule such that the performance of the Repeater could
be impaired.
6.2.3
Reliability
6.2.3.1 General
6.2.3.1.1 The reliability of each optical amplifier shall be such that the overall System
reliability is met.
6.2.3.1.2 The Contractor shall present the reliability target for the Repeater starting from
a separate reliability budget of each component type, taking into account in
particular, the expected evolution of the gain, noise and component losses of
the optical amplifiers during the System Design Life Period.
6.2.3.2 Fiber Pair Independence
6.2.3.2.1 Any failure or degradation particular to a fiber pair amplifier shall have no
impact on the other fiber pairs.
6.2.3.3 Optical Amplifier Redundancy
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.2.3.3.1 The Contractor shall detail redundant pumping schemes implemented in the
Repeater. Where automatic switching is provided, it shall be reversible but not
automatically reverted and capable of manual override. This automatic
switching should not impact the traffic performance.
6.2.3.3.2 The Contractor shall also provide the Repeater characteristics under pump
failure(s) conditions.
6.2.3.4 Traceability
6.2.3.4.1 At any stage in the manufacture or subsequent history of a Repeater, it shall
be possible for the Contractor to determine the source, batch number, date of
manufacture of any component, unit or capsule within a Repeater without
recourse to dismantling the Repeaters.
6.2.4
Electrical And Transmission Requirements
6.2.4.1 Performance
6.2.4.1.1 The performance of individual optical amplifiers shall be commensurate with
meeting the overall System performance. The Contractor shall present the
detailed description of the optical amplifiers and Repeaters, and detail how the
overall Repeater performance over the operating temperature range indicated
below will be maintained.
6.2.4.1.2 Optical characteristics should be the same for all Repeaters within a subsegment. For a given segment, all Repeaters should be interchangeable. The
Contractor shall indicate the interoperability of Repeaters between Segments.
6.2.4.2 Temperature Ranges
6.2.4.2.1 The Repeaters shall be capable of being operated over an ambient water
temperature range of 0°C to + 35°C during the System Design Life Period
while meeting the overall System Performance Requirements.
6.2.4.2.2 They shall also be capable of being transported in a temperature range of 20°C to +45°C and long term storage in the temperature range of 0°C to
+40°C without any effect on the System design life requirements.
6.2.4.2.3 The design shall take into account the possibility that the housing may self
bury, be buried or be "jetted in".
6.2.4.2.4 Repeaters must be able to be operated on board a cable ship during laying
and repair operations without affecting their twenty five (25) year System
Design Life Period. The Contractor shall be responsible for the conditions
applied to Repeaters during laying.
6.2.4.2.5 The Contractor shall provide the conditions to be applied during laying and
repair operations.
6.2.4.2.6 The Contractor shall indicate the power consumption of the Repeater as well
as the technique adopted to favor thermal dispersion of the electronic units.
The Contractor shall provide the expected mean temperature rise of the
internal components relative to the temperature of the water.
6.2.4.3 Power Feeding
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.2.4.3.1 The performance of the optical Repeater should not fluctuate because of any
intermittent cause (except for lightning or electro-magnetic pulses for which
the Contractor’s design shall, with reasonable effort, provide protection
against these events).
6.2.4.3.2 The Contractor shall describe the power feeding unit of each type of
Repeaters and indicate the potential differences existing between the various
parts of the Repeater and show how the necessary dielectric insulation is
maintained during the System Design Life Period. The Contractor shall
indicate the voltage (V)/current (I) characteristics of the Repeater.
6.2.4.4 Surge Protection
6.2.4.4.1 The Repeater design shall ensure that optical amplifiers are protected in the
event of lightning strike at or adjacent to any Terminal Station or any power
surge which may result from a cable fault anywhere on the System when the
PFE is feeding its maximum output. No damage shall occur to any
Submersible Plant.
6.2.4.4.2 The Contractor shall state what kind of protection the System affords from
surges induced by lightning and electro-magnetic pulses.
6.2.4.5 Fault Localization, Supervisory Of The Submerged Plant
6.2.4.5.1 The Repeater shall be designed to meet all the requirements of this Technical
Specification.
6.2.5
Supervisory And Maintenance Functions
6.2.5.1 The Repeater supervisory and control circuits shall provide the
supervisory and maintenance information from the Submersible Plant
elements. The supervisory method shall be able to detect a fault or
degradation within a repeater for faults that occur within the repeater
body and to within a repeater span for faults which occur within the
span or at the repeater/cable interface and with the minimum
ambiguity.
6.2.5.2 The Repeater supervisory and control circuits shall continue to
operate even in case of degraded/failed line transmission provided
that the Segment can be powered.
6.2.5.3 The Contractor shall provide detailed information (including the
parameters measured) on the supervisory method clearly showing its
working principles, detailed implementation resolution on the
measured parameters. The reliability figure of the Repeater
supervisory should be taken into account in the Repeater reliability
calculations.
6.2.5.4 In the case that any element of a Repeater can be controlled from the
LTE (optical output power, etc.), the Contractor shall give full details
of the implementation of this functionality and indicate how he
complies with the relevant design requirements of this Technical
Specification.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.2.5.5 The Repeater design shall be compatible with OTDR fault location
equipment.
6.2.6
Spare Repeaters
6.2.6.1 Spare Repeaters shall be provided per Appendix 1 within the contract
(Provisioning Schedule) and equipped with nominally 30 meter tails at
both ends. The Contractor shall indicate the date by which the length
of tails has to be confirmed. The cable type shall be agreed with
Purchasers. The ends of the tails shall be fitted with a ‘test end’
providing optical connectors and power connector to facilitate
Repeaters being tested in a Purchaser’s depot.
6.3
6.3.1
Branching Units
General
6.3.1.1 The main function of the Branching Unit (BU) (Power Switched) is to
provide optical fiber branching/bandwidth routing between up to three
cable landing points. The BU shall also provide power and ground
switch facilities where necessary, in order to provide a system power
feeding re-arrangement in case of failure.
6.3.1.2 The Branching Units supplied by the Contractor shall provide the
appropriate BU capabilities/features including: physical fiber
branching/bandwidth routing, power/ground switching to meet the
requirements of this Technical Specification. Passive BUs which only
provide fixed powering and fixed optical fiber branching/bandwidth
routing capabilities shall be supplied as required.
6.3.1.3 The BU configurations and locations are specified in Section 0.
6.3.1.4 Reconfiguration of the BU power/grounding state shall be possible
from at least 3 cable stations for branching units without requiring
powering up/down sequencing of any of the BU cables via the PFE.
The location of CCE equipment and the fiber pair placement of CCE
controllers in the BU shall be reviewed and mutually agreed.
6.3.1.5 The BU power/grounding state shall be maintained even under
conditions where power is being provided by only 1 of the 3 cables of
the BU.
6.3.1.6 Moreover, the System shall include facilities, in case of fault in the
vicinity of a BU that includes the Power Switching functionality, to
identify the branch on which the fault is located. The Contractor shall
describe this capability.
6.3.1.7 The BU shall include as required:
6.3.1.7.1 A housing
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.3.1.7.2 terminations
6.3.1.7.3 An opto-electronic unit, including optical couplers
6.3.1.7.4 A power feeding unit (including protection devices against surge voltage)
6.3.1.7.5 An addressable power switching unit
6.3.1.7.6 BU power/grounding state holding circuitry
6.3.1.8 The Contractor shall provide a detailed description of the BU,
including a functional block diagram together with information on the
dimensions and mechanical, electrical and optical characteristics of
the BU. In the case where BU's contain optical amplifiers, the
Contractor shall provide full details.
6.3.1.9 The Contractor shall state the system test, qualification, production,
and deployment history for the proposed BU. Purchaser shall have
full access to the qualification results..
6.3.1.10 Facilities shall be provided so as to identify/isolate the failed branch
or failed part of the trunk in case of a failure in the vicinity of a BU that
includes the Power Switching functionality.
6.3.1.11 The Contractor shall describe the capabilities of a fully assembled
and tested BU according to this Specification.
6.3.2
Mechanical Requirements
6.3.2.1 Cable Ship Compatibility
6.3.2.1.1 The BU shall be of such design and dimensions that it can be handled by
cable ship equipment without the need for modification. Particularly no
modification shall be necessary that would prevent the cable ship from
working on existing submarine cables.
6.3.2.2 Housing
6.3.2.2.1 The BU housing shall protect the electronic and optical units against the
hydrostatic pressure of the sea depths, provide efficient protection against the
saline corrosion and provide a mechanical link between the three
terminations.
6.3.2.2.2 The tensile strength of the housing between cable anchorage points shall be
at least ten percent (10%) greater than the CBL of any cable to which it may
be connected.
6.3.2.2.3 The characteristics of the BU and its terminations (couplers) shall not be
impaired after housing has been held in suspension in cable catenary from the
cable ship bow or stern sheaves to cable laying on the sea bed, for any period
needed to make three (3) full cable joints, in the most adverse cable ship
conditions. The depth of water in which the cable ship is deemed to be
operating is that appropriate to the type of cable in the catenary.
6.3.2.3 Termination
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.3.2.3.1 The termination shall ensure the optical, electrical and mechanical
connections between the cables and the BU shall be water proofed for the
maximum sea depths encountered.
6.3.2.3.2 A break in the termination shall not damage the BU housing and internal units.
6.3.2.4 Laying And Recovery
6.3.2.4.1 The mechanical structure of the BU shall be designed to withstand any stress
which may occur during transportation, handling, laying, burial, recovery and
re-burial, re-laying operations, without affecting the cable, the electronic units
and the terminations.
6.3.2.4.2 The above requirement shall be met even if operations are carried out in
adverse weather conditions as indicated in this Specification.
6.3.2.5 Water Depth.
6.3.2.5.1 The BU's structure shall be suitable for water depth down to at least 8000
meters, representing a 300m margin of water depth compared with the
planned deployment at 5200m.
6.3.2.6 Dismantling
6.3.2.6.1 The BU’s structure shall permit the following in the Contractor's factory
environment:
6.3.2.6.1.1 Dismantling for repairs of the internal units
6.3.2.6.1.2 Re-assembling the BU, using the original housing
6.3.2.7 Shock And Acceleration
6.3.2.7.1 The BU shall withstand the shock and acceleration, which may occur during
transportation, handling, laying and recovery.
6.3.2.7.2 The Contractor shall detail the standards to be applied for transportation and
handling, and the packing to be used for transportation. In addition, it also
shall provide the level of shock, vibration and acceleration to which the BUs
are qualified. During any movement of the BU prior to the laying of it (or
delivery of spares to a depot), a facility shall be provided to monitor shock,
vibration and acceleration the BU is subjected to. The Contractor shall explain
this facility and interpretation of its results. Contractor equips the BU with a 3
axis stylus shock monitor that provides an indication of the maximum shock
level. Contractor does not monitor/record vibration and acceleration but can
provide an option for the level of monitoring specified here.
6.3.2.8 Water Ingress Limitation
6.3.2.8.1 The BU design shall be such as to avoid, for the maximum water depths
encountered, any water ingress into the housing even in case of a cable break
at a short distance from the BU or damage in the termination.
6.3.2.9 Hydrogen Generation/Ingress
6.3.2.9.1 The housing shall be such that at the end of the System Design Life Period,
the internal level of humidity and the partial hydrogen pressure will not impair
the performance or reliability of the BU such that the requirements of this
specification cannot be met.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.3.2.9.2 The Contractor shall provide supporting information to satisfy the Purchasers
in this regard.
6.3.2.10 External finish
6.3.2.10.1 The finish of those surfaces of the housing which shall be in contact with sea
water when the BU is in service, excluding any deliberate sacrificial anode,
shall be such that it shall not suffer any deleterious effects from chemical,
electrolytic or galvanic corrosion due to the presence of sea water and/or
other metals used in the construction of the associated submersible cable,
which may affect the performance of the BU.
6.3.2.11 Identification And Marking
6.3.2.11.1 Identification Of Units And BU Capsules
6.3.2.11.1.1 Each unit and BU capsule shall bear the Contractor’s serial number
and/or letter for the unit or capsule concerned. Such identifications shall be
readily visible on the unit or capsule. If a unit is not the subject of a separate
diagram then the markings shall indicate the Contractor's diagram number of
the complete unit of which the unit forms part. The normal color markings on
internal surfaces shall be black or white selected to provide the better
contrast.
6.3.2.11.2 Identification of Housing
6.3.2.11.2.1 The external surface of the housing shall be marked with an indication of
the BU polarity and an identification code.
6.3.2.11.3 Marking
6.3.2.11.3.1 The method of marking and the size of characters used shall ensure that
they are durable and legible throughout the System Design Life Period. In
addition the application of the marking shall not leave any residue which
could produce any hazardous substance or in any way affect any component
within the repeater capsule such that the performance of the BU could be
impaired.
6.3.3
Reliability
6.3.3.1 General
6.3.3.1.1 The reliability of each BU shall be such that the overall Submersible Plant
reliability is met.
6.3.3.1.2 The Contractor shall provide a reliability target for the BU starting from a
separate reliability budget of each component type, in conformity with this
specification.
6.3.3.2 Trace-ability
6.3.3.2.1 At any stage in the manufacture or subsequent history of a BU, it shall be
possible for the Contractor to determine the source, batch number, date of
manufacture of any component, unit or capsule within a BU without recourse
to dismantling the BU.
6.3.4
Electrical And Transmission Requirements
6.3.4.1 Power And Optical Switching Units
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.3.4.1.1 The power switching unit shall be able to interconnect the power conductors of
the three incoming cables and the sea electrode and shall operate so as to be
consistent with the requirements of this Specification.
6.3.4.2 Operating Temperature Range
6.3.4.2.1 The BU shall be capable of being operated over a temperature range of 0° C
to + 35°C during the System Design Life Period while meeting the overall
System performance.
6.3.4.2.2 They shall also be capable of being transported in a temperature range of 20°C to +45°C and long term storage in the temperature range of 0°C to
+40°C without any effect on the System design life requirements.
6.3.4.2.3 The Contractor shall state the recommended storage conditions for long-term
storage of the BUs, including the permissible ranges of temperature, humidity
and any other relevant environment factors.
6.3.4.2.4 The BUs must be able to be operated on board the cable ship during laying
and repair without affecting the System Design Life Period.
6.3.4.2.5 The Contractor shall be responsible for the conditions applied to the BUs
during laying; he shall indicate the conditions to be applied during repairs.
6.3.4.3 Maintenance And Supervisory Circuits
6.3.4.3.1 It shall be possible to control the proper operation of the power switches and
to ensure the safety of the maintenance personnel.
6.3.4.4 Transmission Performance
6.3.4.4.1 The performance of each repeater span including a BU shall be
commensurate with the overall System Performance Requirements.
6.3.4.5 Power Feeding Of The BU Circuits
6.3.4.5.1 Power feeding of the internal circuits of the BU shall be such as to permit their
functions to be accomplished even in case of a cable fault.
6.3.4.5.2 The Contractor shall describe how the potential differences existing between
the electronic parts of the BU and the housing and how the necessary
dielectric insulation is maintained during the System Design Life Period.
6.3.4.5.3 The Contractor shall indicate the power consumption of the BU as well as the
technique adopted to favor thermal dissipation of the opto-electronic units and
the mean temperature difference between the BU internal components and
the sea temperature.
6.3.4.6 Surge Protection
6.3.4.6.1 The design of the BU shall be in accordance with this specification.
6.3.4.6.2 Particularly the Contractor shall state in detail the consequences of such
surges on the power conductor switching unit and the internal dielectric
insulation.
6.3.4.6.3 In the event of a sudden single PFE shut-down or shunt fault anywhere on any
grounded branch, the configuration of the BUs shall not change provided
power to the BU through at least one cable remains.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
6.3.4.7 DC And Low Frequency AC Path
6.3.4.7.1 The BU DC and low frequency AC characteristics shall be consistent with the
requirements given in this specification.
6.3.4.8 Sea Electrode
6.3.4.8.1 The sea electrode shall be such as to support the power feeding current
during the System Design Life Period under all conditions including worst
failure conditions. The sea electrode shall present low impedance to the sea.
6.3.4.8.2 The design of the sea electrode shall ensure that no consequences of
corrosion, hydrogen production or others, affecting the System performance,
can occur. The effect on the sea electrode of reverse powering for fault
localization purpose shall be stated.
6.3.5
Supervisory And Maintenance Functions
6.3.5.1 In the case where BUs contain optical amplifiers, in line with this
specification, the BU supervisory and control circuits will provide the
supervisory and maintenance information from the Submersible Plant
elements. The supervisory method shall be able to detect a fault or
degradation within a BU housing and with the minimum ambiguity.
The supervisory function shall provide at least measured values of
BU optical input level, BU optical output level and pump LD bias
current.
6.3.5.2 The Contractor shall provide detailed information (including the
parameters measured) on the supervisory method clearly showing its
working principles, detailed implementation resolution on the
measured parameters. The reliability figure of the repeater
supervisory should be taken into account in the BU reliability
calculations.
6.3.5.3 In the case that any element of a BU can be controlled from the LTE
(switching, optical output power, etc.), the Contractor shall give full
details of the implementation of this functionality and indicate how he
complies with the relevant design requirements of this Specification.
The System Design shall take into account the detection of internal
BU intermittent faults.
6.3.5.4 The BU optical amplifier design shall be compatible with Coherent
OTDR fault location equipment.
6.3.6
Spare BUs
6.3.6.1 Spare branching units shall be equipped with 30m tails on all 3 legs.
The Cable type shall be agreed with the Purchaser’s. The ends of
the tails shall be fitted with a ‘test end’ providing optical connectors
and power connector to facilitate the BUs being tested in a
Purchaser’s Depot. Spare Bus shall be at the same time the
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
acceptance tests have occurred;
7
BEACH MANHOLES & LAND CABLES
7.1
General
7.1.1
The Purchasers shall provide the duct and BMH OSP infrastructure at each
landing point as more fully described in the Responsibility Matrix..
7.1.2
The Contractor’s scope of work shall include the following at each cable landing:
7.1.2.1 Supply and installation of the Ocean Ground Bed (OGB) as indicated
in table 7.2.1
7.1.2.2 Supply and installation of required land cables: optical, power and/or
ground
7.1.2.3 Supply and installation of innerducts and pulling ropes as may be
required for the installation of land cable within existing land section
conduit
7.1.2.4 Supply and installation of any required accessories for the Beach
Manholes such as grounding, racking, etc.
7.1.2.5 Specification, design, engineering, permitting, procurement, delivery,
construction and installation as applicable
7.1.2.6 Testing, inspection, and reporting
7.1.2.7 Operational management
7.1.2.8 Permits in accordance with the Terms and Conditions.
7.2
7.2.1
Land Cable Requirements
Quantities of Materials:
7.2.1.1 The Contractor shall install the Ocean Ground Bed (OGB), as well as
fiber, power, and ground cables in all landingslandings. The quantity
of land cable allocated to each site will be adjusted and agreed
between Contractor and Purchaser. Cable shall be supplied on
appropriate drums or reels, in lengths which facilitate installation with
a minimum number of cable joints.
7.2.1.2 All cable supplied shall be universally spared for the System.
7.2.2
The Contractor shall install new land cables (at all landings) necessary to
complete the System, including the supply and installation of any required inner
duct. All cables will be installed in Purchaser provided duct. The Purchaser shall
have the right to review the engineered solution, prior to construction.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
7.2.3
Site Visit
7.2.3.1
Contractor shall perform a site visit prior to the Land Cable
Operations, to be done in conjunction with the site visit for Shore End
Operations, with support from the local Landing Party. Prior to site
visit, Purchaser infrastructure shall be completed and as-built
drawings furnished to Contractor.
7.2.3.2
The Site Surveys and engineering analysis shall specifically address
all hazards and provide recommendations on engineering of the
System to minimize the potential damage, including but not limited to
evaluation of existing headwalls, seaward conduits, etc.
7.2.3.3 The Contractor shall prepare an installation MOP which includes the
specific information gathered during the site visit.
7.2.3.4
7.2.4
Installation of 5 to 10 meters of slack cable at every splice point.
Land Cable Installation (Including Inner Duct, As Needed)
7.2.4.1 Land Cable Installation
7.2.4.1.1 Contractor shall perform a site visit prior to the Land Cable Operations, to be
done in conjunction with the site visit for Shore End Operations, with support
from the local Landing Party.
7.2.4.1.2 The Contractor shall prepare an installation MOP to be included in the SLLI.
7.2.4.1.3 Innerduct and Land Cable shall be supplied and installed as per the Contract
Responsibility Matrix.
7.2.4.1.4 The Contractor shall install one fiber cable, one power cable, and oneground
cable (as per Table 7.2.1 above) extending over the length of the route
connecting the terminal equipment to the sea cable. Also included is the
supply and installation of all termination kits, intermediate splice kits, and the
Beach Splice kit for the 3 cables.
7.2.4.1.5 Installation of 5 to 10 meters of slack cable at every splice point.
7.2.4.1.6 Electrical testing of the power and ground cables.
7.2.4.1.7 Splice loss testing of the intermediate splices of the fiber cable.
7.2.4.1.8 Splice loss testing of the Beach Splice.
7.2.4.1.9 Labeling of cables in every manhole and pull-box.
7.2.4.1.10 The Contractor shall validate any existing ducts planned for use prior to
finalizing the engineering plan and using those ducts upon receipt of the asbuilts and post-survey information, unless otherwise agreed with the
Purchaser and owner of the ducts.
7.2.4.1.11 The Contractor shall install land cables and inner duct extending over the
length of the route connecting the terminal equipment to the sea cable.
7.2.4.1.12 The Contractor shall supply all termination kits, intermediate splice kits, and
Beach Splice kit) for the cables.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
7.2.4.1.13 All cables shall be labeled with the segment name in every manhole and pullbox.
7.2.4.1.14 The Contractor shall monitor and record cable tensions during all pulling
operations.
7.2.4.1.15 The contractor shall ensure that the manufacturer’s handling guidelines for
each cable type is followed.
7.2.4.2 OGB installation
7.2.4.2.1 Ocean Ground Bed installation per segment as defined by table above.
7.2.4.2.2 Supply and installation of one power cable extending from the terminal
equipment to the OGB as defined by table 7.2.1 above.
7.2.5
Land cable testing
7.2.5.1 Upon the completion of the cable installation the Contractor shall
provide:
7.2.5.1.1 Electrical testing of the Power and ground cables.
7.2.5.1.2 Splice loss testing of the intermediate splices of the fiber cable.
7.2.5.1.3 Splice loss testing of the Beach Splice.
7.2.5.2 All test results shall be provided in the final documentation in
accordance with Section 12 of the Technical Specifications
7.2.6
Pulling Lengths
7.2.6.1 In order to minimize the number of joints, the Contractor shall install
the land cable in the longest practical lengths not to exceed 250
meters. The maximum single length that may be safely drawn into
ducts will depend upon a number of factors and will vary according to
the conditions encountered in any particular case. The following
notes detail the principal factors that the Contractor shall take into
consideration.
7.2.6.1.1 Duct lines are generally constructed of one of the following materials HDPE,
PVC or steel pipe.
7.2.6.1.2 Cables with protective plastic sheaths offer the least resistance to pulling and
may therefore be handled in longer lengths than those with lead sheath.
7.2.6.1.3 The straightness of a duct line to a large extent governs the lengths of cable
that may be safely installed. Bends in the duct line, either horizontal or vertical,
will greatly reduce the lengths which may be pulled in.
7.2.6.2 Cable may be pulled through an intermediate jointing chamber if the
angle between the entry duct and exit duct is not as acute as to bend
the cable to less than the minimum bending radius. The duct entries
must be fitted with bell-mouths, sheaves or quadrants rigged and
properly manned to guide the cable passing through the chamber.
7.2.7
Conduit and Manhole Requirements
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
7.2.7.1 The Purchaser shall provide conduits, manholes and pullboxes which
are fit for purpose, connecting the beach manhole to the cable
station, in accordance with the following requirements. These
requirements are to be considered general guidelines, which may be
adapted as appropriate for the conditions at each landing site.
7.2.7.1.1 Minimum splicing manhole size: 3.5m L x 1.2m W x 2m H.
7.2.7.1.2 Minimum BMH size: 3.6m L x 2m W x 2.1m H.
7.2.7.1.3 Splicing manholes are required every 1.5km to 1.9km between the station
vault and BMH. The spacing between any two splice points must be 1.9km or
less.
7.2.7.1.4 Pullboxes (Handhole) are required every 250m between the station vault and
BMH. The spacing must be 250m or less between cable access points. A
pull box which is intended for use as maintenance splice locations must
measure 1.2m L x 1.2m W x 1.2m H
7.2.7.1.5 A pullbox is required at all sharp bends.
7.2.7.1.6 Minimum 6m radius soft bends for all conduit and sub-ducts. A pullbox is
required at all bends less than 6 meters in radius.
7.2.7.1.7 Cable racking within new manholes shall be installed by the Contractor. For
existing manholes, racking responsibility between Contractor and Purchaser
will be determined on a case by case basis.
7.2.7.1.8 Contractor shall provide drawings of typical manholes and pullboxes for
Purchaser reference when constructing new facilities.
7.2.7.2 Conduit Requirements:
7.2.7.2.1 One of two options may be utilized to connect the pullboxes, splice manholes,
and BMH along the route.
7.2.7.2.1.1 Option 1:
7.2.7.2.1.1.1 Install a 4 inch (110mm) I.D. Conduit between all manholes and pullboxes.
7.2.7.2.1.2 Option2:
7.2.7.2.1.2.1 Install 2 (locations where there is no ocean ground bed) or 3 (locations
where there is an ocean ground bed) separate direct buried 1.25” I.D.
HDPE conduits between all manholes and pullboxes. The HDPE conduits
must be continuous lengths between manholes and pullboxes, free from
mechanical couplings. The HDPE conduits should be concrete encased to
prevent crushing and provide protection. If a PLINB will be incorporated as
part of the system, the sub-ducts to be used for the power and ground must
be side by side and touching each other throughout the route and must
adhere to pulling requirements for the cable specifications.
7.2.7.2.2 Regardless of which option is used, it is strongly recommended that color
coded sub-ducts are used: Orange for fiber, Red for power, and Green for
ground.
8
CABLE STATIONS
8.1
At Luanda(Angola), Boca Ratón(Florida -USA) and Maldonado(Uruguay),
Purchaser will be responsible for the supply of the Cable Stations. Purchaser will
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
provide the terrain, the necessary equipment for stable energy supply and to grant
ambiental conditions to the equipment rooms in each cable station. as well as any
infrastructure necessary, such as the cable station is able to perform according to
this technical specification. All the Purchasers dependencies shall be clearly
indicated in the Plan of Work. The geographic locations of the cable stations are
listed inTable 8-1 below.
8.2
At Fernando de Noronha, Contractor shall provide a modular Cable Station with
local destiny port. This Cable Station must be adequated for the local
meteorological conditions and appropriate for all the funcionalities needed for its
good performance, such that the contractual performance of the System, as well
as any legal requirements (including local environment Safety, and Helath Laws)
will be fufilled according to this Technical Specification. Where the Purchaser have
the responsability related to the supply of Modular Cable Stations, the Contractor
shall supply the whereabouts of this requirements in the technical description.
8.3
At Fortaleza, Contractor shall build a Cable Station in terrain supplied by the
Purchaser, Localized in Table 8-1.Contractor shall provide all the necessary
equipment for stable energy supply andenvironment conditions for the equipment
rooms, as well as the Station infrastructure, in order to allow the performance
required by this Technical Specification. Contractor shall provide a specification of
the main parameters (including space, energy and environmental requirements) of
all the equipment rooms in a calendar compatible with the Plan of Work, according
to the described in the Technical Description of the Contractor.
8.4
At Santos and Rio de Janeiro, Contractor shall provide terrain, all the necessary
equipment for stable energy supply and environment conditions for the equipment
rooms, as well as the Station infrastructure, in order to allow the performance
required by this Technical Specification. Contractor shall provide a specification of
the main parameters (including space, energy and environmental requirements) of
all the equipment rooms in a calendar compatible with the Plan of Work, according
to the described in the Technical Description of the Contractor.
Table 8-1 : Location of Cable Stations provided by Purchaser
Designation
Location
BCR
Boca Ratón (FL)
SGA
Sangano
FTZ*
Fortaleza
MDL
Maldonado
Latitude
Longitude
3˚44'07''S
38˚27'42.38''W
* WILL ONLY BE PROVIDED THE TERRAIN
9
MARINE AND SHORE END OPERATIONS
9.1
General Requirements
9.1.1
This Chapter describes the marine work required for the planning and installation
of the ACSea Cable System.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.1.2
Contractor shall be responsible for the overall satisfactory performance of all
marine operations necessary for the installation of the submerged equipment
between the beach manholes. Contractor shall provide suitable vessels, tools,
personnel, and equipment for all marine and shore end operations, consistent
with industry standards, and subject to the review of the Purchasers.
9.1.3
The requirements defined in Sections 5.1– 5.5 are generic and remain valid for
all vessels, personnel and equipment involved in all marine operations under the
Contract, except if specified in remainder of this “Marine and Shore End
Operations” Specification, devoted to the specific marine operation.
9.1.4
Scope of Work
9.1.4.1 Contractor’s Marine Installation Scope of Work (SOW) shall include
all associated aspects of the work itemized as follows:
9.1.4.1.1 Desktop Study (DTS)
9.1.4.1.2 Required Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
9.1.4.1.3 Cable Route Survey (CRS) including Burial Assessment Survey (BAS)
9.1.4.1.4 Cable Route Engineering
9.1.4.1.5 System Loading and Laying Instructions (SLLI)
9.1.4.1.6 On-Board System Assembly, if any
9.1.4.1.7 Vessel Loading Operations
9.1.4.1.8 Pre-Lay Grapnel Run (PLGR)
9.1.4.1.9 Route Clearance (RC) for areas of proposed burial;
9.1.4.1.10 Cable installation, inclusive of shore end operations, and burial;
9.1.4.1.11 Pipeline and cable crossings and associated notifications and agreements and
permits as described in the Terms and Conditions;
9.1.4.1.12 Ship-board jointing and testing;
9.1.4.1.13 Post-Lay Inspection and Burial (PLIB) for areas of proposed burial;
9.1.4.1.14 Offloading of all Wet Plant spares will occur at a single depot TBD / as listed in
the Plan of Work (POW). Spare cable, splice kits and other wet plant spares
will be discharged after completion of the marine operations. Any spares used
during installation will be replaced by Contractor at the request of the
Purchaser.
9.1.4.1.15 Reporting and as laid documentation
9.1.4.2 Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing and operating all
vessels, equipment, personnel and any other items required for the
successful performance of all marine operations, including the beach
works. Contractor shall submit details of equipment and vessels
proposed for all Marine Operations.
9.1.4.3 Any damages to the environment, fishing equipment, existing subsea
installation, etc. directly resulting from survey or installation
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
procedures shall be the sole responsibility of Contractor.
9.1.5
Cable Armoring and Burial
9.1.5.1 Cable armoring, burial and surface-laid cable have been applied per
the provisional water. Burial is planned to a maximum water depth of
1500m. Both cable armoring and burial depth are subject to
modification by the results of the DTS and Route Survey. There will
be an SLD true-up in accordance with the commercial terms and
conditions of the Contract.
9.1.5.2 The following marine operations may be necessary to achieve target
cable burial in the relevant areas for main lay burial:
9.1.5.2.1 Plow burial operation (together with the main laying operation)
9.1.5.2.2 Post Lay Inspection (PLI) will be performed as part of the Post Lay Burial
operations (PLB).
9.1.5.2.3 Post Lay Burial operation by water jetting (PLB).
9.1.5.2.4 Quality Assurance
9.1.5.3 Contractor shall operate Quality and Environmental Management
Systems based on and conforming to ISO9001:2008 and ISO14001
(or equivalent) respectively.
9.1.5.4 Contractor shall provide a Quality Plan for all the marine operations.
9.1.5.5 Contractor shall provide operational procedures for all the marine
operations.
9.1.5.6 The Purchasers’ representatives, as practical, have the right to
observe any aspects of the work and carry out audits to check
compliance with the quality documentation.
9.1.6
Health, Environment, and Safety
9.1.6.1 Contractor shall operate International Safety Management (ISM) and
Health Environmental and Safety (HES) systems based on legislation
relevant to the proposed activities.
9.1.6.2 All vessels shall comply with the latest International Maritime
Organization (IMO) and Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) and
environmental requirements for their classification and with any
national requirement of the territorial or continental / EEZ waters to be
operated in.
9.1.6.3 All vessels shall operate under a certificated Safety Management
System (SMS) that provides policies, procedures, and a framework
for continuous improvement to ensure the safety of personnel onboard.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.1.6.4 All vessels shall comply with the International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 MARPOL 73/78.
9.1.6.5 The vessel’s officers and crew shall comply with relevant merchant
shipping legislation. All personnel shall be made aware of their
obligations under ISM and HES regulations, and shall possess the
appropriate protective clothing and safety equipment.
9.1.6.6 Contractor shall provide an alcohol and drug policy statement.
9.1.6.6.1.1 The Purchaser’s Representatives shall have the right to audit safety
procedures of the vessel and related documentation at any stage of the
Contract. Health, Environment, and Safety related documentation will be
made available for evaluation at the location of such an audit and, will
remain in the possession of and is the property of Contractor. If the
Purchaser’s Representatives consider that any operation is in breach of
safety legislation, or that the safety of the vessel or any personnel is
significantly compromised by any operation, the Purchaser’s Representative
shall have the right to halt the work associated with that operation. Work will
resume when the breach of safety legislation has been corrected and/or the
risk to safety has been mitigated.
9.1.7
Vessels and Equipment
9.1.7.1 The vessels proposed by Contractor shall be seaworthy, suitably
equipped for the Work as required by these Technical Specifications
and operational procedures.
9.1.7.2 The vessels shall conform to the following minimum requirements:
9.1.7.2.1 Station-keeping and sea keeping capabilities for the specified Work at the
proposed time of year. Contractor may provide supplemental tug assistance
where such assistance will benefit the operation;
9.1.7.2.2 endurance (i.e. fuel, water, stores, etc.) to undertake the Work in accordance
with the POW;
9.1.7.2.3 staffing to allow all planned work to be carried out as a continuous operation
(on a 24 hour per day basis for the offshore activities and on a 24 hour per
day basis for the inshore activities);
9.1.7.2.4 equipment and spares with necessary tools for all specified works;
9.1.7.2.5 facilities for laptop computer connection and e-mail access for the Purchasers’
Representatives;
9.1.7.3 For each proposed vessel, Contractor shall specify the wind, weather,
sea conditions and currents that would force curtailment of the work.
The Beaufort wind scale and sea state codes shall be used for
fulfilling this requirement.
9.1.7.4 Critical spares and qualified maintenance personnel shall be
available onboard the vessels throughout the works.
9.1.7.5 On each vessel, Contractor shall appoint a Senior Representative
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
(Engineer in Charge, or “EIC”) who shall be in overall charge of
Contractor’s staff and shall be available at all times when the work is
in progress.
9.1.7.6 Contractor shall be responsible for all shipboard systems and
equipment calibration and re-calibration, including spares. Relevant
certification shall be made available to the Purchasers’
Representatives on request.
9.1.8
Navigation and Positioning
9.1.8.1 The vessel shall have fully adequate navigational and positioning
capability to assure both proper installation and real-time recording.
9.1.8.2 On each vessel used, Contractor shall provide a global positioning
system (GPS) throughout the Work. The system shall be capable of
real-time vessel positioning with an accuracy of better than +/- 10
meters at all times. A back up system of similar accuracy shall be
available and operating at all times throughout the work.
9.1.8.3 A complete time-correlated record of all navigation and other data
acquired shall be maintained throughout the work. This data shall be
available for inspection by the Purchasers’ Representatives if
requested.
9.1.8.4 All equipment and systems described in paragraphs above shall be
connected to an uninterruptable power supply.
9.1.8.5 The Contactor shall provide a computer system and software with the
capability of accepting and storing the multi-parameter data for realtime display, on-board processing and post-processing. A complete
time-correlated record of all navigation and other data acquired shall
be maintained throughout the work. This data shall be available online for review by the Purchaser’s Representatives.
9.1.8.6 Equipment calibrations will be performed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations or Contractor Equipment
Calibration Program where applicable.
9.1.9
Contractor’s Personnel
9.1.9.1 On each vessel, Contractor shall appoint an Engineer in Charge
(EIC) who shall be in overall charge of Contractor’s staff and shall be
available at all times when the work is in progress.
9.1.9.2 Contractor’s key shipboard personnel shall have previous experience
in similar roles on prior undersea cable installation programs.
Contractor shall provide details of key personnel prior to mobilization
of each vessel. The Purchasers require Curricula Vitae on such
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
personnel which shall include professional qualifications, previous
experience on this type of work. Contractor shall appoint a Senior
Representative (EIC) of all Contractor Activities, and shall assure that
at least one English-speaking technical representative shall be on
board any vessels.
9.1.9.3 Contractor shall provide details of key personnel prior to mobilization
of each vessel. Contractors’ Key Shipboard and Shore End
Personnel includes
9.1.9.3.1 Cable Ship Master
9.1.9.3.2 Cable Ship Chief Mate
9.1.9.3.3 Cable Ship Chief Engineer
9.1.9.3.4 Contractor’s On Board Senior Representative (EIC)
9.1.9.3.5 Survey Vessel Party Chief
9.1.9.3.6 Contractor’s Senior Shore End Representative (each landing site)
9.1.9.3.7 Purchasers’ Representatives
9.1.9.4 The Purchaser shall provide details of key personnel prior to
mobilization of each vessel. It is preferable to have a Purchaser’s
Representative with undersea cable experience.
9.1.9.5 During all shipboard operations, Contractor shall keep the
Purchasers’ Representatives fully informed of all aspects of the
operations, including holding a daily meeting and the provision of a
daily written report.
9.1.9.6 In addition to the Purchasers Representatives, Contractor shall where
possible accommodate other parties such as pipeline or cable
owners, fishermen organizations, state agencies or military
organizations, etc. during the whole or part of the works.
9.1.9.7 Contractor shall advise the maximum number of representatives that
can be accommodated onboard each survey, cable lay, shore end,
and support vessel. In the case of more than one Purchasers’
Representative is onboard (or at a Landing Site), a Senior
Purchasers’ Representative shall be nominated by the Purchasers to
be the official point of contact during the work. This Senior
Purchasers’ Representative shall have the authority to make
decisions on behalf of the Purchasers.
9.1.9.8 Contractor shall endeavor to provide accommodation in single berth
cabins on board each vessel to a Purchaser’s Representative for the
duration of the work at no cost to the Purchasers. Availability of
single berth cabins is subject to final vessel selection.
9.1.9.9 In the event that special dietary requirements are requested by the
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
representatives, this requirement shall be made known to Contractor
a minimum of one month prior to the representative joining the
vessel, and Contractor shall ensure that meals meeting the dietary
requirements are provided and that they are provided at no cost to
the Purchasers.
9.1.9.10 The Representative shall be given reasonable access to
communications facilities. In case of emergency or in critical
situations, access to communications facilities shall be provided at
the discretion of the Vessel Master.
9.1.9.11 The Purchasers’ Representative shall be given access to Contractor’s
e-mail system.
9.1.9.12 Office facilities for use of the Purchasers’ Representatives shall be
provided. Further, to the extent possible, facilities allowing work to be
carried out on fully-spread charts shall be provided.
9.1.9.13 Contractor shall provide reasonable notice of work timings as soon as
is practical to facilitate the attendance of the Purchasers’
Representatives.
9.1.9.14 While onboard Contractor’s vessels or at Contractor facilities and
work sites, all Purchaser Representatives are required to follow
Contractor’s established safety procedures at each location.
9.1.10 Desktop Study (DTS)
9.1.10.1 The purpose of the Desktop Study is to provide information for use in
the design, construction and maintenance of the system. The DTS
shall examine risks and hazards to the System and determine a route
that minimizes the identified risks. The output of the DTS is a report
and RPL/SLD that will serve as the basis for the Cable Route Survey
and cable manufacturing.
9.1.10.2 The DTS report shall include the following:
9.1.10.2.1 Route Overview
9.1.10.2.2 Landing Sites
9.1.10.2.3 Bathymetry
9.1.10.2.4 Geology
9.1.10.2.5 Meteorology and Climatology
9.1.10.2.6 Oceanography
9.1.10.2.7 Restrictions and Hazards
9.1.10.2.8 Route Recommendations
9.1.10.2.9 Cable protection study
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.1.10.2.10
Risk analysis for all recommendations
9.1.10.2.11
Revised RPLs and SLDs
9.1.10.2.12
Charts
9.1.10.2.13
Clear delineation of all permits required and repsnsibilties for obtaining
them
9.1.10.3 The Requirements for the DTS are in Appendix 9.3.
9.1.11 Cable Route Survey (CRS)
9.1.11.1 The CRS shall include the following:
9.1.11.1.1 Landing site survey
9.1.11.1.2 Small boat survey
9.1.11.1.3 Nearshore survey
9.1.11.1.4 Deep sea survey
9.1.11.1.5 Branching Unit (BU) survey
9.1.11.1.6 Revised RPL and SLD
9.1.11.1.7 Reporting and Charting
9.1.11.2 The Requirements for the CRS are in Appendix 9.3. MakaiPlan will
be the primary cable engineering software for the ACSea Cable
System
9.1.11.3 Contractor shall provide a Burial Assessment Survey to determine the
suitability for the burial of the Wet Plant. The BAS shall be done
using side-scan sonar, sub-bottom profiler, core samples, and Cone
Penetrometer Test data. The BAS will include investigation of the
following:
9.1.11.3.1 burial conditions;
9.1.11.3.2 cable armoring and protection;
9.1.11.3.3 recommendations for installation procedures;
9.1.11.4 and result in an updated Straight Line Diagram and Route Position
List.
9.1.11.5 The work shall be performed in order to assess the route into both the
burial and risk categories as defined in Table 9.2.
a) Table 5: Burial Categories
Category A:
Category B:
Cable burial expected to a target cover depth and no
identified risk of damage to the burial equipment due to
seabed conditions.
Cable burial expected to reasonable endeavors, burial to
target depth may not be achieved. These sections
represent uncertainty in bottom composition, unfavorable
seabed conditions, and / or moderate risk of damage to
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Category C:
the burial equipment due to seabed conditions.
Cable burial will not be attempted due to bottom composition
and/or high risk to burial equipment due to seabed conditions.
Category D:
Cable burial requiring Post Lay Burial attempts. This includes
PLB by route design (e.g. buried cable crossings) or due to
bottom conditions, reflecting man made obstructions.
Category E:
No burial planned
9.1.11.6 Overlapping of Categories B and C shall be done to optimize burial
length. While performing burial operations and approaching a
Category C area, the plow shall remain lowered through the transition
into a Category C until target burial cannot be achieved as per
Category C defined above or if the seabed poses a risk to the plow
and cable. The plow shall not be intentionally lowered into the
seabed within the Category C area.
9.1.11.7 The work shall provide all necessary information to:
9.1.11.7.1 determine the target cover depth achievable by the selected burial equipment
along the specified portions of the cable route and assignment of the
categories described above;
determine the appropriate method of cable protection throughout the
cable route, e.g. plow burial, post-lay burial (by jetting or other methods);
determine the planned plow-up and plow-down positions.
9.1.11.8 The Burial Assessment Survey will be based on results from the sidescan sonar, sub-bottom profiler, and core samples. This Burial
Assessment Survey is an estimate based on limited data and may not
reflect actual results. The results of the BAS shall be shown on the
survey charts. Burial and risk categories shall be shown along the
planned burial route as continuous data. Plow up and plow down
positions shall be added to the Route Position List.
9.1.12 System Loading and Laying Instructions (SLLI)
9.1.12.1 The SLLI is a collection of reference documents and Methods of
Procedures that shall used by Contractor’s personnel to disseminate
and coordinate the installation activities. Purchasers shall also
reference the SLLI to assist in monitoring the progress and quality of
the installation.
9.1.12.2 Contractor shall provide the documents listed below and Methods of
Procedure in the SLLI. Contractor is responsible for Version Control
of all documents included in the SLLI. The SLLI shall include all
planned marine installation operations, but once issued can be
updated by Load, vessel, or operation as appropriate.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.1.12.3 The SLLI shall include:
9.1.12.3.1 Vessel Loading Method of Procedure
9.1.12.3.2 Vessel Load and Lay Testing Method of Procedure
9.1.12.3.3 Power Safety
9.1.12.3.4 Sample Test Results
9.1.12.3.5 Installation Method of Procedure
9.1.12.3.6 Cable Handling Guidelines and Cable Properties
9.1.12.3.7 Route Position List with As Loaded Cable Lengths and Bottom Slack
9.1.12.3.8 Vessel Stowage Plan with As Loaded Cable Lengths
9.1.12.3.9 Straight Line Diagram with As Loaded Cable Lengths and Locations of
components.
9.1.12.3.10
Shore End Landing Method of Procedure
9.1.12.3.11
List of Cable and Pipeline Crossings
9.1.12.3.12
Contact List for Vessel, Agents and Shore-side Purchaser / Contractor
Support
9.1.12.4 The operations shall be conducted according to the SLLI, which shall
be agreed by the Purchasers prior to the start of operations. The
Purchasers’ approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
9.2
9.2.1
Pre-Lay Grapnel Run (PLGR) and Route Clearance (RC)
General
9.2.1.1 Route Clearance includes clearance of Out of Service (OOS) cables
and Pre-Lay Grapnel Run (PLRG) activities. Contractor shall attempt
to clear the route following the survey in such a manner that
installation by burial tools and subsequent maintenance operations
are not hindered by the presence of hazards.
9.2.1.2 Route Clearance operations are only required for areas of planned
burial. For water depths less than 20m, or the inshore limits of the
Main Lay Installation vessel, OOS Cable clearance operations shall
be performed only where necessary by the Shore End operations
team to support the burial operation.
9.2.1.3 Only material that can be safely recovered and stored on the vessel
with the vessel’s standard grapnels and hooks shall be cleared from
the route.
9.2.1.4 All cable and materials recovered during the operation shall be
stowed on board the vessel for disposal ashore in accordance with
applicable legislation.
9.2.1.5 The targeted recovery and disposal of hazardous materials,
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
unexploded ordnance (UXO) and other putative targets are excluded
from this scope, and shall be treated on a case by case basis.
9.2.2
Out of Service (OOS) Cable Clearance
9.2.2.1 OOS clearance will be performed prior to cable burial operations;
9.2.2.2 Contractor shall deploy a de-trenching grapnel set at an appropriate
level and pulled through the seabed along the planned route on either
side of the charted crossing point, on a distance, to be agreed
between the Purchasers’ and Contractor’s Representatives,
depending of the seabed conditions, the water depth, and the
supposed accuracy of the out-of-service cable position.
9.2.2.3 Contractor shall clear the planned cable route of OOS Cables in
accordance with ICPC Recommendation No 1.
9.2.2.4 Contractor shall be responsible for determining that any cables
cleared during the RC operation are in fact declared out-of-service by
the listed owner. If the status of an OOS is unknown, it will be treated
as-if the cable is in-service. In the event that a charted out-of-service
cable cannot be located / detected, a maximum of five grapnel runs
will be made at 50 & 100 meters either side of the crossing, with the
final clearance drive along the route centerline.
9.2.2.5 Recovered cable will be carried onboard until discharged at proper
disposal facility convenient to the operations.
9.2.3
Pre-Lay Grapnel Run (PLGR)
9.2.3.1 The pre-lay grapnel run shall precede the laying and burial operation
and shall ensure clearance of any surface debris deposited along the
cable route.
9.2.3.2 The weight and penetration of the grapnel into the seabed shall be
sufficient to ensure efficient clearance for the subsequent burial
operation; however this does not guarantee clearance of all sub
surface debris.
9.2.3.3 Contractor shall drag one, or an array of, grapnels along the
centerline of the selected route throughout the length of the burial
route and shall monitor the tow tension to determine when an
obstruction has been engaged.
9.2.3.4 Contractor shall routinely recover the grapnels and inspect at average
minimum intervals of 15 km along the route.
9.2.3.5 A single tow is made along the cable route; however, additional runs,
up to a maximum of 5 runs, may be made in areas with high marine
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
activity or where large amounts of debris are recovered.
9.2.4
Loading and Storage of the Wet Plant
9.2.4.1 General
9.2.4.1.1 The requirements shall apply to all loading and off-loading operations and the
stowage of the whole or part of the Wet Plant, which include, but shall not be
limited to:
9.2.4.1.1.1 the loading operations for the main lays;
9.2.4.1.1.2 the loading operations for separate shore-end installations;
9.2.4.1.1.3 the ship-to-ship transfer operations, if applicable;
9.2.4.1.1.4 the off-loading of spares in the depot.
9.2.4.1.2 Contractor shall be responsible for loading the Wet Plant on to the vessels in
accordance with the approved detailed plans and loading procedures.
9.2.4.1.3 Should any Wet Plant be damaged or subjected to excessive shock, strain or
bending or in anyway exceeds the permitted handling characteristics
Contractor shall stop loading immediately and notify the Purchasers'
Representatives. When the Wet Plant sustains damage or is subjected to
forces which may cause deterioration at a future date, Contractor shall agree
with the Purchasers' Representatives of any remedial action to be taken.
9.2.4.1.4 Contractor shall be responsible for the loading and stowage of the Wet plant
to ensure its safe passage to the laying site and satisfactory installation on the
sea bed. This responsibility shall extend to all vessels employed on the work.
9.2.4.2 Spare Cable
9.2.4.2.1 The System Spares for cable will be loaded directly from the cable factory to
the Main Lay vessel. Upon completion of the marine installation, the cable
spare will be delivered to the depot in TBD / per the POW.
9.2.5
Laying of the Main Sea Sections
9.2.5.1 The main lay cable ships shall conform to the following specific
requirements:
9.2.5.1.1 the main lay cable ships shall be equipped with a full dynamic positioning (DP)
system;
9.2.5.1.2 the cable ships shall be fully equipped to lay and repair all the proposed Wet
plant;
9.2.5.1.3 the cable drums, sheaves, tank cones and cable leads shall conform to the
minimum bending radius as per the SLLI; the construction of all equipment will
be of such design and condition that it does not cause damage to the
Submerged Plant when in contact with it;
9.2.5.1.4 the cable ships shall be adequately equipped with all necessary tools for cable
installation and repair operations; specifically, equipment shall be provided for
making cable joints, terminations, electrical power feeding of repeaters and
undertaking on board electrical and transmission tests;
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.2.5.1.5 the cable ships shall have areas of suitable size, facilities, environment and
accessibility for the proper performance of transmission tests, equipment
testing and cable jointing;
9.2.5.1.6 the cable ships shall be equipped to allow control to be maintained over the
payout including installed cable slack;
9.2.5.1.7 the crew shall include medically-trained personnel.
9.2.5.2 The submerged plant shall be installed on the planned route within
the survey swath.
9.2.5.3 Contractor shall provide full details of the procedures for the
installation operations as detailed in the SLLI. The operations shall
be planned to minimize the number of splices made during the Wet
Plant installation.
9.2.5.4 Contractor shall apply the minimum cable tension consistent with the
depth of water, deployed slack, cable type and seas conditions, and
continually record the tension and deployed slack throughout the
installation and burial operations. Real time calculations, used to
monitor and control cable slack, will be performed by Cable
Engineers during the installation. Cable Engineers regularly check
the distance traveled along the route against the amount of cable
being laid. The route distance traveled is calculated directly from the
outputs of the relevant navigation system and the length of cable laid
is taken directly from kilometer markings on the cable and/or from the
cable counter located in the cable pay-out line. A computer regularly
samples incremental route distance and incremental cable distance,
and slack calculations are performed. MakaiLay cable modeling
software will be used on board the installation vessel as the primary
cable deployment/slack management tool, with support of additional
software such as WinFrog.
9.2.5.5 The cable shall be installed in accordance with the RPL and SLD, as
agreed during the engineering phase by the Purchasers and
Contractor.
9.2.6
Burial by Plow
9.2.6.1 This section applies to all proposed areas of burial per the Contract.
9.2.6.2 Target End of Burial is indicated in the Route Position Lists.
9.2.6.3 As per the requirements indicated in Section 9.4.12 Burial
Assessment Survey, Contractor shall use the categories of burial
(from A to E) to determine the appropriate equipment and procedures
to maximize the probability of achieving the target burial depth. For
the avoidance of doubt, rock cutting is not included in this Contract.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.2.6.4 Contractor shall provide details of the proposed burial methods in the
SLLI, including the method of controlling, indicating and recording the
depth of cover over the cable and position of cable entering the sea
bed at any point along the route. These details shall be provided for
review by the Purchasers' Representatives.
9.2.6.5 Contractor shall attempt to meet the target burial depth of 1.5 meters
on a reasonable endeavors basis defined as follows:
9.2.6.5.1 Tow winch render tension shall be limited to 80% of the minimum capability of
any of the following: plow, tow winch, tow wire system, and vessel. Contractor
shall provide a plow system with a minimum capability of 60 tons.
9.2.6.5.2 The target depth of burial should normally be obtained with a tension defined
above in item 9.2.6.5.1 at a speed of 600 meters per hour.
9.2.6.5.3 If the speed of plowing has to be reduced to less than 600 meters per hour to
meet the target burial depth (and remains so for 30 minutes) then the plow
share may be graded out in 100 mm steps until the 600 meters per hour
speed is regained.
9.2.6.5.4 If the tow tension frequently exceeds the tension as defined above in item
9.2.6.5.1, then the burial depth may be reduced in steps of 100 mm at a time,
until plowing can continue at reduced tension.
9.2.6.5.5 If the speed of plowing exceeds 600 meters per hour then the plow share
depth will be lowered in 100 mm steps, provided the tension remains at
acceptable levels, until the target depth of burial is reached.
9.2.6.5.6 At all times a speed exceeding 600 meters per hour is acceptable, provided
the target depth of burial is being achieved and the process is in control.
9.2.6.6 The residual cable tension shall be as low as practicable but shall not
exceed an average of 20 kN or peaks of 30 kN during plow burial
operations.
9.2.6.7 Burial depth must be controlled during Burial operation to minimize
(or completely avoid) any-post lay inspection on buried sections.
9.2.6.8 In places where the plow is recovered for repairs/maintenance, the
amount of Wet Plant not buried shall be kept to the minimum and
shall be subject to further remedial burial by Contractor.
9.2.6.9 Contractor shall maintain a real time analysis of burial performance.
The geographical positions and the amount of the unburied lengths of
the Wet Plant shall be clearly noted in the laying log.
9.2.6.10 In all circumstances, no invasive towed equipment shall be used
within 500 meters (or as per the negotiated crossing agreements) of
any pipeline or in-service submarine cable. Towed equipment may
be recovered on deck, but may not be flown at an increased height
above the seabed.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.2.6.10.1 Should any plant be damaged or subject to excessive stress, strain, bending,
exceed qualified design limits in any respect, or in any way exceeds the
permitted handling or laying characteristics Contractor shall immediately notify
the Purchasers' Representatives and agree on the remedial action to be
taken.
9.2.6.11 Data Logging
9.2.6.11.1 During the complete operation Contractor shall log the following data:
9.2.6.11.1.1
time and date
9.2.6.11.1.2
latitude and longitude at sheave
9.2.6.11.1.3
KP (center of stern)
9.2.6.11.1.4
water depth
9.2.6.11.1.5
ship’s speed
9.2.6.11.1.6
ship’s heading
9.2.6.11.1.7
ROTO
9.2.6.11.1.8
shipboard cable tension
9.2.6.11.1.9
cable laying speed
9.2.6.11.2 During burial operations Contractor shall log the additional following data for
the cable:
9.2.6.11.2.1
plow latitude and longitude
9.2.6.11.2.2
plow KP
9.2.6.11.2.3
burial achievement (continuous logging of data)
9.2.6.11.2.4
cable residual tension
9.2.6.11.2.5
depressor arm height
9.2.6.11.2.6
tow force
9.2.6.11.2.7
pitch and roll
9.2.6.11.2.8
skid height, if applicable
9.2.6.11.3 In addition to the routine measurements, Contractor shall log all the above
data for the following events:
9.2.6.11.3.1
alter courses
9.2.6.11.3.2
joints
9.2.6.11.3.3
transitions
9.2.6.11.3.4
cable bodies
9.2.6.11.3.5
other cables and pipelines crossings
9.2.6.11.3.6
plow recoveries/launches
9.2.6.11.3.7
plow maintenance points
9.2.6.11.4 For these events, the position on the seabed shall be determined using cable
modeling software (MakaiPlanPro or equivalent).
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.2.6.11.5 The data entries shall be logged against a common clock source. Events shall
be recorded as accurately as practicable and shall be labeled to permit future
identification.
9.2.7
Shore End Operations
9.2.7.1 General Requirements for the Shore End Operations
9.2.7.1.1 Contractor shall perform a Site Visit prior to the cable landing, to be done if
feasible in conjunction with the site visit for Land Cable Operations, with the
support from the local Landing Party.
9.2.7.1.2 Prior to the shore end operations, Contractor shall carry out the localization
and the positioning of any in-service cable on the beach and in the inshore
waters. Contractor on behalf of the Purchaser shall make arrangements with
the in-service cable owners for a location tone to be inserted on the relevant
cables. Contractor shall be responsible of any damage to these cables
resulting from the installation process.
9.2.7.1.3 Contractor shall monitor the cable tension throughout the landing operation.
9.2.7.1.4 Contractor shall restore the beach to original conditions, within reasonable
endeavors.
9.2.7.1.5 Shore end burial will be done on a reasonable endeavors basis using water
jetting tools and may be limited to the thickness of soft sediment over
underlying rock.
9.2.7.2 Articulated Pipe
9.2.7.2.1 Contractor will provide and install articulated pipe at each landing, with the
necessary quantities. The quantity of split pipe allocated to each site may be
adjusted and agreed between Contractor and Purchaser. Any amount of pipe
used above this allotment shall be addressed as a Contract Variation.
9.2.7.3 Beach Operations
9.2.7.3.1 Starting from the Beach Manhole, Contractor will bury the cable above for as
far as the water table and beach material will permit.
9.2.7.3.2 Burial to 2m on beach performed with an excavator and limited to the depth of
loose sediment over underlying rock. Rock cutting is excluded.
9.2.7.3.3 Construction of seaward conduits and headwalls are excluded. Direct cable
burial and articulated pipe application have been included.
9.2.7.3.4 Beach burial will transition to the offshore burial in a gradual taper
commencing at the LWM.
9.2.7.3.5 Cable slack of 5-15 meters shall be included in each BMH.
9.2.7.3.6 Upon completion of the shore end operations the site will be restored, as a
minimum, to the original site conditions.
9.2.7.4 Ocean Ground Bed (OGB)
9.2.7.4.1 An Ocean Ground Bed (OGB) and System Return Each cable have been
included for each cable termination of the System.
Contractor includes
typical OGB deployments of six (6) anodes (subject to the results of resistivity
tests), located in close proximity to the BMH, and trenched to a typical depth
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
of 2-3.5 meters (subject to revision based on resistivity requirements) as part
of a standard OGB installation using an excavator. Core drilling and rock
cutting are not considered standard and are excluded from the current scope.
The final scope of the OGB will be dependent on the site survey and soil
resistivity test. An Ocean Ground Bed will be provided at each of the sites
indicated in Table 9.4 below.
9.2.7.5 Reporting and Charting
9.2.7.5.1 Reporting and Charting shall be provided as detailed in the Documentation
Section of this Technical Specification. Contractor shall provide details of
equipment to be used for the beach works in the SLLI.
9.2.7.5.2 Contractor shall provide full details in the SLLI of the proposed beach
engineering methods at each landing points, which shall at least include:
9.2.7.5.2.1 delimitation of the working area and protection from presence of external
people;
9.2.7.5.2.2 installation of adequate cable slack between the low water mark and the
beach joint and/or in the beach manhole, as agreed with the Purchasers;
9.2.7.5.2.3 burial and protection of the cable, as proposed and/or agreed by the
Purchasers;
9.2.7.5.2.4 recording of the position of the cable;
9.2.7.5.2.5 adequate safeguarding of adjacent in-service cables.
9.2.8
Land Cable Installation
9.2.8.1.1 In order to complete the link between the Beach Manhole (BMH) and the
Terminal Station, land cable will be installed, in the Purchaser-provided conduit
along the terrestrial route, and shall be provided by the contractor in the model
presented at Table 9.4 below. The following land cable installation services
will be provided by Contractor:
9.2.8.1.1.1 Preparation of a detailed installation Method of Procedure (MOP);
9.2.8.1.1.2 Purchaser to include conduit construction between the closest
handhole/manhole to the Beach Manhole and the BMH itself; Contractor
recommends coordination of the installation of this portion of OSP conduit
with the BMH construction;
9.2.8.1.1.3 Supply and installation of innerduct is included. Contractor shall inform the
Purchasers of the required conduit dimensions to support the inner duct
installation. Three (3) inner ducts will be installed to support the optical,
power and ground cables between the beach manhole and the cable station.
9.2.8.1.1.4 Supply and installation of the High Voltage land cables, as per Table
9.4,provided by the contractor extending from the terminal equipment at the
cable landing station to the subsea cable at the BMH. Cable installation
descriptives shall be provided by Contractor at a later date..
9.2.8.1.1.5 Supply and installation of all termination kits, intermediate splice kits,
terrestrial to subsea cable splice kits (Beach Joint), required at each landing
location;
9.2.8.1.1.6 Installation of 5 to 10 meters of slack cable at every splice point;
9.2.8.1.1.7 Electrical testing of the High Voltage land cables (if required);
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.2.8.1.1.8 Splice loss testing of the intermediate splices of the fiber cable;
9.2.8.1.1.9 Splice loss testing of the Beach Joint;
9.2.8.1.1.10
Labeling of cables in each manhole and pull-box.
Table 9.4: Land Cable and OGB Installation
Landing Site
Fiber Cable
(km)
Power Conductor
(km)
Ground
Cable (km)
Ocean
Ground Bed
9.2.8.1.2 In the locations where Contractor is installing the land cable in existing
Purchaser provided duct/conduit, Contractor requires the duct/conduit to be
complete and in place well before the terrestrial cable is planned to
commence. Additionally, the customer will be responsible for providing
engineering drawings of the route (preliminary and final) as needed by
Contractor to support the material order and installation work. These drawings
are required within 90 calendar days of CIF to ensure that material orders can
be placed to support the installation program.
9.2.8.1.3 The Purchaser is responsible for the quality and condition of the existing duct,
sub-duct, and related infrastructure, and shall proof ducts and/or provide pull
lines prior to Contractor installation. The route shall have pull boxes with
sufficient spacing and access to allow ease of installation along the route.
Contractor will perform a site visit at each site and inspect the proposed cable
land route. If the Purchaser supplied land route, duct/conduit, trench, or other
components are found to be inadequate or in need of additional modifications,
Contractor will notify the Purchaser of the changes required (in writing) so the
Parties can agree on a resolution.
9.2.8.1.4 Contractor shall provide Drawings for typical Beach Manhole, intermediate
Manholes, and Handholes upon Contract Signature.
9.2.9
Post-Lay Inspection and Burial (PLIB)
9.2.9.1 Requirements for PLIB Operations
9.2.9.1.1 In planned burial areas of the cable route, Contractor shall make reasonable
endeavors as defined in below to bury exposed cable sections to achieve
target burial depth and to bury all lengths of the Submerged Plant that were
not buried per Paragraph 9.2.9.1.2 (Reasonable Endeavors). Locations
targeted for PLIB are:
9.2.9.1.1.1 initial, final or intermediate splices,
9.2.9.1.1.2 crossings of in-service power and telecommunication cables and pipe-lines,
9.2.9.1.1.3 unplanned plow recoveries due to malfunction of the vessel, plow
9.2.9.1.1.4 between the low water mark and start of plow burial, as applicable,
9.2.9.1.1.5 operations that materially deviated from the intended lay plan as detailed in
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
the SLLI;
9.2.9.1.1.6 locations where burial data reported from the plow is suspect.
9.2.9.1.2 Reasonable Endeavors for PLIB
9.2.9.1.2.1 Post-Lay Inspection and Burial shall be performed on a reasonable
endeavors basis as defined below:
9.2.9.1.2.2 Up to three jetting (burial) passes will be performed, with one inspection
pass, as required.
9.2.9.1.2.3 If each pass does not obtain better than 10 cm improvement to the burial
depth, the site will be deemed completed.
9.2.9.1.3 Additional PLIB will be performed at other agreed locations that were not
buried to the target depth, up to a maximum quantity of 3% of the total burial
length as indicated on the RPL and SLD. For the avoidance of doubt, the 3%
cap does not include items 9.2.9.1.1.1-9.2.9.1.1.5 in the paragraph above.
9.2.9.1.4 The areas to be inspected and buried during the PLIB operations shall be
discussed and determined by Contractor’s and Purchasers’ Representatives
onboard the cable ships during the laying operations. The areas shall be
included in a PLIB Matrix. The Main Lay Vessel’s on-board Purchaser
representative must have the authority to approve the PLIB Matrix (locations
for planned remedial burial operations), and also the Purchaser
representative(s) on board the PLIB vessel(s) must have the authority to
approve remediated burial locations prior to the vessel departing the work site.
9.2.9.1.5 The PLIB Matrix shall be prepared by the Cable Installation EIC and
Purchaser’s Representative, and shall include areas targeted for PLIB as
defined above. The PLIB Matrix shall become the Scope of Work for the PLIB
platforms.
9.2.9.1.6 At inspection sites where the cable is buried but the depth of burial measured
using the ROV cable tracking tool varies more than 10cm from the reported
plow burial depth, the ROV shall attempt to improve cable burial to
demonstrate that the cable is buried as well as the seabed would permit.
9.2.9.2 Navigation and Positioning
9.2.9.2.1 For each vessel, Contractor shall provide, in the SLLI, details of all navigation
aids on board, including echo-sounding equipment and equipment used to
deploy the Remotely Operated Vehicle (ROV).
9.2.9.2.2 The ROV shall be capable of operating on a continuous 24 hour operation in
all water depths where burial has been planned according to the burial plan.
Contractor reserves the right to retrieve the ROV for regular maintenance.
9.2.9.2.3 The cable tracker shall be capable of tracking the cable within the
manufacturer’s specifications for TSS 340 and 350 systems. Contractor shall
provide the limitations of the cable tracking device.
9.2.10 Data Logging
9.2.10.1 During the complete operation Contractor shall log the following data
every 10m, at a minimum:
9.2.10.1.1 Time and date
9.2.10.1.2 ROV
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.2.10.1.3 latitude and longitude
9.2.10.1.4 KP
9.2.10.1.5 Jet settings
9.2.10.1.6 Speed
9.2.10.1.7 Pitch and roll
9.2.10.1.8 Cable burial depth
9.2.10.2 In addition to the routine measurements, Contractor shall log the
above data for the following events:
9.2.10.2.1 alter courses
9.2.10.2.2 cable markers
9.2.10.2.3 joints
9.2.10.2.4 transitions
9.2.10.2.5 cable bodies
9.2.10.2.6 other cables and pipelines crossings
9.2.10.3 The data entries shall be logged against a common clock source.
9.2.10.4 Contractor shall record the results of the inspection and burial
passes. Such data shall be made available to the Purchasers
Representatives for review if required.
9.2.11 Reporting and Charting
9.2.11.1.1 Contractor shall provide details of the proposed methods for the PLIB
operations in the SLLI. Contractor shall maintain a real time analysis of burial
performance. The geographical positions and the amount of the unburied
lengths of the Wet Plant shall be clearly noted in the operational log, PLIB
Matrix, and Daily Report.
9.2.11.1.2 The final inspection pass for both jetting sites and inspection sites shall be
recorded on DVD with overlays of Date, Time, KP, Latitude, Longitude, Water
Depth, Burial Depth and ROV Heading.
9.2.11.1.3 Contractor shall also provide details of any other vessels and services
required during the PLIB operations, including, but not limited to, guard ships,
tugs, diving support vessels etc, in the SLLI.
9.2.11.1.4 The data entries of the video shall be logged against a common clock source.
Events shall be recorded as accurately as practicable and shall be labeled to
permit future identification.
9.2.11.1.5 Reporting and Charting shall be provided as detailed in Documentation
Section in this Technical Specification
9.2.12 Pipeline, In-service Telecommunication Cable, and Power Cable Crossings
9.2.12.1 At the time of Contract signature, pipeline crossings have been
identified for the ACSea Cable System. Uraduct will be used for
pipeline crossings unless pipeline owners indicate otherwise during
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
pipeline crossing negotiations.
Until the pipeline crossing
agreements have been established, 100 meters of Uraduct per
pipeline crossing. Any additional pipeline crossings identified during
the Desktop Study or Cable Route Survey are subject to Contract
Variation.
9.2.12.2 Telecommincations cables....
9.2.13 Power cables...Jointing Operations
9.2.13.1 All jointing operations carried out by Contractor shall use qualified
jointers.
9.2.13.2 Contractor shall appoint a supervisor who shall be responsible for the
jointers. Contractor shall supply qualified personnel to cover all
aspects of joint evaluation and testing.
9.2.13.3 The jointing of cable shall be carried out in accordance with the SLLI.
9.2.13.4 All cable jointing operations performed during the installation of the
system shall use Contractor Millennia Joint (MJ) or Universal Joint
(UJ) technology.
9.2.14 Testing Operations
9.2.14.1 General Responsibilities
9.2.14.1.1 Contractor shall be responsible for:
9.2.14.1.1.1
all testing operations during loading and laying operations;
9.2.14.1.1.2
the provision of testing and associated equipment;
9.2.14.1.1.3
the interpretation of the test results.
9.2.14.1.1.4 The results of the tests described in the SLLI shall be provided to the
Purchaser’s Representative for review.
9.2.14.2 Testing During Loading
9.2.14.2.1 Each cable section and the overall assembled sections shall be tested in
accordance with the SLLI. On detection of a fault, loading shall cease until a
remedial action plan has been agreed with the Purchasers' Representatives.
9.2.14.2.2 Complete or partial segments will be powered from the ship or factory PFE in
order to test the cable and repeaters. Testing will be performed at the direction
of the Transmission Engineer in Charge (TEIC).
9.2.14.2.3 Typical tests to be done are:
9.2.14.2.3.1
COTDR
9.2.14.2.3.2
OTDR
9.2.14.2.3.3
Electrical Measurements (PFE, V/I), as applicable per segment
9.2.14.2.3.4 Tests will be performed and defined, as per the Wet Plant Test and
Transmission Load and Lay Method of Procedures (MOP) provided in the
SLLI.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.2.14.3 Testing During Laying
9.2.14.3.1 Contractor shall provide communication between the cable-ships and the
cable station from which the cable is being laid during the main sea section
laying operations
9.2.14.3.2 During the cable lay the system will be powered, subject to safe working
practices, monitored and periodically tested and recorded.
9.2.14.3.3 Typical tests are:
9.2.14.3.3.1
COTDR
9.2.14.3.3.2
OTDR
9.2.14.3.3.3
Electrical Measurements (PFE, V/I), as applicable per segment
9.2.14.3.4 Tests will be performed and defined, as per the Wet Plant Test and
Transmission Load and Lay MOP provided in the SLLI.
9.2.14.4 PLSE Testing
9.2.14.4.1 The PLSE cable shall be tested during the installation with an OTDR for
optical continuity.
9.2.15 Documentation and Reporting Requirements
9.2.15.1 General
9.2.15.1.1 Daily Reports
9.2.15.1.1.1 Contractor shall submit to the Purchasers a written daily report during all
the works performed by all vessels.
9.2.15.1.1.2 The contents of the Daily Report are included in the Documentation
section.
9.2.15.1.2 Final Reports/Documentation
9.2.15.1.2.1 A detailed report shall be prepared by Contractor to supplement and
explain thoroughly each marine operation and the data presented on the
charts.
9.2.15.1.2.2 The contents of the final reports are included in the Documentation
section.
9.2.15.1.2.3 Marine Sample Documents: Sample Documents will be provided in
accordance with the Documentation section.
9.2.15.1.2.4
System Loading and Laying Instructions (SLLI)
9.2.15.1.2.5
Daily Reports for vessel operations
9.2.15.1.2.6
Marine Installation Report (MIR)
9.2.15.2 Interim Reporting
9.2.15.2.1 Reporting and Charting shall be provided as detailed in the Documentation
section.
9.2.15.2.2 Within 24 hours of completion of a laying or PLIB operation at a pipeline,
power cable, or in-service telecommunication cable crossing, the crossing
position and relevant positions from the as-laid RPL at the crossing point shall
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
be provided to the Owner, Operator, or Maintenance Authority of the crossed
system as per Permitting responsibilities in the Terms and Conditions.
9.2.15.2.3 The following interim information shall be provided within five (5) business
days of completion of the laying operation of a Segment or Sub-Segment,
unless otherwise agreed with the Purchasers' Representatives:
9.2.15.2.3.1
as-laid RPLs, with burial results indicated;
9.2.15.2.3.2
as-laid SLD (Cable Station - Cable Station);
9.2.15.2.3.3
test results.
9.2.15.2.4 After completion of the laying operation of a Segment or Sub-Segment, a RPL
showing alter-courses, repeaters, and final splices shall be provided for
notification to charting and fishing agencies. Such notifications shall be made
by the Purchasers unless specifically delegated to Contractor.
9.2.15.3 Final Reporting
9.2.15.3.1 Final Installation reporting shall be provided in the Marine Installation Report
(MIR) as described in the Documentation Section of this Technical
Specification.
9.2.15.3.2 All burial data for the laying and burial operations and for the PLIB operations;
9.2.15.3.3 Testing officer's reports including all test data acquired from mobilization to
demobilizations, as appropriate;
9.2.15.3.4 Route Position Lists showing the location of the Wet Plant on the seabed, alter
course positions, buried or unburied areas, cable tension and other events;
9.2.15.3.5 Straight Line Diagrams showing the final configuration of the Wet Plant;
9.2.15.3.6 Comparison of burial depth of the Submerged Plant achieved along the cable
route with target depth indicated in the burial plan;
9.2.15.3.7 Video reports showing the salient seabed features encountered during the
PLIB operations, subject to quality of visibility;
9.2.15.3.8 Video reports for the Shore-End cable sections as detailed in the Shore End
section.
9.2.15.3.9 Contractor shall add on the survey charts:
9.2.15.3.9.1
the position of the Wet Plant on the seabed;
9.2.15.3.9.2 the burial depth achieved at any point along the installed route, shown as
a profile in the bottom strip of the charts; data from the laying operations and
from the PLIB operations shall be shown in different line features and/or
colors;
9.2.15.3.9.3
any pertinent and important margin notes.
9.3ANNEX:DESKTOP STUDY (DTS)
9.3
9.3.1
Introduction
9.3.1.1 Contractor will conduct a Route Feasibility and Hazard Analysis
(DTS) to supplement the Purchasers Desktop Study. The DTS is
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
paramount to the successful planning of a submarine cable system.
The primary goal of the DTS is to identify a safe route for the marine
survey, and ultimately the submarine cable, that is both technically
and commercially viable. In accomplishing this goal, the DTS will
investigate the proposed landing sites, assess the risks for the
proposed route (physical, political and cultural), and identify
information that will affect schedule, marine survey, installation and
cable system maintenance.
9.3.2
Minimum Requirements
9.3.2.1 The DTS will examine the following subject matter and describe any
potential impact to the planning, installation, and operation of the
cable system.
9.3.3
Landing Site Determination
9.3.3.1 Working on guidance from the Purchaser, Contractor will investigate
the proposed landing locations. Contractor will access available
documentation on the proposed landing sites, consult the Purchaser
on existing terrestrial work and backhaul facilities, and coordinate the
marine investigations with terrestrial planning.
9.3.3.2 At a minimum, the following research will be conducted.
9.3.3.2.1 Identify the existing facilities available for landing a submarine cable and/or
provide suitable locations to construct new landing facilities.
9.3.3.2.2 Identify the agreed Beach Manhole (BMH) position.
9.3.3.2.3 Obtain local nautical charts and street maps encompassing the landing site.
9.3.3.2.4 Obtain information for local organizations and authorities that will need to be
liaised with for the planning, installation and operation of the cable system.
9.3.3.2.5 Identify nearshore activities that may affect the cable (i.e. shipping, fishing,
hydrocarbon exploitation, mining, etc.).
9.3.3.2.6 Identify cultural and/or environmental issues that may affect, or be impacted
by, cable installation.
9.3.3.2.7 Examine the local climactic, geologic and oceanographic conditions and
identify any potential impact to the installation or operation of the cable
system.
9.3.4
Submarine Geology and Physiography
9.3.4.1 Several conditions require assessment in order to provide the
information necessary to gauge the geologic and physiographic risks
to the proposed cable system. The DTS will examine the following
geologic and physiographic conditions as they relate to the region of
the proposed cable system:
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
-
Seismicity
Surface Faulting
Volcanic Activity
Seamounts, Trenches,
Canyons & Ridges
-
Sediment Types
Turbidity Currents
Tectonics
Mobile Sediments
(Sandwaves)
-
Sediment Transport
Seafloor Morphology
Seabed Lithology
9.3.4.2 Where cable burial is proposed, the above topics will be considered
with respect to the possible affects on burial operations.
9.3.5
Environmental Conditions
9.3.5.1 Oceanography
9.3.5.1.1 The DTS will include an investigation of the existing oceanographic data to
identify the typical sea states expected in the region of the proposed cable
system. This data will be summarized and presented to allow planning of
marine operations so that high-risk times of year can be avoided. The DTS
will also include information describing the surface and bottom currents
expected in the area as well as the expected bottom water temperature.
9.3.5.2 Climate and Weather
9.3.5.2.1 The DTS will investigate seasonal variations in climate and weather within the
region(s) of the proposed cable system. This investigation shall include a
description of major climatic influences (i.e. Convergence Zones, Trade
Winds, Hurricane/Monsoon Seasons, etc.) and identify the monthly averages
for wind speed and direction, temperature and precipitation for each region.
The frequency of flooding and any other weather related hazards will also be
identified.
9.3.5.3 Cultural and Man-Made Factors
9.3.5.3.1 The DTS will identify and examine the available information on cultural and
man-made factors that may be encountered along the proposed cable route.
Each factor will be fully described and the potential affects on the proposed
cable system highlighted.
9.3.5.4 Commercial Fishing
9.3.5.4.1 Commercial fishing, known to be the primary threat to an installed submarine
cable, can also have a detrimental impact on marine operations (i.e. survey,
installation and maintenance). The DTS will investigate and present the
following:
9.3.5.4.1.1 Summary description of fishing gear used and its potential to interact with
cables during and after installation.
9.3.5.4.1.2 The estimated locations, seasonality, and size of fishing grounds.
9.3.5.4.1.3 Available information on the reported seabed penetration depth of the
different gear types.
9.3.5.4.1.4 Available information on bottom type for the major fishing grounds, with
particular reference to fishing grounds with reported hard bottom, rocks or
steep slopes where fishing occurs and cable burial may be impossible.
9.3.5.4.1.5 Estimated numbers and sizes of bottom commercial fishing vessels by type.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
(i.e. trawl, dredge, longline, etc.)
9.3.5.4.1.6 Descriptions of any fisheries with special socio-economic or political
significance.
9.3.5.4.1.7 Descriptions of any fisheries “property rights” along the cable route.
9.3.5.4.1.8 Reports of any fishery-related issues likely to require consideration for
permitting processes.
9.3.5.4.1.9 Estimated water depth ranges for each fishing gear type.
9.3.6
Cables and Pipelines
9.3.6.1 The DTS will use information provided by the Purchaser and access
various databases to identify other submarine cables and pipelines
that cross or lie near the proposed cable route. A matrix will be
prepared using the following information:
-
System Name
System Owner
Crossing Angle
-
System Status
Water Depth
Repeater Proximity
-
Crossing Position
Cable Type
9.3.6.2 Available cable fault histories will be presented.
9.3.7
Hydrocarbon / Mineral Extraction Leases
9.3.7.1 The DTS will investigate known lease areas used for hydrocarbon
exploration/exploitation, or for other mineral mining (i.e. Sand) that
are crossed by, or occur near, the proposed cable system and
identify any potential impacts. Available contact information will be
provided for the Lease Owner(s).
9.3.8
Restricted Areas
9.3.8.1 The DTS will examine existing information on restricted areas in the
vicinity of the proposed cable route and present potential impacts to
the cable system. Restricted Areas to be examined include, but are
not limited to, the following:
-
9.3.9
Military Exercise Areas
Marine Sanctuaries or
Protected Areas
-
Shipping Channels
Anchorages
-
Dumping Grounds
Significant Historic,
Archaeological or
Cultural sites
Permitting / Regulatory Factors
9.3.9.1 The DTS will provide a general overview of the permitting
requirements for each region, including any environmental studies,
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
necessary to conduct marine and terrestrial activities associated with
the installation and operation of the proposed cable system. The
DTS will also identify the limits of territorial claims (i.e. National and
Territorial Waters) and any disputed claims.
9.3.10 Cable Engineering and Survey Recommendations
9.3.10.1 Using the information collected during the course of the DTS, a cable
route will be developed and proposed. The proposed cable route will
avoid identified hazards where technically and commercially feasible.
The proposed Route Position List (RPL) (see Addendum C), and
Straight Line Diagram (SLD) will be provided in a Microsoft Excel
(.xls) format. All geographical coordinates in the Route Position List
will be provided in Latitude Degrees Decimal Minutes and Longitude
Degrees Decimal Minutes in WGS84 datum (i.e. 40° 46.182'N, 74°
30.160'W). Route recommendations will address the following:
9.3.10.1.1 Shore Landing (i.e. Direct, pre-laid, directional drill, split pipe, etc.);
9.3.10.1.2 Burial recommendations (water depth and depth into sediment);
9.3.10.1.3 Cable Engineering (i.e. cable type and quantities).
9.3.11 Reporting and Deliverables
9.3.11.1 Report
9.3.11.1.1 The Report shall be available within # months following the Coming into Force
(CIF) date / per the POW. The Purchaser will be provided with one (1) copy of
the Draft DTS Report in Digital format and one (1) Digital copy of the Final
Report.
9.3.11.1.1.1
Report Content - Text
9.3.11.1.2 The DTS Report will include the information outlined in the Minimum
Requirements Section (2.0) and be formatted according to a Table of Contents
agreed by the Purchaser.
9.3.11.2 Charting
9.3.11.2.1 A series of North-Up adjoining and overlapping charts will be presented with
the DTS Report. The charts shall be in Mercator projection based on the
WGS84 Datum. All geographical coordinates will be provided in Latitude
Degrees Decimal Minutes and Longitude Degrees Decimal Minutes in WGS84
datum (i.e. 40° 46.182'N, 74° 30.160'W). The data presented on the chart will
include the cable route, bathymetry, other cables and pipelines, restricted
areas, national/territorial limits, and other known or charted hazards (i.e.
shipwrecks).
9.3.11.2.2 Charts will be provided according to the following approximate scales for the
various regions of the route. Scaling may fluctuate to accommodate the best
fit for the data presented. Charting scales are summarized as follows:
9.3.11.2.2.1
Cable system overview – Presented as a “Best Fit”
9.3.11.2.2.2
Planning Charts for the entire route – 1:500,000
9.3.11.2.2.3
Cable Landing sites – 1:50,000
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.3.11.2.3 The Final route Delivery Shall be done in a .kmz file to the Purchaser's
representatives.
9.3.12 Digital Copies
9.3.12.1 Digital copies of the DTS report text, figures and photographs will be
prepared in Microsoft Word format and presented in Adobe PDF
format. Digital copies of the charts will be prepared in standard
charting software (i.e. AutoCAD or ArcGIS) and presented in.Adobe
PDF format. Contractor can also provide the text and charting source
files if requested by the Purchaser. A digital copy of the text report
and the charts will be provided on CD/DVD.
9.3.13 Presentation
9.3.13.1 If requested by the Purchaser, Contractor will make a formal
presentation of the DTS Report.
9.3.13.2 Deliverables Summary
Report
Due Date
Media
Draft DTS text report and
1 CD/DVD
As indicated in the
charts
POW
Final DTS text report and
1 CD/DVD
30 days after receipt
charts
of
Purchaser
Final
Comments
ANNEX 9.4 ROUTE SURVEY
9.4
9.4.1
Introduction
9.4.1.1 The principle objective of the Marine Cable Route Survey is to
confirm or amend the preliminary route to ascertain a feasible and
safe route for cable system design, deployment, survivability, and
subsequent maintenance. The survey will also allow decisions to be
made about cable armoring and burial. The survey will identify all
route obstacles and cable hazards and provide detailed information to
support cable route and installation engineering.
9.4.1.2 A Route Survey will be performed in order to provide geological and
bathymetric data to assist route engineers in determining:
9.4.1.2.1 An optimal cable route;
9.4.1.2.2 An indication of appropriate cable protection methods;
9.4.1.2.3 Amount of slack to include in the system.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.4.1.3 Real-time data analysis may determine where areas of route
deviations from the pre-survey route (as defined in the Route
Feasibility and Hazard Analysis – RFPA/RFHA) may be required.
Contractor shall be prepared to undertake route development
operations (defined as the length of an individual survey line,
including transits) of a length of up to 10% of the centerline length of
the pre-survey route, as necessary. Any work associated with data
acquisition beyond this stated amount shall be subject to Contract
Variation.
9.4.1.4 Contractor shall work to contract survey vessels with flexible work
schedules in the event that additional survey time is required. During
survey operations, the Purchasers’ representative, Contractor’s
representative, and the survey Contractor’s Party Chief will work
closely in making field decisions to determine route acceptability.
9.4.2
Permits and Customs Clearances
9.4.2.1 Contractor shall obtain Permits as described in the Contract Terms
and Conditions for performance of the Marine Route Survey. Permit
acquisition for the performance of the Marine Route Survey will
include those for both cable landing countries and countries whose
maritime jurisdictional claims (e.g., Territorial Sea, Contiguous Zone,
Exclusive Economic Zone) are traversed by the cable route but where
no cable landing is planned. Additionally, the Contractor must
process all necessary documentation to ensure timely Customs
Clearances for the survey vessel(s), equipment, and personnel
designated to perform the route survey.
9.4.3
Route Survey Requirements (General)
9.4.3.1 The objective of the survey is to select the final route for laying the
system based on the data and information obtained.
9.4.3.2 The Survey scope shall be in accordance with the Route Position lists
provided in Addendum C.
9.4.3.3 The Route Survey operations will consist of the following, separate,
but overlapping areas:
9.4.3.3.1 Deep Sea Survey
9.4.3.3.2 Nearshore Survey
9.4.3.3.3 Small Boat Survey
9.4.3.3.4 Diver Swim Survey
9.4.3.3.5 Landing Site Survey
9.4.3.4 Specifications for each of the survey areas shall be as follows:
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Survey Area
Branching Unit
Deep Sea (1000m WD to full
ocean depth)
Survey Corridor
Data Overlap
Requirements
4 x WD box centered
around proposed BU
location
Bathymetric 20%
3 x WD
Bathymetric 20%
Maximum of 10km
swath
Nearshore 300m to 1000m WD
1000m
Bathymetric 20%, SSS 100%
Nearshore 20m to 300m WD
500m
Bathymetric 20%, SSS 100%
Small Boat 3 to 20m WD
500 m
SSS 100%
Diver Swim 0 to 3m WD
250m
N/A
Landing Site
250m
50m landward of the BMH
9.4.3.5 Attention will be paid to minimize and/or eliminate gaps, or unsurveyed areas, between any of the different survey operations to the
extent practical. Contractor shall recommend routes that avoid
and/or minimize the impacts of identified hazards, wherever
technically and commercially feasible, including:
9.4.3.5.1 Unnecessarily close parallels to other cables and/or pipelines;
9.4.3.5.2 Crossings with submarine cables and pipelines at angles < 45 degrees;
9.4.3.5.3 Ammunition dumping areas or other hazardous material dumping areas;
9.4.3.5.4 Areas devoted to the exploitation of oil, mineral, and other resources;
9.4.3.5.5 Locations with a history of, or potential for, submarine disturbance;
9.4.3.5.6 Areas of trawl fishing activity;
9.4.3.5.7 Shipping anchorage and shipping traffic separation zones;
9.4.3.5.8 Areas close to seismic activity zones;
9.4.3.5.9 Areas known to have frequent military exercises;
9.4.3.5.10 Abandoned cables.
9.4.4
Deep Sea Route Survey
9.4.4.1 The Deep Sea Survey extends from the end limit of the Nearshore
Survey to the full ocean depth of the submarine cable route. Utilizing
deep sea swath bathymetry surveying systems (hull-mounted or
towed system), continuous depth recordings centered along the presurvey route will be obtained.
9.4.4.2 Additional sounding lines may be required to develop the route to
avoid any undesirable bottom features or obstacles that may be
encountered.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.4.4.3 The bathymetry system will have a real time graphic display capable
of 50 meter depth resolution or better, and a bathymetric accuracy of
at least 2.5% of the water depth.
9.4.5
Nearshore Route Survey
9.4.5.1 The Nearshore Route Survey extends from the end limit of the Small
Boat Route Survey to the beginning of the Deep Sea Route Survey.
A continuous bathymetric swath and, side scan sonar imagery (SSS),
and sub bottom profile (SBP) will be collected centered on the presurvey submarine cable route.
9.4.5.2 Bathymetric systems will have an accuracy of at least 1.0% of the
water depth. The sounding system will have a real time bathymetric
display on paper providing 10 meter depth resolution or better. Subbottom equipment will be able to discern nature and density of upper
2m of seabed, and will be used on a non-interfering basis with other
sounding systems. Additional sounding lines may be necessary to
develop any undesirable bottom features or obstacles that may be
encountered. A minimum 20% overlap between survey lines for
bathymetric data and 100% overlap for Side Scan Sonar will be
obtained.
9.4.5.3 Seabed sampling is described in Paragraphs 9.4.6 and 9.4.9.
9.4.6
Small Boat Route Survey
9.4.6.1 A Small Boat Route Survey extends from the end limit of the Diver
Swim Survey to the beginning of the Nearshore Route Survey. The
Small Boat Route Survey will be performed with a small craft utilizing
a Multibeam echosounder, sidescan sonar, and sub bottom profiler.
The survey will be performed in areas inshore of the safe working
draft limits of the primary survey vessel.
9.4.6.2 In areas where burial is recommended, bottom samples will also be
collected and analyzed. This sampling will be spaced nominally at 1
core per 10kms.
9.4.7
Diver Swim Survey
9.4.7.1 The Diver Swim Survey will extend from the end limit of the Landing
Site Survey seaward to overlap the Small Boat Survey. Diver swim
lines shall be spaced 50m apart (i.e. 5 lines for a 250m wide corridor).
A diver swim rope with 25m graduations will be positioned along the
route. Bathymetry will be measured by diver depth gauge at each
25m graduation. Geomorphology will be determined by underwater
video (along the pre-survey centerline only) and bar probing (every
25m) along the length of the diver swim rope. The diver swim survey
will also investigate any obstacles found during the performance of
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
the Small Boat Survey up to safe diving limits.
9.4.8
Landing Site Survey
9.4.8.1 Contractor will perform a site visit at each landing site at the precise
cable landing point. The BMH position used for the Landing Site
Survey will be the purchaser-approved position (as per the DTS) and
will consist of a full topographic survey, including the positions and
photographs of nearby prominent objects (natural or cultural). The
beach landing site and associated shoreline details will be shown on
the appropriate charts. The shoreline outside the survey swath may
not be surveyed and data may be taken from published charts.
9.4.9
Bottom Samples
9.4.9.1 Contractor shall make use of the sub-bottom profiling and side scan
sonar equipment or imagery in making decisions on the locations of
the bottom sampling. Sufficient bottom samples shall be taken to
supplement the side scan and the sub-bottom profiling equipment
data in determining the nature of sub-bottom sediments and the
technical feasibility of cable burial. Precise locations, and sampling
intervals, will be decided onboard by the Contractor representative
and the survey Contractor’s Party Chief in conjunction with the
geophysicist and purchasers’ Representative.
9.4.9.2 Each core sample obtained shall be longitudinally split and
photographed in color. A scale in centimeters and a photographic
identification number shall be legibly shown in each photograph. Clay
units or clay composite units present in each core shall be tested by a
hand-held torvane instrument to determine shear strength at as many
layers as possible.
9.4.9.3 Grab sampling shall be provided for use in areas where gravity cores
cannot be obtained after two attempts.
9.4.9.4 Grab samples, dredges, etc., shall also be photographed in color and
a photograph identification number shall be shown in each one.
9.4.9.5 Each sample shall be fully described on both the final
geomorphologic charts and as an appendix to the final narrative
report.
9.4.9.6 All samples (cores, grabs, dredges, etc.,) may be discarded following
analysis and photography; however, Contractor shall assume full
responsibility for the quality, clarity and control of the photographic
film and descriptive data obtained from each sample after it has been
discarded.
9.4.9.7 Where burial is recommended, a minimum of one core every 10
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
kilometers, or where significant alteration in seabed composition is
identified, will be taken.
9.4.10 Cable Crossing Survey
9.4.10.1 Contractor will be required to identity and chart all active and OOS
cables located within the survey swath to the End of Burial. This will
be accomplished by the use either marine magnetometer or by use of
a Side Scan Sonar.
9.4.11 Pipeline Crossing Surveys
9.4.11.1 Contractor will identify the orientation and depth of burial of all
pipelines crossed using a magnetometer and sub-bottom profiler
along the entire length of the pipeline within the survey swath.
9.4.12 Cone Penetrometer Test (CPT)/Burial Assessment Survey
9.4.12.1 For the Burial Assessment Survey, CPTs will be used to enhance the
geophysical data interpretation. CPTs will be processed onboard the
vessel and subsequently integrated with the geophysical data. The
position of the CPTs will be nominally 1 every 10 km but will depend
on the composition of the seabed sediments as revealed by the
geophysical data. Precise locations, and sampling intervals, will be
decided onboard by the Contractor representative and the survey
Contractor’s Party Chief in conjunction with the geophysicist and
Purchasers’ Representative.
9.4.13 Survey Equipment
9.4.13.1 Contractor shall submit full technical details of all survey equipment to
be used once the final sub Contractor has been selected. All
equipment shall be supplied with sufficient spares and consumables
to ensure their autonomous running and minimize equipment
downtime. All equipment shall be tested and calibrated to the
satisfaction of the Purchasers’ representative prior to commencement
of operations to ensure proper working order.
9.4.14 Data Collection and Storage
9.4.14.1 A suitable computer system and back up, capable of accepting and
storing the multi-parameter survey data for both real-time display and
for subsequent reduction and post-processing, shall be provided.
Proper interfacing between the navigation computer and all
associated devices of the survey equipment (digital echosounder,
real time clock, and gyro compass) shall ensure that no ambiguity
can arise between fixes generated at different times on different days.
A complete time-correlated record of all navigation and survey data
acquired is to be maintained throughout the survey using automatic
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
data logging equipment. Hard copies of this data are to be available
on-line.
9.4.14.2 All survey equipment shall be operated such that simultaneous and
common event marks are displayed on all records. All data is to be
logged to disk, this is to be made available to the Purchasers for
inspection (if required).
9.4.14.3 Survey data collected during the course of the survey is to be
maintained by Contractor, for a period of five (5) years, in the form of
final survey charts and reports. Following this period, the Purchasers
will notify Contractor of actions to take with the data. Access shall be
made available to the Purchasers during this time period (if required).
9.4.15 Navigation and Positioning
9.4.15.1 Primary System: A Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS)
will be used as the primary navigation system. All navigation systems
are linked by a computer-based integration system.
9.4.15.2 Availability: The navigation system will be fully operational on a 24hour basis throughout the survey. It will be capable of real-time
vessel positioning with a minimum accuracy of +/- 10 meters for both
the Nearshore and the Deep Sea Route Survey. The navigation
system will be capable of storing multi-parameter navigation data
from both real-time display and subsequent data reduction and postprocessing.
9.4.15.3 Integrity: Contractor will utilize survey equipment and systems in
accordance with proper hydrographic surveying principles, and
assure that there is no ambiguity regarding vessel position, fix points,
or features to be surveyed and logged. Prior to commencement of
operations, acceptance tests on each component of the navigation
system will be performed. A daily operating log of the navigational
equipment performance will be maintained.
9.4.15.4 Tow-fish Locator System: An integrated tow-fish locator system will
be used to position any deep-towed instrument. The tow-fish locator
system will operate in a non-interfering manner with the vessel and
survey equipment.
9.4.16 Data Presentation and Survey Report
9.4.16.1 The bathymetric and geomorphologic charts will have the following
nominal chart parameters:
Projection
Chart Datum
Scale
Mercator / North Up
W.G.S. – 84
1:100,000 for water depths greater than End of Burial.
1:10,000 for water depths between 20 and EOB meters
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Deep Sea Charts
Nearshore and
Small Boat
Charts
Draft Survey
Report
Final Survey
Report
1:5,000 for water depths less than 20 meters
1:2,500 for Landing Charts
One complete set of charts that include bathymetry.
One complete set of charts that include bathymetry, and
geomorphologic charts (geologic interpretation , and
hazards plotted)
Electronic copy only; files to be transferred via secure
web site
One paper copy and one electronic copy on CD-ROM of
the entire final survey report.
9.4.16.2 Charting requirements can be adjusted as appropriate during survey
operations. Alignment charts shall be provided in electronic format,
and only once the final post-survey route has been agreed.
9.4.17 Charting
9.4.17.1 Draft charts will be provided in electronic format only. Final charts will
be provided in electronic format and, if requested, paper format. The
charts will provide, at a minimum, the following items:
9.4.17.1.1 Chart Title and Legend. In the border or title box of each chart, the following
information appears: date of the survey, chart scale, chart datum, sounding
units, sounding equipment used, projection, navigational control used, survey
vessel name, bar scale in meters, Contractor/Purchaser names and logos,
project name, and any other information deemed appropriate.
9.4.17.1.2 Contouring. One meter contour intervals are shown for waters depths
between 0 and 300m, 5 meter contour intervals are shown for water depths
between 300m and 1000m, and 20 meter contour intervals are shown for the
Deep Sea Survey deeper than 1000m. The contour interval can be increased
and/or decreased in differing areas of relief, at the discretion of the onboard
Contractor Party Chief and Purchasers’ representative.
Supplemental
soundings are shown on the inshore charts or areas of great relief, in
accordance with accepted hydrographic standards.
9.4.17.1.3 Bathymetry. On the bathymetry charts, prominent and significant features will
be labeled and all cable systems and pipelines are plotted and labeled. Depth
contours are converted to Lowest Astronomical Tide (LAT). Sand waves are
shown with a longitudinal axis and anticipated or projected direction of
movement. All bottom trawling or anchor drag scars are plotted where
indicated on the sidescan sonar imagery. Sediment slumps, faults, scours,
and non-conformities are indicated and annotated. Route KP markers shown
along the proposed route.
9.4.18 Survey Report
9.4.18.1 The Survey Report deliverables comprises 3 Volumes; Operations,
Survey Results and Engineering. The aim of the Survey Report is to
supplement, and explain thoroughly, the data presented on the charts
and how those data were collected and derived.
9.4.18.1.1 Volume 1 – Operations
9.4.18.1.1.1
To include as a minimum;
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.4.18.1.1.1.1 Introduction to Project, including parameters, work scope and line plan
9.4.18.1.1.1.2 Operational narrative highlighting key survey events and mobilization
9.4.18.1.1.1.3 Discussion on any field adjustments to the scope of work and
development undertaken
9.4.18.1.1.1.4 Data processing, standards and methodology applied for the project
9.4.18.1.1.1.5 Digital copy of Technical Specifications of the project
9.4.18.1.1.1.6 RPL – DTS and Survey
9.4.18.1.1.1.7 Copies of all Daily Reports (beach/landing site, diver swim, small boat,
main survey vessel)
9.4.18.1.1.1.8 Any information which would be of value for cable route engineering and
installation will be addressed
9.4.18.1.1.1.9 Equipment specifications and equipment performance evaluation.
9.4.18.1.1.1.10
Mobilization and equipment calibrations
9.4.18.1.1.1.11
CV’s
List of survey and marine personnel and their responsibilities,
9.4.18.1.1.1.12
Memos and correspondence
9.4.18.1.1.1.13
Incident and Safety tracking, including safety plan and any support
documentation
9.4.18.1.1.1.14
Electronic data files
9.4.18.1.1.1.15
A full record of all survey Permits (scanned PDF) and the Permit
Tracking Matrix.
9.4.18.1.2 Volume 2 – Survey Results
9.4.18.1.2.1
To include as a minimum the following
9.4.18.1.2.1.1 Introduction to the project including parameters and reference terminology
9.4.18.1.2.1.2 Summary of scope of work including RPL surveyed and any changes to
the scope affecting the deliverables
9.4.18.1.2.1.3 A complete narrative is required for each Segment. This will include all
seabed features supported with abundant imagery (data examples or
processed imagery). The narrative is comprehensive and describes the
entire RPL. If data is not available at the time of reporting (for example Rev
0 of report), then “placeholder text” can be inserted until the data becomes
available.
9.4.18.1.2.1.4 Observed conditions, hazards and restrictions which could affect route
engineering and cable integrity, to include all environmental conditions
(weather, oceanography), fisheries and hazards or restrictions. As a
guideline, the categories identified as part of the DTS should be
commented on an updated.
9.4.18.1.2.1.5 Summary table of conclusions and recommendations to highlight salient
points
9.4.18.1.2.1.6 REDP – used for reporting
9.4.18.1.2.1.7 Landfall report inserted should extra detail about landing site be required.
Landfall report should be distilled and results included as part of survey
narrative
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.4.18.1.2.1.8 A Chart Description will be provided in the report for every chart. This
description will be broken into the following sections:
9.4.18.1.2.1.9 Seafloor Topography: Review of Bathymetric Data (should include max &
min depths, and slope values) and interpretation of topographic features
9.4.18.1.2.1.10
Seabed Features: Review of Sidescan and Imagery Data (should
include sonar contact reference numbers)
9.4.18.1.2.1.11
Shallow Geology: Review of Sub-bottom and Sampling Data
(should include sampling reference numbers)
9.4.18.1.2.1.12
Bottom Obstruction Reports are to be included in the report for
each segment. Obstruction Reports will identify all cable hazards (i.e.
irregular bottom features, dump/dredge areas, ferromagnetic objects, etc.)
within the swath relative to maintaining cable security. This report will be
presented in a spreadsheet format. This spreadsheet will include the
Latitude and Longitude of all chart hazards and the chart numbers within
which the hazards appear. This spreadsheet will include a description of
the hazards and the distances and directions of the hazards relative to the
route.
9.4.18.1.2.1.13
Complete list of all soil samples and geotechnical tests conducted
for Segment. To be supported with stratigraphic logs, photos and any
tests/processing/interpretation conducted on the samples
9.4.18.1.2.1.14
Cable Crossing Report including owner point of contact
9.4.18.1.2.1.15
Digital copy of Desktop Study document
9.4.18.1.2.1.16
Oceanographic data collected (graphs of Temperature, Salinity,
Conductivity and resulting Sound Velocity computations, any current data
collected)
9.4.18.1.2.1.17
Observed marine traffic and fishing vessels (and the type of catch)
sighted
9.4.18.1.2.1.18
data
Compilation of any digital imagery produced from geophysical
9.4.18.1.2.1.19
XYZ file for gridded bathymetry
9.4.18.1.2.1.20
Continuous bathymetric profile of reported route as per Technical
Specifications
9.4.18.1.2.1.21
A bibliography of references used to augment Survey Report or
discovered over the course of survey operations and reporting since DTS
phase
9.4.18.1.3 Volume 2a – Landfall Report
9.4.18.1.3.1 The landfall report is designed to present the initial findings of the
topographic, diver and small boat survey results and should include as a
minimum;
9.4.18.1.3.1.1 A complete narrative from the BMH to the Handover point with the Shallow
Water Survey. This will include the date and time on site; positioning
equipment utilized and technical specification of such; all features and
benchmarks in the area; a physical description of the site; full color
photographs of the site including the manhole, construction in progress;
relative position to known benchmarks and features; and the
names/positions/companies of all persons present. A sketch will be
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
included showing all natural and man-made features, as well as the BMH
and baseline reference points with positions.
9.4.18.1.3.1.2 Project background and introduction, including geodesy and parameters
9.4.18.1.3.1.3 List of any terminology used to assess data or conditions within the report
9.4.18.1.3.1.4 Operational summary, including scope of work to be completed and any
deviations from said scope. Any other operational issues or concerns that
were encountered
9.4.18.1.3.1.5 Summary table of findings and salient points
9.4.18.1.3.1.6 REDP – Route surveyed and route reported
9.4.18.1.3.1.7 Station descriptions of any monuments surveyed or erected. To be
inserted into the text body.
9.4.18.1.3.1.8 A Chart Description will be provided in the report for every chart. This
description will be broken into the following sections:
9.4.18.1.3.1.8.1
Seafloor Topography: Review of Bathymetric Data (should include
max & min depths, and slope values) and interpretation of topographic
features
9.4.18.1.3.1.8.2
Seabed Features: Review of Sidescan and Imagery Data (should
include sonar contact reference numbers)
9.4.18.1.3.1.8.3
Shallow Geology: Review of Sub-bottom and Sampling Data
(should include sampling reference numbers)
9.4.18.1.3.1.9 Complete list of all soil samples and geotechnical tests conducted for
Segment. To be supported with stratigraphic logs, photos and any
tests/processing/interpretation conducted on the samples.
9.4.18.1.3.1.10
Cable Crossing Report including owner point of contact
9.4.18.1.3.1.11
Bottom Obstruction Reports are to be included in the report for
each segment. Obstruction Reports will identify all cable hazards (i.e.
irregular bottom features, dump/dredge areas, ferromagnetic objects, etc.)
within the swath relative to maintaining cable security. This report will be
presented in a spreadsheet format. This spreadsheet will include the
Latitude and Longitude of all chart hazards and the chart numbers within
which the hazards appear. This spreadsheet will include a description of
the hazards and the distances and directions of the hazards relative to the
route.
9.4.18.1.3.1.12
Any video footage collected (typically diver, but may be other
sources)
9.4.18.1.3.1.13
All Digital Charts and GIS Data (Makai-compatible files in
shapefile format)
9.4.18.1.4 Volume 3 – Engineering
9.4.18.1.4.1
The Engineering volume will include as a minimum;
9.4.18.1.4.1.1 Revision tracking of REDP and explanation of changes to the REDP
supplemented with images and data examples generated by both
Contractor and Contractor agents
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
9.4.18.1.4.1.2 RPL – Pre-Installation (Engineered)
9.4.18.1.4.1.3 Continuous bathymetric profile of Pre-Installation Route
9.4.18.1.4.1.4 Burial and Assessment Survey results (plotted on charts)
9.4.18.1.4.1.5 Explanation of Alignment charts, construction and content, include number
of charts (if contracted)
9.4.18.2 Deliverables
Report
Due Date
Media
Preliminary Survey Report
Per the POW
1 CD
Final Survey Report
30 days after
Purchaser’s
Comments
10
receiving 1 CD
Final
COMMISSIONING AND ACCEPTANCE
10.1 General Requirements
10.1.1 The overarching conditions governing the acceptance of the System are found in
the commercial Terms and Conditions of the supply Contract.
10.1.2 Acceptance Testing is composed of a broad set of Test Periods conducted at
progressive stages of the project construction. Each Test Period comprises tests
necessary to: a) demonstrate that all of the defined parameters, facilities, and
requirements specified in the Performance Requirements have been met; b)
demonstrate confidence in the continued satisfactory operation and upgrade of
the System throughout its System Design Life Period; c) obtain all information
necessary to operate, maintain and fault locate the System; d) verify the fully
upgraded design capacity of the System on all fiber pairs.
10.1.3 The Contractor shall provide a detailed test program. Final plans for Acceptance
Testing, including procedures and expected results, shall be submitted for review
by the Contractor and approval by the Purchaser in advance of all tests, unless
otherwise agreed.
10.1.4 The test program is based upon 7 days/week by 12 hours/day work schedule
with 24 hour access, if necessary, this includes access during weekends and
holidays.
10.1.5 The Purchaser shall have the right to observe all Acceptance Testing, and the
Contractor shall be required to provide explanation to any questions the
Purchaser’s representative might have regarding the tests, their results, and
directly related matters, during the course of such Acceptance Testing. While the
Contractor should plan for such Q&A to occur, the Purchaser has the obligation
to try to reasonably minimize disruption to the Acceptance Testing.
10.1.6 The Contractor, will provide all the test equipment needed to perform all the tests
in the test program and shall be done with fully-calibrated test equipment. The
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Contractor will utilize the test equipment as efficiently as possible utilizing such
methods as “daisy chains” and “loopbacks”.
10.1.7 Provide all necessary staff, material and the test equipment needed to perform all
the tests
10.1.8 Acceptance shall include demonstration of supplied test equipment functionality.
10.1.8.1 Provisional Acceptance
10.1.8.1.1 Provisional Acceptance shall be provided and pertains to completion of
Acceptance Testing, including the Confidence Trial.
10.1.8.1.2 Intentionally not used.
10.1.8.1.3 A Certificate of Provisional Acceptance for each System Phase may be issued
by the Purchasers in line with the commercial Terms and Conditions, provided
that:
10.1.8.1.3.1 The results of Acceptance Testing indicate compliance of the System
throughout the System Design Life Period with the Performance
Requirements,
10.1.8.1.3.2 Nothing has developed that is likely to cause the System to fail to meet
the Performance Requirements or other performance requirements which
have been agreed between the Purchasers and the Contractor for the
System Design Life Period,
10.1.8.1.3.3 The Contractor has installed the System consistent with the Performance
Requirements with a special attention to both upgradeability and protection
of the Submersible Plant.
10.1.8.1.3.4 An agreed-upon list of any outstanding minor items required by this
Contract that do not affect the normal operation and maintenance of the
System shall be attached to the Certificate of Provisional Acceptance as well
as a program to remedy these items.
10.1.9 System Acceptance Test Procedures
10.1.9.1 The Contractor shall provide a description of the tests that they
propose to carry out during Acceptance Testing in order to
demonstrate conformance to the Performance Requirements.
10.1.9.2 The Contractor shall submit test procedures detailing all the tests to
be undertaken and information to be obtained during Acceptance
Testing as specified in Attachment 1 – Documentation Schedule.
These procedures shall include for each acceptance period described
in this Section, a full description of the Acceptance Testing (as
prescribed further below).
10.1.9.3 The procedures for Acceptance Testing are subject to the
Purchaser’s approval, and shall be provided as early as reasonably
possible, but no later than the periods indicated in Attachment 1
(Documentation Schedule). The Purchaser will make any comments
within three (3) weeks.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
10.1.9.4 The Contractor shall provide:
10.1.9.4.1 A detailed proposal (i.e. list of tests) for the Test periods as described in the
following clauses
10.1.9.4.2 A detailed provided solution for each Acceptance Test period with test
procedures, test setup, blank copies of the associated test result forms, and
designation of expected results.
10.1.9.4.3 On completion of each Test Period the results shall be recorded and
forwarded to the Purchasers for preliminary evaluation.
10.1.10
Acceptance Test Period Definitions
10.1.10.1 Unless otherwise stated in this Technical Specification, the
Acceptance Testing shall be performed by the Contractor. The
Purchaser’s Representatives shall observe such tests and have full
access to the test results.
10.1.10.2 The Contractor shall provide all the necessary staff, materials and
testing apparatus to carry out and supervise all the tests.
10.1.10.3 At least one Contractor's Representative shall be present in each
Terminal Station during all the Test Periods. Moreover, at least one
English speaking Contractor's Representative shall be present on-site
during all test periods including confidence trial; he/she shall be
responsible for the test program co-ordination and shall provide direct
liaison between the Purchaser’s Representatives on-site and the
Contractor. The Purchasers' Representative shall have the right, but
not the obligation, to be present while Acceptance Testing is being
performed. In all events where Purchasers' Representatives are to
witness tests, the Contractor shall endeavor to schedule all the test
activities so as to avoid any overlap with each other. If the
Purchaser’s Representatives is not available to witness tests, then
there may be a potential delay in the schedule, and in such case
Contractor shall be granted an equitable extension of the RFPA/PA
date, and Purchaser shall reimburse Contractor for any extra costs
incurred. The Purchaser has the right to waive witnessing tests.
The Contractor’s Representative shall have sufficient knowledge to
be able to explain the operation and performance of their equipment
to the Purchaser’s Representatives and sufficient authority to make
changes in accordance with a mutually agreed upon change order
process to the on-site program and test procedures etc with the
Purchaser’s Representatives should the need arise
10.1.10.4 The Contractor shall provide notice to the Purchaser an estimate
of starting test date at least Thirty (30) working days in advance of the
starting of the tests.
10.1.10.5 Apart from Test Periods up to Period III.C (Loading and Laying)
the MCshall be used to monitor and record overnight tests during all
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
the other Test Periods. The acceptance tests shall consist of the
Test Periods outlined below.
10.1.10.6 During Acceptance Testing the Purchaser shall be to free to raise
with the Contractor any issues (e.g. failed test results, compliance to
the Technical Specification, questions, comments, clarifications etc)
that it has. The Contractor and Purchaser shall jointly maintain a list
of these issues. The Contractor shall provide answers to these issues
in a timely manner. No issue can be closed on this list without
Purchaser’s agreement. At the end of all Test Periods any issues
remaining on the list shall be transferred to the deficiency list. All the
outstanding deficiencies at Provisional Acceptance shall be
transferred to the deficiency list. Outstanding deficiencies at
Provisional Acceptance will be attached to the Provisional
Acceptance certificate.
10.1.10.7 The Purchaser reserves the right to observe any of the
Contractor’s activities during these periods.
10.1.10.8
Period I: Intentionally not used
10.1.10.9 Period II: Cable Station Equipment Factory Acceptance And
Submerged Plant Assembly Testing
10.1.10.9.1
This factory and assembly testing period shall include all tests to confirm
that the manufactured terminal equipment and assembled wet plant: a) meet
their technical specifications; b) are ready for shipment and subsequent
installation; and c) are expected to perform, as a composite system,
consistent with the Performance Requirements.
10.1.10.9.2
After the completion of the manufacturing of each item of TSE, functional
and performance tests must be carried out in order to verify that its
performance is compliant with TSE specifications and compatible with the
Performance Requirements for the whole System.
10.1.10.9.3
As far as possible, the TSE configurations shall be identical to its final
configuration in the terminal stations (suite, cabling, etc.).
10.1.10.9.4
Acceptance Testing will be performed on fully assembled repeaters and
branching units at final stage of manufacture in order to verify their compliance
with the Submersible Plant technical specifications and their compatibility with
the Performance Requirements for the whole System. Intermediate test results
shall be made available, if required.
10.1.10.9.5
For Cable, Acceptance Testing shall be performed on, but not limited to,
each cable length. These shall at least include but not be limited to:
10.1.10.9.5.1 Two way O.T.D.R at 1550nm
10.1.10.9.5.2 Insertion loss at 1550nm
10.1.10.9.5.3 Chromatic dispersion
10.1.10.9.5.4 PMD
10.1.10.9.5.5 Insulation resistance
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
10.1.10.9.6
Soft copies of all O.T.D.R traces are to be supplied
10.1.10.9.7
Taking into consideration: a) the development status of the proposed
subsystems, b) the Contractor’s historical experience with Period II testing
results in comparison to the results of its own factory and installation test
procedures for the proposed set of products as a system solution; c) the
Contractor’s confidence in their product (especially as it relates to proven field
experience with proposed subsystems); and d) the requested delivery interval
of the System as a whole, the Contractor shall provide a Period II Test
Program for each subsystem, including the recommended period of a
confidence trial.
This proposal shall include justification for the
recommendation for each subsystem.
10.1.10.10 Period III.A: Cable Station Equipment- In-Station Testing
10.1.10.10.1 The Period III.A Test Program shall include testing of each set of terminal
equipment (as an individual piece of equipment, in conjunction with its
software features), integration testing between the Maintenance Controller
(MC) and the SLTE and PFE, as well as testing of the interworking of the
equipment. Spare equipment shall also be tested.
10.1.10.10.2 All errors, irregularities and variations shall be accounted for to the
satisfaction of the Purchaser, in accordance to the Performance Requirements
of the Contract. In the event of an unsatisfactory explanation, the Purchasers
may require the tests to be repeated.
10.1.10.10.3 After completion of SAT, the equipment shall be left powered and be
regularly checked by the Contractor for unexpected alarms, failures etc. Any
failures, issues etc shall be reported to the Purchasers.
10.1.10.11 Period III.B: Land Cable And Return Earth System Testing
10.1.10.11.1 Land Cable tests will be performed at the completion of Land Cable
installation at each site. The Return Earth System shall be tested at the
conclusion of its installation. The Contractor shall provide the programs for
both land cables testing and return earth system testing to the Purchaser for
review at least 1 (one) month prior to the commencement of such activities.
10.1.10.12 Period III.C: Loading And Laying Tests
10.1.10.12.1 The Contractor shall propose the loading and laying tests of the
assembled subsystem to ensure that these operations are performed
complying with the specifications on Marine and Shore End Operations.
Testing shall be done, if appropriate, with terminals with performance
representative of LTE for loading, and for the laying tests, with the previouslyinstalled LTE.
10.1.10.13 Period IV: Contractor’s System Test Period
10.1.10.13.1 This test period shall commence once the fully laid Submersible Plant is
connected to the LTE, at which time the Contractor shall immediately
commence System Testing. These tests shall minimally include: a)
demonstration of beginning of life margin (as compared to the Contractual
performance budget commitment and as measured by Q); b) System
protection switching; c) baseline measurements, as may be needed for future
reference during maintenance procedures; d) tests from prior test periods
which the Purchaser deems require repetition based on their prior results; e)
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
DC and low-frequency AC tests and optical reflectometry tests with the
System de-powered (for optical reflectometry tests); and f) a demonstration
that both directions of every fiber pair can carry the design capacity whilst
maintaining the required contractual performance on the 40 and 100 Gbps
channels, respectively. All test results shall be documented and delivered to
the Purchaser.
10.1.10.14 Period V: Intentionally not used
10.1.10.15 Period VI: System Confidence Trial
10.1.10.15.1 On completion of Period IV testing, the System shall be tested on a
continuous basis for a maximum period of three (3) days. The Purchaser and
Contractor will jointly participate in the supervision of the test to ensure that it
is carried out in a manner satisfactory to the Purchasers.
10.1.10.15.2 The Contractor shall provide a specific test configuration, program, and
measurements, taking into account the specific equipment solution proposed,
which shall give the Purchasers confidence in the overall performance stability
of the line (as typically measured by Q), and the System as a whole.
10.1.10.15.3 The tests will be conducted under carefully controlled procedures to
minimize the introduction of errors by people. A daily log of all events shall be
jointly maintained. In the event that an event occurs which the Purchaser
deems does not have a satisfactory explanation for its cause, the Purchaser
shall have the right to begin the test period over again.
10.1.10.15.3.1
During these tests the MC shall be used in all its functionality in
order to provide reference data and confirm its proper operation. In addition,
once a day an in-service supervisory run shall be conducted.
10.1.10.15.3.2 Daily reports shall be provided by the Contractor to the Purchaser’s local
representative on site and on an accessible website.
10.1.10.15.4 The Confidence Trial report shall minimally include the following: a) daily
events according to the relevant ITU-T recommendations G.828; b) the
average daily transmission quality parameters according to G.828
specifications; c) the demonstrated level of confidence for each transmission
quality parameter that the System complies with the requirements of this
Technical Specification; d) the demonstrated transmission quality figures for
90%, 95% and preferably 99% confidence; e) a daily log of the Confidence
Trial period (e.g. non routine events, alarms, etc, with time stamps); f) A daily
log of the Q factor and errors corrected by line FEC; g) Any errors observed
that are inconsistent with the measured segment margins shall be explained
to the satisfaction of the Purchasers.
10.1.10.16 Any test additional to those previously agreed, which may be
required by either the Contractor or the Purchaser, shall be mutually
agreed upon by both parties shall be performed before
commencement of the Out of Service Confidence Trial and shall
become part of the Acceptance Testing, unless there is reasonable
cause and justification for not conducting such tests.
10.2 Testing Requirements
10.2.1 The detailed Acceptance Testing program proposed by the Contractor shall be
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
sufficient in detail and scope to demonstrate compliance with the Performance
Requirements. Acceptance Testing must minimally include functionality tests,
reference tests, interface tests, and transmission quality tests (including
transmission quality while in-service maintenance procedures are being
performed), all consistent with industry practice.
10.2.2 The following are the minimum tests to be performed by the Contractor (some of
which may be performed at the factory) and shall be included in the test
documentation specified in Attachment 1: Documentation Schedule:
10.2.3 Preparation, adjustment and testing of terminal and common equipment at all
stations
10.2.4 Functional tests
10.2.4.1 These tests shall verify the proper operation, local and remote
alarms, controls, indications, and interface connections of the
following equipment:
10.2.4.1.1 SLTE and MC
10.2.4.1.2 PFE and MC
10.2.4.1.3 NOC functionality, including backup
10.2.4.1.4 Equipment Redundancy Switching System(s)
10.2.4.1.5 Protection Mechanisms
10.2.4.1.6 Traffic Management
10.2.4.1.7 Submerged plant supervision
10.2.5 Reference Tests.
10.2.5.1 These tests shall provide baseline or reference data as necessary for
future operation, maintenance or repair of the System:
10.2.5.1.1 SLTE
10.2.5.1.2 PFE
10.2.5.1.3 MC
10.2.5.1.4 Collection of maintenance data including reference levels at various points in
the terminal (example: signal characteristics at the optical interfaces e.g.
signal to noise ratio, etc.)
10.2.5.1.5 Collection of maintenance data on repeaters (DC characteristics, supervisory
response, etc.)
10.2.5.1.6 Collection of maintenance data on cable spans and assembled Segments (DC
characteristics, etc.)
10.2.5.1.7 Demonstration of the System Design Capacity
10.2.6 System and Cable Interface Tests.
10.2.6.1 Where applicable, these tests shall demonstrate the behavior of the
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
System at the System and Cable Interface points:
10.2.6.1.1 Response to input interruptions
10.2.6.1.2 Effect of switching and hot-standby terminal components or sub-systems
10.2.6.1.3 Effect of the Submersible Plant switching if applicable
10.2.6.1.4 AIS detection, insertion and removal
10.2.7 Transmission quality tests.
10.2.7.1 These tests shall demonstrate the digital performance of the System
relative to the Performance Requirements. The measurement of the
accuracy of this in-service measurement capability shall be obtained.
10.2.7.1.1 Errored Blocks:
10.2.7.1.2 Without electroding signal applied
10.2.7.1.3 With maximum in-service electroding signal applied
10.2.7.1.4 Severely Errored Seconds.
10.2.7.1.5 Q factor measurements
10.2.7.1.6 Corrected errors
10.2.7.1.7 Field Demonstration of performance at System design capacity
10.2.8 Tests of the BU, including power switching(demonstrating its performance over
the band of operation) shall also be conducted.
10.2.9 Tests and measurements shall be made according to the best generally accepted
engineering practices using accurate and reliable test equipment. If special test
equipment that is not generally available is required for the performance of any of
these tests within the scope this Contract, it shall be provided by the Contractor.
10.2.10
Should the Purchaser’s review of the proposed test program or results of
the tests indicate that additional tests are necessary to demonstrate compliance
with the Performance Requirements; these additional tests will be mutually
agreed upon and the tests will be performed.
10.2.11
Tests and measurements shall adhere to accepted engineering best
practices and use calibrated, reliable test equipment provided by the Contractor,
unless specifically otherwise agreed with the Purchaser.
10.3 Acceptance Testing Reporting
10.3.1 The Acceptance Testing results shall be reported to the Purchaser in accordance
with the documentation requirements of this Section and Attachment 1:
Documentation Schedule in order to show the compliance of each accepted
piece of equipment with the appropriate Performance Requirements.
10.3.2 Reporting On Acceptance Testing On Site (Periods IIIb-VI)
10.3.2.1 Acceptance Testing shall be reported to the Purchasers minimally in
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
accordance with the documentation requirements and as per the
following:
10.3.2.1.1 Station Log Reports: Individual logs at each station of all events, from final
splice until Provisional Acceptance, shall be initialed and maintained jointly by
the Contractor’s and Purchaser’s Representative at each station on a daily
basis. This log will be provided in the daily report and shall include date and
time records on all testing operations (what portions of a test plan were
executed during what period of time), routine and non-routine events,
problems, and remedial actions.
10.3.2.1.2 Provisional Report: This report shall be issued after the completion of Period
IV testing, and within 2 days of the start of Period VI Testing. It shall contain an
executive summary which highlights: a) confirmation that the System meets
the Performance Requirements; b) the high-level results of all Acceptance
Testing, in particular noting any test results which differed from expected
results and the reason why; c) a summary of any other major items required in
the System Acceptance Handbook; d) a summary/analysis of the Station Log
Reports; e) a summary of the testing which was specifically requested by the
Purchasers in addition to the original test program.
10.3.2.1.3 Commissioning Report: The Provisional Report shall be amended with the
results of the Period VI Confidence Trial Testing as quickly as possible, as it is
the amended report which will form the basis, in part, for issuing the Certificate
of Provisional Acceptance.
10.3.2.1.4
Final Commissioning Report: The Final Commissioning Report shall be
issued per the Attachment 1 (Documentation Schedule) following the end of
the System Confidence Trial and shall include the results of all of the tests
carried out during Acceptance Testing, including performance data, baseline
and reference data, test result analysis, and recommendations for System
routine maintenance.
11
PROJECT MANAGING AND REPORTING
11.1 General Requirements
11.1.1 This Section defines the procedures that shall be followed by the Contractor in
reporting progress on the project to the Purchaser. Firstly, it details what
information and documentation is necessary to enable the Purchaser to monitor
achievements of the Contractor. Secondly, it indicates the type of further
information that the Purchaser may decide is necessary from the Contractor in
the event that the Contractor falls behind schedule to such an extent to prejudice
the achievement of the Scheduled RFS Date.
11.1.2 The requirements given in this Section do not supersede any similar
requirements given elsewhere in this Technical Specification.
11.1.3 The Contractor shall submit for the approval of the Purchaser the form proposed
for these reports, and is encouraged to submit a proposal for an efficient and
effective process that provides focus on the critical aspects of completing the
project which requires joint cooperation and planning.
11.2 Specific Requirements
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
11.2.1 Project Management Plan
11.2.1.1 Within 4 weeks after Contract Signature, the Contractor shall provide
a Project Management Plan, including an Operational Plan of Work1,
a Project Manager (or Project Management Team, as may be
recommended based on their defined experience), production plan,
and subcontractor plan. Within two weeks thereafter, the Contractor
shall provide a detailed POW showing all major project activities.
11.2.2 Project Management Team
11.2.2.1 The Contractor shall appoint a qualified and dedicated Project
Management Team and shall not replace it without prior consultation
with the Purchaser. The Purchaser, acting in good faith, may request
that any member of the Contractor's Project Management Team be
replaced and Contractor agrees to make such replacement
upon showing to the reasonable satisfaction of Contractor for such
need.
11.2.3 Project Monitoring Documentation
11.2.3.1 The Contractor shall provide, as the project progresses, key
documents (engineering drawings, specs, test plans, etc) for those
items the Purchaser is authorized to review or witness. The
Contractor will review these documents with the Purchaser,
consistent with industry-standard practice, unless otherwise
instructed relative to the Operational POW.
11.2.4 Routine Reporting
11.2.4.1 The Contractor shall issue monthly progress reports to the Purchaser,
which shall highlight the following:
11.2.4.1.1 Key activity progress, key activities completed or outstanding (including
especially inventory status, assembly, installation, shipping (including a
shipment tracking table), customs clearance, system-level testing, etc),
technical issues, requested (or recently approved) configuration changes,
status of documentation and training, risks assessments and risk mitigation
plans per site and for the System as a whole, and status of CVs.
11.2.4.1.2 An updated Operational POW (provided in both Adobe pdf and Microsoft
Project format), with special focus on any critical items. Each issue of this
POW shall clearly identify any Purchaser obligations, on which the
Contractor’s work is dependent.
11.2.4.1.3 Financial Summary (Billing and Payment Status)
1
The Operational POW will be used by the Purchaser and Contractor’s Project Management Team to
govern planning of the program. This Operational POW may, however, be different than the Contract
POW. The Contractor’s obligations will be measured commercially (e.g. in terms of LDs) against this
Contract POW, and not the Operational POW.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
11.2.4.2 At the first monthly project meeting, the Purchaser and Contractor
shall agree on the detailed format and content of the monthly reports
and a standard monthly meeting agenda.
11.2.5 Critical Reporting
11.2.5.1 If at any time, the Contractor detects any event likely to jeopardize
the achievement of the Plan of Work of the Contract, the Contractor
shall immediately provide a specific report to the Purchaser
explaining the nature of the problem, the remedial actions foreseen,
and its impact on the Plan of Work, and additionally, if at any time the
Purchaser, after discussion with the Contractor, decide that the
Contractor has failed, or is likely to fail to meet a date shown on the
agreed Plan of Work, including the development phase and that such
a failure is likely to jeopardize the achievement of the Scheduled RFS
Date, the Purchaser may request the Contractor to provide additional
data and report more frequently as deemed necessary in areas
related to the delay, such as detail of problem analysis, testing
results, etc. The submission and acceptance of any such reports shall
not prejudice the rights of the Purchaser under commercial terms and
conditions of this Contract.
11.2.5.2 The Contractor shall use all reasonable endeavors to follow the same
reporting procedure for monitoring relative to the Operational POW.
11.2.6 Post System Acceptance Reports
11.2.6.1 The Contractor shall provide a Final Commissioning Report
consistent with the requirements of this Specification.
11.2.7 Project Meetings
11.2.7.1 The Contractor shall attend, at his own expense, contract
coordinating meetings chaired by the Purchaser and attended by the
Purchaser’s project management team. It is nominally anticipated that
there will be, as needed, quarterly face-to-face project meetings, at a
mutually agreeable time and venue, which shall be equally distributed
throughout the implementation of the project between the Purchaser’s
and Contractor’s locations. The Contractor may be requested to host
these meetings at premises appropriate to the topic of the meeting
(e.g. cable, fiber, TSE, repeater factories and on sub-contractor
premises only as specific situations may require).
11.2.7.2 The Contractor shall be prepared to make a presentation of the
project progress in these meetings. Members of the Contractor’s
Project Management Team will attend these meetings as appropriate
for the stage of the project.
11.2.7.3 Meeting minutes will be jointly agreed upon by both Contractor and
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Purchaser.
11.2.8 Contract Information
11.2.8.1 The Contractor shall provide 5 hard copies of the Contract to the
Purchaser within 2 weeks of contract signature, and 5 electronic
(read-only) copies of the Contract.
11.2.9 Customs- Export/Import Project Management:
11.2.9.1 The Contractor shall be responsible to assure all imported material
clears customs in a timely manner.
11.3 Description
11.3.1.1 The Contractor and Purchaser will each provide a description of their
proposed project management support of the Contract and will work
together to ensure effective coordination at the appropriate levels
within the respective organizations.
A Plan of Work must be included with the Project Management Plan in the Contractor’s provided
solution. This POW shall clearly identify any Purchaser Obligations which may affect the
Contractor’s ability to complete their work.
12
DOCUMENTATION SCHEDULE
12.1 General Requirements
12.1.1 This Chapter details both the specific and general requirements for the content
and the approval procedures for all the technical documents, drawings, and
handbooks to be provided by the Contractor for the engineering, manufacture,
factory QA activities, installation, in-station acceptance tests and maintenance of
all of the equipment items as well as the whole of the System.
12.1.2 The Contractor shall provide a documentation program appropriate for the size,
scope and duration of the construction program. This program should be
described in the response to this Section of the Specification, and incorporated in
the submitted Documentation Master List (DML).
12.1.3 The Purchaser is anxious to encourage the Contractor to propose schedule and
cost efficiencies that can be attained without sacrifice in overall documentation
quality and timeliness. The Contractor should recognize that this does not
eliminate the Purchaser’s right to request corrections or improvement to delivered
documentation, if significant shortcomings exist. A complete list of documentation
is included in Attachment 1.
12.2 Specific Requirements
12.2.1 Electronic Documentation
12.2.1.1 As specified in Attachment 1, a CD-ROM format shall be provided for
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
all documentation specified in this chapter. These CDs shall be fully
indexed and labeled.
12.2.1.2 The Electronic Documentation shall be provided:
12.2.1.2.1 On the minimum number of CD-ROMs
12.2.1.2.2 Be Fully Indexed and labeled
12.2.1.2.3 All information in Adobe Acrobat Version 9, or later, PDF format. Each CD
ROM with PDF files on it shall include the latest version of Adobe Acrobat
Reader Software with installation. This version shall be fully indexed and
linked from the table of contents to the appropriate section
12.2.1.2.4 In one of the following formats as appropriate for each document:
12.2.1.2.4.1
Microsoft Word for Windows Version 2003 (US/European), or later
12.2.1.2.4.2
Microsoft Excel for Windows Version 2003 (US/European), or later
12.2.1.2.4.3
Microsoft Project for Windows Version 2003 (US/European), or later
12.2.1.2.4.4
Microsoft PowerPoint for Windows Version 2003 (US/European), or later
12.2.1.2.4.5
Adobe Acrobat (Reader) Version 9 (US/European), or later
12.2.1.2.4.6
AutoCAD Release 2010 (US/European), or later
12.2.1.2.4.7 GIS compatible format, such as MapInfo, Geomedia & KML (eg Makai
Pathfiles or Google Earth compatible) in relation to RPL’s.
12.2.1.2.5 No security features shall implemented
12.2.1.2.6 Delivered via the Contractor’s secure, web-based file sharing system. All
postings will be accompanied by an email notification to a designated
distribution list.
Documentation delivered in this manner shall include the
whole of the contractual deliverables defined in this section of the technical
specification in addition to the following:
12.2.1.2.6.1
Monthly Reports
12.2.1.2.6.2
Meeting Minutes
12.2.1.2.6.3
Action Item Lists
12.2.1.2.6.4
Distribution Lists
12.2.1.2.6.5
Contact List
12.2.1.2.6.6
Official Notifications and Agreements
12.2.2 Language
12.2.2.1 All documentation shall be provided in English.
12.2.3 Submission And Acceptance Of Documentation
12.2.3.1 Prior to issue, documents shall be supplied to the Purchaser for
approval or comment. Documents shall be accompanied by a
covering letter indicating the enclosed documents and their issue
numbers. Each set of documents shall be numbered serially to aid
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
future reference. The Purchaser will acknowledge receipt of the
documentation and will respond within one (1) month of the date of
receipt, provided the time scale of submitted information accords with
the program given hereafter. If no response is provided as required,
the documentation will be considered to be approved.
12.2.3.2 If documentation submitted for approval is not approved, the
Purchaser will make comments.
12.2.3.3 The Parties will mutually agree on a reasonable process for
facilitating the Purchaser’s delivery of any such comments to the
Contractor, and the Contractor’s receipt and assimilation of the same,
in an organized manner that minimizes potential delays stemming
from the possible delivery of conflicting or vague comments and other
aspects of this commenting process. The Purchaser will deliver
comments via electronic format. The Contractor will review these
comments and amend its documentation for re-submission, as
appropriate. When the documentation is approved it shall become a
contractual commitment on the part of the Contractor. All re-issued
documents shall be forwarded to the Purchaser for their information
and approval as appropriate.
12.2.3.4 The approval of the content and structure of the documentation shall
be completed by the Provisional Acceptance date. The amendments
required during the Warranty Period shall be limited to the correction
of errors.
12.2.4 Quantities Of Documentation
12.2.4.1 The Contractor shall provide quantities of all documentation to be
delivered based on use, as defined in Attachment 1.
12.2.5 Standard Requirements
12.2.5.1 The whole documentation shall conform to a standard acceptable by
the Purchaser. Wherever possible, these standardized symbols and
vocabulary shall be those recommended by the ITU and the IEC.
12.2.5.2 Each set of technical documentation shall be provided with a detailed
table of contents. I.E. all electronic deliverables in Adobe Acrobat
format will have linked bookmarks and will be fully searchable.
Scanned documents are an exception. An index will be included at a
minimum within the End User Documentation (EUD) and, in addition,
when both parties agree that it’s appropriate.
12.2.5.3 Methods of Procedure (MOPs), as an integral part of project planning
and implementation, will be submitted by the Contractor as indicated
throughout this technical specification as completely and accurately
as possible with sufficient time in advance of the applicable operation
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
to ensure the Purchaser has appropriate time to review and
comment. These MOPs will be customized to the system when
applicable and may be submitted with recommended options or
alternatives as necessary to cover installation scenarios that are not
yet finalized.
12.2.6
Drawing Standards
12.2.6.1 Drawings shall conform to telecommunications and undersea
communication standards.
12.2.6.2 Circuit diagrams shall contain sufficient information and detail to
demonstrate that the items meet the relevant requirements of the
Contract and can be fully maintained by the Purchaser throughout the
System Design Life Period.
12.2.6.3 Block diagrams shall meet the requirements of this Specification and
in addition shall include:
12.2.6.3.1 Against each block, the circuit diagrams number and rack, shelf and card
locations on the equipment where practicable
12.2.6.3.2 The form of a digital signal at relevant points, e.g. the digital code used
12.2.6.3.3 The designation of interlock connectors, where appropriate
12.2.6.4 Any amendments to any drawing applicable to the System shall
cause that drawing to be re-issued in accordance with the standard
practices agreed with the Purchaser. All amended drawings meeting
the requirements of this Section shall be re-submitted to the
Purchaser for comment.
12.2.6.5 Block diagrams, circuit diagrams, and schematics shall contain
sufficient detail, cross-reference to labeling and physical mounting to
be readily understandable and usable. Should the Purchaser’s station
personnel find any drawings difficult to use as a consequence of
significant amendment (correction), the Contractor shall reissue such
drawings.
12.2.7 Handbook Presentation
12.2.7.1 The Contractor shall provide a documentation presentation standard,
which shall be of the quality typical of the industry as a whole. Such
standard shall provide standards for document identification, size,
binding, folding, cover material, change-control tracking, table of
contents administration and update, summaries, title pages,
appendices, drawings, etc. The Purchaser is free to suggest
reasonable changes to the presentation standard, and the Contractor
shall review these proposed changes with the Purchaser, and make
all changes the Purchaser believes remain important.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
12.2.7.2 More specifically, and in support of delivery in paper format if the
Purchaser has otherwise specified a paper format requirement:
12.2.7.2.1 Identification: Each handbook shall be simply identified, e.g. by a number and
prefix letter.
12.2.7.2.2 Size: The page size shall be A4. The use of sizes other than A4 is subject to
the approval of the Purchaser except in the cases of portable test equipment
when the overriding consideration is that the handbook shall fit the equipment
case. Diagrams shall be clearly and easily readable and shall be provided on
paper greater than A4 size if needed to meet this requirement.
12.2.7.2.3 Binding: The method of binding shall be such as to facilitate the changing of
pages, e.g. loose leaf.
12.2.7.2.4 Folding: The height of pullout drawings shall preferably correspond with the
height of the handbook page and shall be folded such that the title and
identification numbers appear on the upper surface of the folded drawing.
They shall be folded with a minimum of vertical folds only and so that the right
hand edge of the drawing aligns with the right-hand edge of the handbook
page. Preferably, when opened out all of the drawing shall be exposed, right
way round, outside the page dimensions. The area thus normally left blank on
the left-hand side of a pullout drawing may, however, be used for separate
supporting information, e.g. notes, or a table.
12.2.7.2.5 Cover: Handbooks shall be supplied with durable covers that will lie flat when
opened. Provisional issue copies may be supplied with a less durable cover if
the Contractor so wishes, but the type intended for use on the approved issue
shall be submitted for approval. The Contractor's identifying number for the
handbook together with the Purchaser's descriptive title given in the Technical
Specification shall be shown on the spine of the cover or, when the handbook
is very thin, on the front cover. The Contractor's name or initials shall be
shown on the front cover.
12.2.7.2.6 History Sheet: A page shall be provided to record the main changes
incorporated in each approved issue, with dates. The Purchaser approval
references shall also be given.
12.2.7.2.7 Contents List: The contents list shall indicate, the contents, manufacturer's
codes and the Contractor's stock list titles, where these are available, for subunits of the equipment concerned, and should provide two stages of subdivision, e.g. "Paragraph 1.1...". It shall also give a list of associated drawings
and give a brief description of the method used for categorizing drawings.
When more than one volume is necessary for particular equipment, e.g. TSE,
then each volume shall list the contents of all volumes associated with that
equipment.
12.2.7.2.8 Title page: The title page shall repeat the Purchaser' descriptive title, the
Contractor's and the Purchaser' codes and the relevant Purchaser
Specification numbers.
12.2.7.2.9 Appendices: Information presented in the form of appendices shall be kept to
a minimum. Agreement to the use of appendices will be given only in
exceptional circumstances. Reference to appendices shall be made in the
appropriate Paragraph of the handbook.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
12.2.7.2.10
Drawings: Handbooks shall be provided with all the drawings necessary
for a full understanding of the equipment and shall typically include schematic
and block diagrams at the end of the part to which they relate, with the
addition of simple explanatory drawings and diagrams as necessary. Such
additional drawings shall be prepared so that their relationship with the main
drawing is apparent. With the exception of test equipment, handbook drawings
are in addition to those required to be supplied separately.
12.2.8 Initial Post Contract Documentation
12.2.8.1 Within forty-five (45) to sixty (60) days after Coming into Force of the
Contract, as defined in Attachment 1, the Contractor shall provide, as
necessary, an update of the pre-contract documentation. The
Contractor shall also submit, as a minimum, the following
documentation:
12.2.8.1.1 Straight Line Diagram And Route Position List
12.2.8.1.2 Plan Of Work (POW)
12.2.8.1.3 Contractors QA Handbook
12.2.8.2 Components And Materials
12.2.8.2.1 The Contractor shall provide a list upon request of qualified or unqualified and
critical components he intends to use on the System, indicating whether or not
these components and materials have been used on any other submarine
cable project.
12.2.8.3 Item Schedule
12.2.8.3.1 Third party ordering information, that is available to the Contractor, will be
made available to the Purchaser upon request.
12.2.8.4 Training Course Information
12.2.8.4.1 Syllabus, time schedules, contents
12.2.8.5 Documentation Master List (DML)
12.2.8.5.1 The Contractor shall provide a preliminary master list of documentation to be
provided with the System, sorted by type of documentation, noting also when
the documentation shall be available, and for what phase of the project the
documentation is first utilized by the Purchaser. This master list shall include
a schedule for delivery of the documentation, consistent with the overall
System POW and Purchaser’s need for such documentation as defined in
Attachment 1. This statement shall not preclude the Purchaser from
requesting additional documentation when needed. The DML will include
contract delivery criteria along with calculated delivery due dates in
accordance with the latest agreed POW and will be updated on a monthly
basis.
12.2.8.6 Marine Sample Documents
12.2.8.6.1 The Contractor shall provide samples of the documents listed below to the
Purchaser no later than six (6) months before the start of the first load. A
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
presentation of these materials will be provided by the Contractor at the next
scheduled customer meeting. Upon receipt of the samples and viewing of the
presentation, the Purchaser will have sixty (60) days to review the content and
format and provide comments to the Contractor. The Parties will mutually
agree upon a final format at that time. Any changes requested subsequently,
may impact the timeliness of documentation delivery and be subject to review
of cost impact. Samples will be provided for the following documents:
12.2.8.6.1.1
System Loading and Laying Instructions (SLLI)
12.2.8.6.1.2
Daily Reports for vessel operations
12.2.8.6.1.3
Marine Installation Report (MIR)
12.2.8.7 System And Cable Station Equipment Handbooks
12.2.8.7.1 The Contractor shall provide the following:
12.2.8.7.1.1 The System Handbook will provide an overall description of the entire
system and all its subsystems, and their function and expected performance
within the system including land cable, Submersible Plant and any other
associated apparatus.
12.2.8.7.1.2 Equipment handbooks shall include complete and clear physical,
functional (software and hardware), operations and maintenance procedure
descriptions of/for all equipment (SLTE, PFE, MC,test equipment,) and
application software, and the equipment’s interconnection and functionality
within the System as a whole.
12.2.8.7.1.3 The SYSTEM OA&M Handbook shall contain, as a minimum,
recommended routine system maintenance procedures; overall OA&M
procedures for the anticipated types of failure conditions on the system;
quick-reference guides for problems that may be encountered; and clear
instructions on return procedures for circuit pack failures; and contact
information for technical assistance from the Contractor.
12.2.8.7.1.4 Preliminary or sample copies of the Equipment handbooks for all TSE
currently in production shall be available, within ninety (90) days after
Coming into Force of the Contract for reference by Purchaser personnel in
preparation for the design review. Provisional copies of the complete set of
System and Cable Station Equipment Handbooks shall be available in time
for training of cable station personnel. Contractor to provide notice no later
than sixty (60) days prior to the latest date provisional delivery comments
can be received without impacting the completion of the final issues. Final
copies shall be available prior to Provisional Acceptance. The Contractor
shall provide a specific schedule within their DML.
12.2.9 Factory Testing Documentation
12.2.9.1 The Contractor shall provide factory test procedures for all
equipment, and equipment suites, (including draft test result sheets
incorporating expected results) and specifications covering the
complete equipment, thirty (30) days prior to scheduled factory
acceptance.
12.2.9.2 With regard to the Submersible Plant:
The Factory Testing
procedures for cables and repeaters shall be provided in the
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Submersible Plant Handbook (i.e. Wet Plant Factory Test Procedures
and Results). These will include:
12.2.9.2.1 For Cable & Fiber:
12.2.9.2.1.1
Testing Specifications and procedures
12.2.9.2.1.2
Jointing Specifications and procedures
12.2.9.2.2 For Repeaters:
12.2.9.2.2.1 Factory test specifications that shall at least include engineering
production limits, testing procedures and equipment.
For Branching Units:
12.2.9.2.2.2 Factory test specifications that shall at least include engineering
production limits, testing procedures and equipment.
12.2.9.2.3 All procedures and results pertaining to the testing of the assembled cable and
repeaters shall be provided in the System Assembly Handbook (i.e. the Preload Assembled Test Procedures and Results).
12.2.9.3 Factory TSE Handbooks
12.2.9.3.1 Following completion of the Factory Tests the Contractor shall provide a copy
of all Factory Suite Test Specifications and copies of completed test result
sheets (both Contractor Internal and Factory Acceptance) and explanatory
introduction.
12.2.10
Pre-Installation Documentation
12.2.10.1 The Contractor shall provide a schedule, within their DML, for the
delivery of installation instructions, handbooks, engineering and test
documentations which support the Purchaser’s desire to review
material in advance of any design reviews, design approval, test
approval, and test participation.
12.2.10.2 This documentation shall cover the complete program, including
installation activity related to the Cable Station, land cable, beach
manhole, ocean ground, and all Submersible Plant. Details of some
key Pre-Installation Documents are shown below.
12.2.10.3 This shall include reports from surveys (site survey, land-route
survey, shore-end survey, route survey, BFS, etc); and resultant
engineering solutions including detailed Method of Procedures
documents. It shall also include a route clearance report and the
system assembly test report.
12.2.10.4 The Contractor shall provide detailed Daily Reports during all the
works performed by vessels.
All Daily Reports pertaining to
installation vessels will become part of the Marine Installation Report.
Details of Daily Report contents are as follows:
12.2.10.4.1
All vessels:
12.2.10.4.1.1 Name of vessel and operation engaged in
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
12.2.10.4.1.2 Geographical position of the vessel at the time of the report;
12.2.10.4.1.3 Weather conditions during the preceding 24 hours and weather forecast;
12.2.10.4.1.4 Summary of the work performed during the preceding 24 hours;
12.2.10.4.1.5 Summary of the work planned for the next 24 hours;
12.2.10.4.1.6 Time spent on effective work during the preceding 24 hour period and the
cumulative total;
12.2.10.4.1.7 Weather downtime during the preceding 24 hour period and the
cumulative total;
12.2.10.4.1.8 Vessel/equipment downtime during the preceding 24 hour period and the
cumulative total;
12.2.10.4.1.9 Other non-operational time during the preceding 24 hour period and the
cumulative total;
12.2.10.4.1.10 List of events logged in the preceding 24 hours;
12.2.10.4.1.11 Report of progress against Plan of Work and estimated completion;
12.2.10.4.1.12 Endorsement of the report by the Purchasers’ Representatives;
12.2.10.4.1.13 Space for comment by the Purchasers’ Representatives;
12.2.10.4.1.14 Vessel contact details including phone numbers, fax numbers and email
addresses.
12.2.10.4.2
Installation Vessels, as appropriate to each installation activity:
12.2.10.4.2.1 Summary of the Submerged Plant installed (surface and burial) during the
last 24 hours and the cumulative total;
12.2.10.4.2.2 Burial profile performed in the last 24 hours;
12.2.10.4.2.3 Summary of Submerged Plant remaining to be laid;
12.2.10.4.2.4 Summary of available spares of Submerged Plant;
12.2.10.4.2.5 Details of jointing operations, when applicable;
12.2.10.4.2.6 Details of testing operations, when applicable.
12.2.10.4.2.7 Summary of the Submerged Plant inspected during the last 24 hours and
the cumulative total;
12.2.10.4.2.8 Summary of the Submerged Plant buried in the last 24 hours and the
cumulative total;
12.2.10.4.2.9 Burial profile performed in the last 24 hours;
12.2.10.4.2.10 Summary of Submerged Plant remaining to be inspected;
12.2.10.4.2.11 Summary of Submerged Plant remaining to be buried.
12.2.10.4.2.12 The list of events shall be detailed as appropriate in order to provide a
comprehensive understanding of the operation. A signed copy of each report
shall be provided to the Purchasers’ Representatives.
12.2.10.4.2.13 Installation Drawing Handbook (IHB) for Terminal Station Equipment
(TSE) - A preliminary IHB will be supplied for each cable station depicting the
proposed layout of the TSE via floor plans and power, optical and alarm
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
assignments. It will be supplied ninety (90) days prior to the start of
installation and shall be mutually agreed upon by the Contractor and
Purchaser. The preliminary IHB will include the following (if applicable):
12.2.10.4.2.14 Floor plan drawing
12.2.10.4.2.15 Power cable and transmission rack plan drawings
12.2.10.4.2.16 Fiber optic duct plan drawing
12.2.10.4.2.17 Equipment grounding plan drawing
12.2.10.4.2.18 Elevation diagram
12.2.10.4.2.19 Front/side elevation details for TSE
12.2.10.4.2.20 Power assignments
12.2.10.4.2.21 Optical assignments
12.2.10.4.2.22 Alarm assignments
12.2.10.5 Land Section and Ocean Ground Bed (OGB) Installation and Test
Procedures - Sixty (60) days before the start of Land Section and
Ocean Ground Bed (OGB) installation at each location, the
Contractor will provide the installation and test procedures covering
the whole of the land section operation shall be made available for
comment and approval. These procedures will include the following
(if applicable):
12.2.10.5.1
Overview
requirements
of
purpose,
installation
parameters
and
installation
12.2.10.5.1.1 Site preparation
12.2.10.5.1.2 Detailed route description
12.2.10.5.1.3 Sample daily report and work summary sheet
12.2.10.5.1.4 Land route schematic
12.2.10.5.1.5 Land cable installation field test Method of Procedure (MOP)
12.2.10.5.1.6 OGB installation MOP (if applicable)
12.2.10.6 System Loading and Laying Instructions (SLLI) - A Draft of all
sections including the Loading, Laying, and Transmission Test
Methods of Procedure will be issued in detail thirty (30) days before
the start of the first Load. The Contractor will provide portions of the
SLLI earlier as may be reasonably requested by the Purchaser.
Updates will be issued per load and/or as needed. For details on the
contents of the SLLI, please see the Marine Installation Section of
this specification.
12.2.11
Post-Installation Documentation
12.2.11.1 Preliminary post-installation installation reports for the cable
station equipment, shall be provided within three (3) days of basic
completion of each phase of installation activity, unless otherwise
agreed. These reports will be hand-delivered on site and in raw form
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
by contractor’s installation personnel. Such reports shall provide a
high-level synopsis of the installation results, including: physical
construction compared to the original plan; b) test results, c)
outstanding issues; and d) preliminary remediation plans, if required.
These preliminary reports shall be noted on the Contract POW. In no
cases, will Provisional Acceptance be granted prior to delivery of
these reports.
12.2.11.2 Preliminary post-installation reports for the Submersible Plant are
described as follows:
12.2.11.2.1
Interim Laying Report
12.2.11.2.1.1
Within 5 business days of completion of a Main Lay Operation (i.e.
completion of an entire segment or completion of a full load installation on
the trunk) or PLSE Segment or Sub-Segment (i.e. a complete branch
segment) Installation, the Contractor shall provide the Purchaser with Interim
Laying Reports including:
12.2.11.2.1.1.1
An Interim As-Laid Route Position List (RPL)
12.2.11.2.1.1.2
An Interim As Laid Straight Line Diagram (SLD)
12.2.11.2.1.1.3
Complete Set of Daily Burial Plots (if applicable)
12.2.11.2.1.1.4
List of Proposed PLIB Sites (if applicable)
12.2.11.2.1.1.5
Final Shipboard Test Results (OTDR Plots, COTDR Plots)
12.2.11.2.1.2 Note: In the event that a repair is needed within the 5 business day
period for report assembly, the Contractor will make every effort to expedite
the delivery of the report and ensure that the necessary information is
provided and the execution of the repair is not delayed.
12.2.11.3 Complete installation reports shall be provided, each with an
executive summary, plus (as a minimum): a) detailed as-built
documentation; b) complete test results; and c) a schedule for
handbook and documentation update, consistent with the Contract.
These final installation reports shall be provided no later than two (2)
months after Provisional Acceptance, or Purchaser approval of draft
submittals, as detailed in Attachment 1.
12.2.11.4 Handbooks shall be updated if necessary at least one (1) month
prior to Provisional Acceptance.
12.2.11.5 Acceptance Testing Documentation - Please see Commissioning
and Acceptance Section of this Technical Specification for
documentation requirements related to Acceptance Testing.
12.3 Documentation Annex (Handbook Content Detail)
12.3.1 The following lists highlight the expected level of detail for required handbooks.
12.3.1.1 System Description Handbook (i.e. System Handbook or System
Manual)
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
12.3.1.1.1 As a minimum, this shall include the following:
12.3.1.1.1.1
A complete list of all handbooks applicable to Segments
12.3.1.1.1.2 A description of the system as a whole (configuration, fiber routing,
capacity, etc) and a brief description of all the major components of the
system
12.3.1.1.1.3
Details of Segments target performance
12.3.1.1.1.4 A description of the main transmission path for each equipment, including
block schematics showing the stations and major system components within
the stations
12.3.1.1.1.5
A description of the rack layouts at each Terminal Station
12.3.1.1.1.6 Identification of equipment construction practice, equipment numbering
and document numbering System
12.3.1.1.1.7 A description
interconnection
of
the
various
management
systems
and
DCN
12.3.1.1.1.8 A detailed description of the Submersible Plant including descriptions for
cable, repeaters, BUs optional test equipment and other identifiable
undersea components (equalizers, joints, splices, etc.), as specified here
below
12.3.1.1.1.8.1 Cable & Fiber
12.3.1.1.1.8.1.1
As a minimum, this shall include:
12.3.1.1.1.8.1.1.1
A detailed information on cable types used on the Segments,
including a list of construction specifications, details of the electrical,
optical and mechanical parameters and the weight per kilometer of
cable in air and water and the cable hydrodynamic constant of each type
of cable
12.3.1.1.1.8.1.1.2
Piece part drawings, assembly drawings and process documents
are available for purchaser review but are not delivered to the
Purchaser.
12.3.1.1.1.8.2 Repeaters
12.3.1.1.1.8.2.1
As a minimum, this shall include:
12.3.1.1.1.8.2.1.1
A detailed description of the repeaters used in the Segments,
including a list of construction specifications and details of the electrical,
optical and mechanical parameters
12.3.1.1.1.8.2.1.2
A detailed description of the repeater supervisory system
12.3.1.1.1.8.2.1.3
Detailed drawings of overall assembly and mechanical
construction are available for Purchaser review but are not delivered to
the Purchaser
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
12.3.1.1.1.8.2.1.4
Specifications related to general production standards
12.3.1.1.1.8.2.1.5
Specifications related to the production, control and environment
as detailed in this Specification
12.3.1.1.1.8.3 Branching Units
12.3.1.1.1.8.3.1
As a minimum, this shall include:
12.3.1.1.1.8.3.1.1
A detailed description of the BUs used in the Segments, including
a list of construction specifications and details of the electrical, optical
and mechanical parameters
12.3.1.1.1.8.3.1.2
A detailed description of the BU supervisory system, as applicable
12.3.1.1.1.8.3.1.3
Detailed Drawings of overall assembly and mechanical
construction will be available for customer review but not delivered to
the Purchaser
12.3.1.1.1.8.3.1.4
Specifications related to general production standards
12.3.1.1.1.8.3.1.5
Specifications related to the production, control and environment
as detailed in this Specification
12.3.2 Terminal Station Equipment Handbooks
12.3.2.1 These shall include separate handbooks for SLTE, PFE, MCtest
equipment and other associated apparatus, as specified here below:
12.3.2.1.1 Description of each sub-unit
12.3.2.1.2 Description of each unit
12.3.2.1.3 Description of each equipment
12.3.2.1.4 Description of hardware and software
12.3.2.1.5 Concise operating and routine test instructions
12.3.2.1.6 Fault finding information using basic test equipment
12.3.2.1.7 Equipment Block Diagrams
12.3.2.1.8 As a minimum, transmission equipment block diagrams shall include the
following details:
12.3.2.1.8.1
Main transmission paths including redundancy arrangements
12.3.2.1.8.2
NMS Arrangements
12.3.2.1.8.3
Order wire arrangements
12.3.2.1.8.4
DCN arrangements
12.3.2.1.8.5
Maintenance arrangements
12.3.2.1.9 As a minimum, the block diagrams shall include the following details:
12.3.2.1.9.1
The title of each unit, as it is intended to be marked on the equipment
12.3.2.1.9.2
The drawing number of each unit
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
12.3.2.1.9.3
The location of each unit on the shelf/rack/equipment
12.3.2.1.9.4 Test points, recorder connections and other facilities, (e.g. maintenance,
ancillary equipment)
12.3.2.1.9.5 Transmission references at test points, as expected in designed System
operation
12.3.2.1.9.6
All references at interface points
12.3.2.1.9.7 The dynamic range of all adjustable parameters as well as their designed
nominal values
12.3.2.2 SLTE (With MC) AndFace Layout Drawings
12.3.2.2.1 As a minimum, transmission equipment face layout drawings shall clearly
show:
12.3.2.2.1.1
12.3.3
All individual rack, shelf and major unit titles and drawing codes
This report contains all final reports, drawings and test results pertaining
to the loading, laying and installation of the submersible plant as described in
Section 8. It will be presented in the following three parts:
12.3.3.1 Executive Summary
12.3.3.1.1 Text-based summary report of the submersible plant installation and testing
program.
12.3.3.2 Load & Laying Report
12.3.3.2.1 A Load and Laying Report will be submitted to the Purchaser. This report will
be prepared by System or System Phases and shall consist of the following
volumes:
12.3.3.2.1.1
Volume 1
Load Operations
12.3.3.2.1.1.1 Section 1 – Summary
12.3.3.2.1.1.2 Section 2 – Introduction
12.3.3.2.1.1.3 Section 3 – Equipment / Subcontractors
12.3.3.2.1.1.4 Section 4 – Operations Narrative
12.3.3.2.1.1.5 Section 5 – Daily Event Diary
12.3.3.2.1.1.6 Section 6 – Load Records
12.3.3.2.1.1.6.1
As loaded tank plan
12.3.3.2.1.1.6.2
As Loaded SLD
12.3.3.2.1.1.6.3
Wet Plant Spare Inventory
12.3.3.2.1.1.6.4
Test results
12.3.3.2.1.1.7 Section 7 – Daily Reports
12.3.3.2.1.2
Volume 2
Route Clearance & PLGR Operations
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
12.3.3.2.1.2.1 Section 1 – Summary
12.3.3.2.1.2.2 Section 2 – Introduction
12.3.3.2.1.2.3 Section 3 – Equipment / Subcontractors
12.3.3.2.1.2.4 Section 4 – Operations Narrative
12.3.3.2.1.2.5 Section 5 – Daily Event Diary
12.3.3.2.1.2.6 Section 6 – Route Clearance and PLGR Records
12.3.3.2.1.2.6.1
Route Clearance -
12.3.3.2.1.2.6.2
Drawings of OOS cable removals
12.3.3.2.1.2.6.3
Recovered OOS Cables
12.3.3.2.1.2.6.4
OOS Cables not found
12.3.3.2.1.2.6.5
PLGR -
12.3.3.2.1.2.6.6
Pre lay Grapnel Run – RPL
12.3.3.2.1.2.6.7
Grapnel run summary
12.3.3.2.1.2.6.8
PLGR tension plots
12.3.3.2.1.2.6.9
Recovered Items
12.3.3.2.1.2.7 Section 7 – Daily Reports
12.3.3.2.1.3
Volume 3
Shore End Operations (produced for each operation)
12.3.3.2.1.3.1 Section 1 – Summary
12.3.3.2.1.3.2 Section 2 – Introduction
12.3.3.2.1.3.3 Section 3 – Equipment / Subcontractors
12.3.3.2.1.3.4 Section 4 – Operations Narrative
12.3.3.2.1.3.5 Section 5 – Daily Event Diary
12.3.3.2.1.3.6 Section 6 – Shore End Records
12.3.3.2.1.3.6.1
Landing Site Overview
12.3.3.2.1.3.6.2
Beach Manhole (BMH) Schematic
12.3.3.2.1.3.6.3
Shore end Key Positions
12.3.3.2.1.3.6.4
Cable Protection (when applicable) –
12.3.3.2.1.3.6.5
Burial Plots
12.3.3.2.1.3.6.6
HDD
12.3.3.2.1.3.6.7
Split pipe
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
12.3.3.2.1.3.6.8
Final Splice Positioning (where applicable)
12.3.3.2.1.3.6.9
Test results for PLSE
12.3.3.2.1.3.7 Section 7 – Daily Reports
12.3.3.2.1.4
Volume 4
Main Lay Operations
12.3.3.2.1.4.1 Section 1 – Summary
12.3.3.2.1.4.2 Section 2 – Introduction
12.3.3.2.1.4.3 Section 3 – Equipment / Subcontractors
12.3.3.2.1.4.4 Section 4 – Operations Narrative
12.3.3.2.1.4.5 Section 5 – Daily Event Diary
12.3.3.2.1.4.6 Section 6 – Main Lay Field Records
12.3.3.2.1.4.6.1
Lay Summary
12.3.3.2.1.4.6.2
Burial Summary
12.3.3.2.1.4.6.3
Plow Burial plots
12.3.3.2.1.4.6.4
Wet Plant Spares
12.3.3.2.1.4.6.5
Branching Unit Chartlets
12.3.3.2.1.4.6.6
Final Bight Chartlets (including any repair bights)
12.3.3.2.1.4.6.7
Pipeline Crossing Chartlets (in service pipelines only)
12.3.3.2.1.4.6.8
Test results
12.3.3.2.1.4.7 Section 7 – Daily Reports
12.3.3.2.1.5
Volume 5
PLIB Operations
12.3.3.2.1.5.1 Section 1 – Summary
12.3.3.2.1.5.2 Section 2 – Introduction
12.3.3.2.1.5.3 Section 3 – Equipment / Subcontractors
12.3.3.2.1.5.4 Section 4 – Operations Narrative
12.3.3.2.1.5.5 Section 5 – Daily Event Diary
12.3.3.2.1.5.6 Section 6 – PLIB Records
12.3.3.2.1.5.7 PLIB Matrix
12.3.3.2.1.5.8 PLIB burial plots
12.3.3.2.1.5.9 Video Index
12.3.3.2.1.5.10
Video Logs
12.3.3.2.1.5.11
Section 7 – Daily Reports
12.3.3.2.1.6
Volume 6
Land Cable installation Operations
12.3.3.2.1.6.1 Section 1 – Summary
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
12.3.3.2.1.6.2 Section 2 – Introduction
12.3.3.2.1.6.3 Section 3 – Equipment / Subcontractors
12.3.3.2.1.6.4 Section 4 – Operations Narrative
12.3.3.2.1.6.5 Section 5 – Daily Event Diary
12.3.3.2.1.6.6 Section 6 – Land Cable Records
12.3.3.2.1.6.6.1
Land Route Schematic
12.3.3.2.1.6.6.2
OSP Route Map and BMH Site Detail
12.3.3.2.1.6.6.3
Ocean Ground Bed (OGB) Installation
12.3.3.2.1.6.6.4
Manhole Layout Diagrams
12.3.3.2.1.6.6.5
Cable Configuration
12.3.3.2.1.6.6.6
Fiber Map
12.3.3.2.1.6.6.7
Test Results
12.3.3.2.1.6.6.8
Spares and Tools provided to the Purchaser
12.3.3.2.1.6.6.9
Site restoration
12.3.3.2.1.6.7 Section 7 – Daily Reports
12.3.3.3 Installed Cable Record
12.3.3.3.1 An Installed Cable Record will be separately prepared for each segment
following the completion of the submersible plant installation (preliminary
installation documentation will be available in the event the need arises to
perform maintenance on the system). This document will be prepared in the
following format:
12.3.3.3.1.1
Segment Overview
12.3.3.3.1.1.1 As-Laid Cable Data (RPL & SLD)
12.3.3.3.1.1.2 Undersea Plant As-Installed Data
12.3.3.3.1.1.2.1
Cable Crossing Matrices
12.3.3.3.1.1.2.2
Wet Plant Spares
12.3.3.3.1.1.2.3
PLIB Matrix
12.3.3.3.1.1.2.4
Burial Plots
12.3.3.3.1.1.2.5
Branching Unit Chartlets
12.3.3.3.1.1.2.6
Final Bights Chartlets (including repair bights)
12.3.3.3.1.1.2.7
Pipeline Crossing Chartlets (active pipelines only)
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
12.3.3.3.1.1.2.8
Landing Site Overview
12.3.3.3.1.1.2.9
BMH Layout Diagram
12.3.3.3.1.1.2.10
Cable Protection (when applicable)
12.3.3.3.1.1.2.11
–HDD; Burial; Split pipe
12.3.3.3.1.1.3 Terrestrial Plant As-Installed Data
12.3.3.3.1.1.3.1
Land Route Schematic
12.3.3.3.1.1.3.2
OSP Route Map and BMH Site Detail
12.3.3.3.1.1.3.3
OGB Installation
12.3.3.3.1.1.3.4
Manhole Layout Diagrams
12.3.3.3.1.1.3.5
Cable Configuration
12.3.3.3.1.1.3.6
Fiber Map
12.3.3.3.1.1.3.7
Terrestrial Plant and Tool Spares
12.3.3.3.1.1.4 Final Test Results of the installed cable following final splice (if applicable)
12.3.3.3.1.2
Charts depicting as-laid data superimposed over survey charts
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
ATTACHMENT 1 – DOCUMENTATION SCHEDULE
Blue highlighted sections need to be verified once the complete tech spec is assembled.
DOCUMENT
TITLE
CONTRACT
PROVISIONAL
REFERENCE
DELIVERY QUANTITY &
CRITERIA DISTRIBUTION
FINAL
DELIVERY CRITERIA
Project Monitoring and Initial Post-Contract Documentation:
Straight
Line 12.2.8,
CIF+45
U
MIR
Diagram
12.4
Route Position 12.2.8,
MIR
CIF+45
U
List
12.4
Plan of Work 12.2.8
P
CIF+45
U
(POW)
Contractors QA 11.2, 11.3,
a+30
CIF+60
U
Handbook
12.2.8
(Quality Plan)
Components
and Materials
List
Item Schedule
12.2.8.5
CIF+60
U
12.2.8.6
CIF+60
U
Training
Course
Information
12.2.8.1,
13.4
CIF+60
U
Documentation 12.2.8.2
CIF+60
U
Master List
Marine Sample 8.9.1c,
RTL-180 U
Documents
12.2.8.3
System and Cable Station Equipment Handbooks:
System
12.2.9.1,
DR+120
U
Handbook
/ 12.3.1,
System
12.2.12.3,
Description
13.2.2
Handbook
(System
Manual)
SLTE
12.2.9.2,
CIF+90
U
Handbook
12.2.9.4,
(LTE
User’s 12.3.2,
Manual)
QUANTITY & DISTRIBUTION
U
2(cd)ho
T-30
U
P
U
a+30
U
B, PA-30
2(cd)ho
2(cd)cs
B, PA-30
2(cd)ho
2(cd)cs
12.2.12.3,
13.2.2
PFE Handbook
(PFE
User’s
Manual)
12.2.9.2,
12.2.9.4,
12.3.2,
CIF+90
U
B, PA-30
2(cd)ho
2(cd)cs
CIF+90
U
B, PA-30
2(cd)ho
2(cd)cs
CIF+90
U
B, PA-30
2(cd)ho
2(cd)cs
12.2.12.3,
13.2.2
MC Handbook
(EMS User’s
Manual)
12.2.9.2,
12.2.9.4,
12.3.2,
12.2.12.3,
13.2.2
NMS
Handbook
(NMS User’s
Manual)
12.2.9.2,
12.2.9.4,
12.3.2,
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
12.2.12.3,
13.2.2
System OA&M 12.2.9.3,
B
Handbook
(Operations
12.2.12.3,
and
13.2.2
Maintenance
Manual)
Factory Testing Documentation:
Factory
TSE 9.1.3.2,
ft-30
Handbooks
12.2.10.1
U
U
tc+30
2(cd)ho
Submersible
9.1.3.2,
ft-30
Plant
12.2.10
Handbook
(Wet
Plant
Factory
Test
Procedures
and Results)
System
9.1.3.2,
sa-30
Assembly
12.2.10,
Handbook
12.3.3
(Pre-load
Assembled
Test
Procedures
and Results)
Pre-Installation Documentation:
Desk
Top
8.10,
oc+30
Study
Annex 1
Terminal
5.4,
oc+30
Station
Site
12.2.11.3
Survey Report
TSE
5.2,
is-90
Installation
12.2.11.5
Instructions
(Installation
Drawing
Handbook)
Land Section &
7.2.3,
oc+30
OGB Survey
12.2.11.3
Report
Land Section &
7.2.4, 8.24, os-60
OGB
9.1.3.4,
Installation &
12.2.11.6
Test
Procedures
Land Section &
7.2.4, 8.24, oc+30
OGB
9.1.3.4,
Installation &
12.2.11.6
Test Report
U
tc+30
2(cd)ho
U
tc+30
2(cd)ho
2(cd)hoc
a+14
2(cd)ho
U
MIR
Route Survey
Report
including
Shore Ends
System
Loading
and
Laying
Instructions
System
Assembly Test
Report
(Load
Operations
Report)
Burial
Feasibility
Study
(BFS)
Report
PA-14
2(cd)ho
2(cd)cs
2(cd)ma
U
U
U
U
8.11,
Annex 2,
12.2.11.3
oc+30
2(cd)hoc
a+30
2(cd)ho
8.13,
12.2.11.7
os-30
U
os+0
U
12.2.11.3,
12.4.1.2
Oc+.5
tc+30
U
MIR
2(cd)ho
8.12.5,
12.2.11.3
oc+30
U
a+30
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
Route
Clearance
Report
Pre-Lay
Grapnel Run
(PLGR) Report
Daily Reports
8.14,
oc+3*
12.2.11.3,
12.4.1.2
8.15,
oc+3*
12.2.11.3,
12.4.1.2
8.26.1,
D
12.2.11.4,
12.4.1.2
Post-Installation Documentation:
As-built Station
5.2,
ic+3
Engineering
12.2.12.1,
Drawings (As12.2.12.2
built
Installation
Drawing
Handbook)
Interim Laying
8.26.2.3,
oc+5
Report
12.2.12.2
Preliminary
8.26.2,
PC+30
Installation
12.4.1.2
Report (Marine
Installation
Report Part 2)
U
MIR
U
MIR
U
MIR
U
PA +60
2(cd)ho
2(cd)cs
2(cd)hoc
a+60
2(cd)ho
2(cd)ma
Marine
Installation
Report – Parts
1 & 3, Installed
Cable Record
8.26.2,
12.4.1.1,
12.4.1.3
PC+60
2(cd)hoc
a+60
2(cd)ho
2(cd)ma
TSE In-Station
Testing
Procedures
(Site
Acceptance
Testing – SAT
Plan)
TSE In-Station
Testing Results
(Site
Acceptance
Testing – SAT
Results)
Commissioning
&
Acceptance
Test Plan
9.1.3.3,
12.2.12.5
ts-60
U
9.1.3.3,
12.2.12.5
tc+14
U
a+30
2(cd)ho
2(cd)cs
9.1.3.6,
12.2.12.5
ts-60
U
9.1.3.6,
12.2.12.5
tc+7
U
a+30
2(cd)ho
2(cd)cs
9.1.3.8,
12.2.12.5
5.2,
12.2.12.1,
12.2.12.3
CT+5
U
oc+60
U
a+30
2(cd)ho
2(cd)cs
9.3.2b)
CTs+2
U
9.3.2c)
CT+10
2(cd)ho
9.3.2d)
CT+60
2(cd)ho
9.4.1
FApt+15
2(cd)ho
13.1,
13.2.5
T-14
U, X(p)
Commissioning
& Acceptance
Test Results
Confidence
Trial Report
Terminal
System
Drawings
(TSD)
Provisional
Report
Commissioning
Report
Final
Commissioning
Report
Final
Acceptance
Report
Training
Materials
U
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
(*) - These are deliveries of interim Route Clearance and PLGR Reports consisting of:
a) Diary of Events
b) List of Cables Crossed
c) Positions of Obstructions Found
(**) - 1 complete paper set of all charts delivered to both Purchaser’s home office and Consultant
(***) – 1 paper set of only the “shore end section” charts for each cable station.
NOTES:
Delivery Criteria:
CIF+n
n days after Contract in Force
DR-/+n n days before or after the Design Review
ft-n
n days before the start of factory testing
sa-n
n days before the start of system assembly testing in the factory
os-n
n days before the start of the relevant operation, survey or study
oc+n
n days after the completion of the relevant operation, survey or study
RTL-n
n days before the start of loading operations
Is-n
n days before the start of the relevant installation period
ic+n
n days after the completion of the relevant installation period
PC+n
n days after completion of the relevant PLIB Operations
Ts-n
n days before the start of the relevant testing period
tc+n
n days after the completion of the relevant testing period
CTs+n
n days after the start of the relevant Confidence Trial
CT+n
n days after completion of the relevant Confidence Trial
P
progress document updated periodically
D
report delivered daily
B
updated provisional handbooks due at the start of Type B Training
MIR
included in final Marine Installation Report
a+n
n days after purchaser approval has been received
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
PA-n
n days before the final Provisional Acceptance date
PA+n
n days after the final Provisional Acceptance date
FA-n
n days before the scheduled Final Acceptance date
FApt+n n days after the completion of the Purchaser’s Test Period for Final Acceptance
T-n
n days before the start of the relevant training class
Quantity and Distribution:
U
unlimited electronic distribution via email and/or web-based file transfer system
n(cd)ho
n CDs delivered to Purchaser’s home office
n(cd)cs n CDs delivered to each applicable cable station
n(cd)ma
n CDs delivered to maintenance authority
X(p)
paper copy delivered to X number of students
13
TRAINING
13.1 General Requirements
13.1.1 The purpose of this Section is to define the content and the conditions of the
comprehensive training that the Contractor shall provide to the Purchaser’s
technical staff.
13.1.2 The Contractor shall program and conduct all the necessary training for the
Purchaser’s personnel in an efficient manner so that such personnel will be well
trained, proficient and capable of independently carrying-out, testing, operation
and maintenance of the System, and knowledgably-observing (and judging) C&A.
13.1.3 Training materials shall be supplied in electronic format sufficiently in advance of
the course for the student to review the material (minimum, 2 weeks). Hard
copies of the course material shall be provided at the start of the course.
13.1.4 The Training shall be conducted in a timeframe that makes sense with respect to
the Purchaser’s need to know as the construction and testing of the System
progresses.
13.1.5 The Purchaser may request the Contractor’s Training Instructor to test the
participants to assess the adequacy of both the training program and the
student’s progress.
13.1.6 Training materials shall use standardized symbols and vocabulary, and provide a
glossary of technical terms, where standards are not available.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
13.1.7 The Contractor shall provide one set of instructor’s notes and materials for each
course. All notes for training shall be provided in English.
13.1.8 The Contractor shall quote for four types of training defined hereafter. Types (A),
(B), (C) and (D) training shall include the cost of the provision of instructors,
including travel, residential accommodation and subsistence, course handbooks,
materials (i.e. computer, jointing boxes, etc.), and consumables (where
applicable). The class/lecture facilities for Type A, B, C and D training programs
shall be provided as specified below. This quotation shall also state the
maximum number of students that can be accommodated simultaneously for
each course, the expected duration and the price per session.
13.1.9 The Price schedule shall include a quotation for the provision of regular refresher
training for Type B, C and D training. The Contractor shall provide proposed
syllabuses and schedules.
13.1.10
The various courses shall provide a balanced and coordinated program
covering all aspects of the equipment and associated services. Also, the timing of
the courses shall be in accordance to testing schedule and Provisional
Acceptance Date. The schedule shall be approved by Purchaser as laid out in
the Plan of Work.
13.1.11
The Contractor shall make equipment available during the installation
phase in order to enable training, taking into account the requirements of the
overall implementation schedule.
13.2 Specific Requirements
13.2.1 Type A Training
13.2.1.1 A formal training course shall be provided at the Contractor’s facility
for the Purchaser’s personnel (maximum 15 students). This training
course shall be for students with a technical background who will
have administration and supervisory responsibilities with respect to
the System as well as for those going on to take Type B training.
Type A is a recommended prerequisite for Type B Training.
13.2.1.2 The class/lecture facilities for Type A, training programs shall be
provided by the Contractor.
13.2.1.3 The training shall mainly be academic in nature such that the trainees
are able to understand the design philosophy of the System down to
the circuit pack level, analyze the System performance, and obtain
sufficient knowledge to maintain its performance throughout the
System Design Life Period.
13.2.1.4 When possible, the training shall also have a practical part, operating
in the same type of equipment as provided (i.e. computer with
MC/NMS software) and maintenance test equipment as provided.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
13.2.2 Type B Training
13.2.2.1 Type A Training is the recommended prerequisite for Type B training.
The Contractor will provide a formal training for Cable Station
operating personnel. Two such courses, B1 and B2 training, shall be
offered (in each landing station). The Contractor shall assume that up
to 8 personnel per class from the Purchaser’s staff will participate in
these courses. These courses will include on-site practical training
and instruction on the maintenance procedures of the equipment.
This training shall include training on individual equipment (Type B1)
and the system (Type B2). While it is acceptable to use the
equipment manuals for training purposes, it is expected that tutorials
will also be provided using separate presentations, and that such
material (handbooks) will be left with the students as reference.
13.2.2.2 The Contractor shall deliver the Equipment and System Handbooks
prior to the beginning of Type B training.
13.2.2.3 Type B1 Training
13.2.2.3.1 The Type B1 training shall include training on all LTESLTE, PFE, MC, etc. It
shall follow the completion of Period IIIA Cable Station Equipment In-station
Testing and prior to the start of the connection to the Marine Cable.
13.2.2.3.2 It shall minimally include training on the equipment functionality, physical
layout, OA&M procedures, with special focus on routine operations which are
recommended which the operator must perform, alarms, failure diagnosis and
correction, including card replacement, and for software-related operations,
logging, configuration and control, backups, peripheral management, etc.
13.2.2.3.3 The objectives of this course shall include the following:
13.2.2.3.3.1 To enable the trainees to understand the System - focusing on System
performance, configuration and the function of each modular unit and the
basic circuits utilized in each unit
13.2.2.3.3.2 To enable the trainees to do provisioning, basic planning, and
commissioning of submarine cable networks including operations and
maintenance (analyze, locate and correct faults within the network)
13.2.2.3.3.3 To enable the trainees to understand the technical reasons for all the
specified parameters of transmission and understand design parameters
such as BER objectives and impairments
13.2.2.3.3.4 To enable the trainees to operate, test and adjust the elements of the
system,
13.2.2.3.3.5
To enable the trainees to correct faults within the system,
13.2.2.3.3.6 To enable the trainees to understand the structure of the supplied
Network Maintenance System (NMS) and Maintenance Controller (MC)
including the part that needs interfacing over leased lines (i.e. DCN)
13.2.2.3.4 On completion of this course, the trainees will be able to:
13.2.2.3.4.1 Understand the philosophy behind the System design adopted by the
Contractors
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
13.2.2.3.4.2 Understand the function and mode of operation of all circuit pack modules
in each unit
13.2.2.3.4.3
Understand Segment Straight Line Diagrams
13.2.2.3.4.4 Operate and maintain the Line Segments and Systems in accordance
with procedures specified
13.2.2.3.4.5 Evaluate the System performance from measured data and reports so as
to detect any early warnings of degradation
13.2.2.3.4.6
Understand the test procedures
13.2.2.3.4.7
Effectively observe the testing of the Terminal Station Equipment
13.2.2.3.4.8 Understand the design parameters such as BER objectives, performance
budgets, etc.
13.2.2.3.4.9 Operate the maintenance test equipment to enable the supervision of
Acceptance Tests
13.2.2.3.4.10 Understand the structure of the documentation and how to use it
13.2.2.3.4.11 Understand and know the necessary interfaces from MC to the equipment
13.2.2.3.5 In order to meet these objectives, the syllabus of the course shall include, at
least, the following subjects:
13.2.2.3.5.1
A brief overview of Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
13.2.2.3.5.2 General System description (main characteristics, functional description,
frame structure, line code, etc.)
13.2.2.3.5.3 Terminal Station and submersible equipment description (functional
description at a block level,
13.2.2.3.5.4
Optical amplifier description
13.2.2.3.5.5
Line Segments WDM technology
13.2.2.3.5.6 Terminal Station Equipment infrastructure (power supply requirements,
racks, earths, etc.)
13.2.2.3.5.7 Alarms (signaling, evaluation, processing and corrective procedures for
the Line Segment and System alarms)
13.2.2.3.5.8 Test equipment (description and use of the test equipment for all the
System Equipment)
13.2.2.3.5.9
Line Segment and System performance monitoring
13.2.2.3.5.10 Service channels (location within frames, channel capacity for voice and
data, methods for insertion and recovery of the various channels)
13.2.2.3.5.11 Operation and maintenance (description of the philosophy of the Line
Segments and System operation and maintenance, corrective action in the
event of a fault, optimization of the maintenance routines)
13.2.2.3.5.12 Cable repair methodology
13.2.2.4 Type B2 Training
13.2.2.4.1 After the completion of Type B1 training, but before Confidence Trial, Type B2
training shall be conducted.
13.2.2.4.2 The objectives of these courses shall be the following:
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
13.2.2.4.2.1 To enable the trainees to understand the System configuration and the
function of each modular unit and the basic circuits utilized in each unit
13.2.2.4.2.2 To enable the trainees to operate, test and adjust the elements within the
System including the technical reasons for such adjustments and
Specifications
13.2.2.4.2.3
To enable the trainees to locate and correct System faults
13.2.2.4.2.4
To enable the trainees to perform the maintenance routines
13.2.2.4.2.5 To enable the trainees to operate the maintenance test equipment and to
understand the measurements to be performed during the installation and
the maintenance of the System
13.2.2.4.3 On completion of this course, the trainees will be able to:
13.2.2.4.3.1
Understand the philosophy behind certain test procedures
13.2.2.4.3.2 Set up test equipment and perform measurements on the Terminal Station
Equipment
13.2.2.4.3.3 Operate the Line Segment and System in accordance with procedures
specified
13.2.2.4.3.4
Make routine measurements
13.2.2.4.3.5
Make fault location measurements
13.2.2.4.3.6
Make post repair measurements
13.2.2.4.3.7
Monitor the Terminal Station Equipment
13.2.2.4.3.8
Supervise and monitor the Submersible Plant
13.2.2.4.3.9 Understand the philosophy and structure of the documentation and how
to use it
13.2.2.4.3.10 Prepare and perform routine monitoring and maintenance of all parts of
the System
13.2.2.4.4 In order to meet these objectives, the syllabus of the course shall include, at
least, the following subjects:
13.2.2.4.4.1
A brief overview of Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
13.2.2.4.4.2 General System and Line Segment Description (TSE main
characteristics, cable characteristics, optical amplifier, DCN architecture,
etc.)
13.2.2.4.4.3 Equipment description (cards, operation of the Terminal Station
Equipment, and design parameters, operation, characteristics of the
Submersible Plant, etc.)
13.2.2.4.4.4
Optical amplifier description
13.2.2.4.4.5
Line Segment infrastructure (power feeding, racks, earths, , etc.)
13.2.2.4.4.6 Alarms (signaling, evaluation, processing and corrective procedures for
the Line Segment and Network alarms)
13.2.2.4.4.7 Measurement equipment (adjustments, maintenance, measurements to
be performed)
13.2.2.4.4.8
System performance monitoring
13.2.2.4.4.9
BU and powering reconfiguration
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
13.2.2.4.4.10 Service channels (usage, designation, frame structure, sampling, etc.)
13.2.2.4.4.11 Operation and maintenance (maintenance routines, analysis procedures
and location of faults, procedures to restore normal working conditions on
the Line Segments and System etc.)
13.2.2.4.4.12 System repair methodology
13.2.3 Type C And D Training (Jointing)
13.2.3.1 The Contractor shall offer the following Jointing Training Courses as
options:
13.2.3.1.1 Type C- Land Cable Jointing
13.2.3.1.2 Type D- Sea Cable Jointing
13.2.3.2 The courses shall be as follows:
13.2.3.2.1 The Type C training shall be provided at the Purchaser designated premises
for the Purchaser’s designated Land Cable Jointing staff. If the Purchaser
chooses to purchase the Type D training, it will be provided at the Contractor’s
designated facility or at the cable depot(s) designated by the Purchaser for the
Purchaser’s Sea Cable Jointing Staff. Both options will be quoted in the
Provisioning Schedule.
13.2.3.2.2 The training shall include practical training of the jointing and splicing material
and procedures to qualify the technicians to do the necessary jointing and
splicing works for future maintenance of the system.
13.2.3.2.3 The training shall be successfully completed prior to Provisional Acceptance,
unless otherwise agreed with the Purchaser.
13.2.4 Language & Instructors
13.2.4.1 Type A, B, C and D shall be in English, as shall the accompanying
training materials.
13.2.4.2 The Purchaser reserves the right to request an immediate
replacement instructor if the current instructor is found to be deficient.
13.2.5 Training Materials
13.2.5.1 Full sets of training materials of the proposed course shall be
supplied to each Purchaser participant in electronic format two weeks
prior to the start of each course. During all courses an individual hard
copy of the training materials shall be provided to each participant.
13.2.5.2 In addition at the start of the course, the Contractor shall issue an
updated version of the training materials if necessary.
13.2.5.3 For Type (A) training, the Contractor shall describe the MC, NMS and
Craft Terminal equipment and software interface for the trainees to
acquire adequate instruction.
13.2.5.4 For Type (C) and (D) training, the Contractor shall provide all jointing
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A. – TELEBRAS
Vinculada ao Ministério das Comunicações
materials and tools for the trainees to acquire adequate practice. The
use of such jointing materials shall not affect the terminal station and
cable depot spares.
13.2.5.5 The Contractor shall also provide the Purchaser with one set of
instructor's notes and instruction materials used in each course.
13.2.6 Additional Courses
13.2.6.1 The Contractor shall make additional training programs available, of
all types, for the period of 5 years.
13.3 Description
13.3.1 The Contractor shall provide a complete description of their proposed Training
Program.
13.4 Course Contents
13.4.1 The Contractor shall provide a provisional syllabus for each course as specified
in this Technical Specification.
13.4.2 One month before the starting of each training course, complete syllabuses and
time schedules shall be made available to the Purchaser for comments and
approval.
Setor Comercial Sul, Quadra 09 – Bloco A, Torre B – Ed. Parque Cidade Corporate – Brasília – DF CEP 70308-200
Tel.: (61) 2027–1000 Fax: (61) 2027-1881 – [email protected]